Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080200177 | Performance In Mobile Communications Systems - In third generation mobile communications networks, e.g. CDMA systems, a mobile station intending to access a base station transmits a request for access to a base station and waits for a response in the form of an indicator signal. Both detecting a signal as an acknowledgement message without one being sent from the base station and failing to detect such an acknowledgement message can give rise to noise and interference in the whole cell. The invention provides a method and a user equipment for determining the received signal strength in an access slot in a downlink channel and for asserting whether detection of an indicator signal from the base station in the access slot in the downlink channel is reliable. Hereby, a more secure reception of indicator signals can be obtained, which leads to reduced interference and noise in the whole cell. | 08-21-2008 |
20080207212 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION UNIT FOR REQUESTING A COMMUNICATION RESOURCE - A method for obtaining access to a physical uplink shared channel by a mobile station is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a mobile station, a physical uplink shared channel capacity request over the uplink dedicated channel to a base station. The method further includes receiving a physical uplink shared channel allocation. The physical uplink shared channel allocation is determined at a base station in response to the physical uplink shared channel capacity request. In some embodiments, the physical uplink shared channel allocation is received over a downlink common channel. The method may also further include accepting an assignment of the uplink dedicated channel. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207213 | BRAODCAST METHOD IN A MOBILE COMMUNCATION SYSTEM - A broadcast method in a mobile communication system is disclosed. When the same information is broadcast to a plurality of cells, broadcast is carried out in a radio base station device. | 08-28-2008 |
20080207214 | Apparatus and method for allocating uplink radio resource in wideband wireless communication system - An apparatus and method for UpLink (UL) radio resource allocation in a wideband wireless communication system are provided. In a method of operating a Relay Station (RS) for UpLink (UL) radio resource allocation in a wideband wireless communication system, the method includes relaying to a Base Station (BS) a resource request message of at least one or more Mobile Stations (MSs); receiving data from the at least one or more mobile stations; if the received data is non-real time traffic, queuing the data received from the mobile stations according to a traffic type; and requesting the base station to allocate necessary radio resources by checking a queue status. Accordingly, a delay can be reduced when the UL resource is allocated to an relay station for real time traffic. | 08-28-2008 |
20080214197 | Technique for Radio Resource Management - A radio resource management technique in a cellular telecommunication system is disclosed. The telecommunication system comprises at least one radio network controlling component and one or more base station components operable to implement an uplink scheduling scheme in relation to one or more user terminals. A method embodiment comprises the steps of receiving, by one of the base station components from the at least one radio network controlling component, at least one interference control parameter, of generating one or more scheduling grants taking into account the at least one interference control parameter, and of issuing the one or more scheduling grants to one or more user terminals. | 09-04-2008 |
20080214198 | FLEXIBLE CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR REPORTING - System(s) and method(s) are provided that facilitate a flexible channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting directives or policies. A CQI reporting directive delivers an improved tradeoff between reporting accuracy and overhead by establishing subband-specific reporting periods, reporting repetitions, or power requirements. The CQI reporting directive is based at least in part on channel conditions, traffic requirements, and scheduling techniques. Automated optimization and negotiation of a CQI reporting directive based on communication performance is also incorporated. | 09-04-2008 |
20080220786 | Methods and Apparatus for Adaptively Selecting a Channel - A system assesses channel conditions for a plurality of channels. The system maintains a history of channel information for the plurality of channels. The system enables communications on a channel from the plurality of channels, based on the channel conditions, and the history of channel information for the plurality of channels. The system provides an operator with at least one of channel conditions, and the history of channel information. | 09-11-2008 |
20080220787 | Channel Aggregation - Multiple channels are aggregated. In an example embodiment, first data is transmitted on a first channel to a wireless device, and second data is simultaneously transmitted on a second channel to the wireless device. The first data and the second data are transmitted in a coordinated manner by aggregating the first channel and the second channel. Various example channel characteristics and combinations thereof are described. Different data allocation options for aggregated channels are described. Other alternative implementations are also presented herein. | 09-11-2008 |
20080220788 | Multi-band Channel Aggregation - Multiple channels are aggregated. In an example embodiment, first data is transmitted on a first channel to a wireless device, and second data is simultaneously transmitted on a second channel to the wireless device. The first data and the second data are transmitted in a coordinated manner by aggregating the first channel and the second channel. Various example channel characteristics and combinations thereof are described. Different data allocation options for aggregated channels are described. Other alternative implementations are also presented herein. | 09-11-2008 |
20080220789 | Method and Related Apparatus for Enhancing Resource Utility Rate in a Wireless Communications System - In order to reduce power and computing resource consumption in a user equipment of a wireless communications system, a method for enhancing a resource utility rate for the user equipment is provided. The method includes stopping receiving data and control signals through a first common channel and a second common channel and clearing configuration corresponding to the first and second common channels when the user equipment receives a connection setup message configuring the user equipment to enter a CELL_DCH state. | 09-11-2008 |
20080220790 | Radio resource management in wireless cellular networks having multihop relay stations - Radio resource management for wireless cellular networks equipped with relay stations for multi-hop packet or protocol data unit (PDU) relaying. | 09-11-2008 |
20080220791 | Method and system for transmitting and receiving common control information in a communication system - Disclosed is a method of transmitting common control information by a base station in a communication system including a first communication system and a second communication system different from each other. In the communication system, a frame for carrying the common control information includes an uplink sub-frame and a downlink sub-frame, each of which includes a resource allocation area for the first communication system and a resource allocation area for the second communication system. The method includes: configuring the common control information to be received by a mobile station belonging to the second communication system; and transmitting the common control information through the resource allocation area for the second communication system included in one of the uplink sub-frame and the downlink sub-frame. | 09-11-2008 |
20080233964 | Uplink control channel allocation - Various methods of allocating uplink control channels in a communication system are implemented at a resource scheduler or a user equipment (UE). In one method the scheduler reserves resources for a downlink data channel and signals a corresponding downlink data channel grant and also reserves resources for a persistent uplink control channel for a longer duration than the data channel grant. Signaling overhead associated with a grant for this persistent uplink control channel is reduced over a full dynamic grant. A predetermined rule can be used at the scheduler and at the UE to avoid overhead signaling associated with a grant for this persistent control channel. Predetermined rules at the UE and scheduler can also be used to reserve appropriate resources and select appropriate MCS levels for control information and the control information and uplink data can be transported over a common uplink channel when a time overlap occurs between an uplink data channel and the persistent control channel. | 09-25-2008 |
20080233965 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVE ALLOCATION OF FEEDBACK RESOURCES FOR CQI AND TRANSMIT PRE-CODING - Aspects of a method and system for adaptive allocation of feedback resources for CQI and transmit pre-coding may include assigning a bandwidth and a feedback period to one or more CQI reporting units and a bandwidth and a feedback period to one or more PMI reporting units. One or more feedback messages may be generated based at least on channel state information associated with the bandwidth and the feedback period assigned to the one or more CQI reporting units and with the bandwidth and the feedback period assigned to the one or more PMI reporting units. The bandwidth and the feedback period of the CQI reporting units and/or the PMI reporting units may be adjusted dynamically and/or adaptively. Based on the channel state information or as a function of a feedback rate, the bandwidth and/or the feedback period may be assigned. | 09-25-2008 |
20080242308 | Selection of an uplink carrier frequency corresponding to one of co-sited cells having different coverage areas and supporting different uplink data rates - Random access coverage is assured while at the same supporting high uplink data rates in a same service area served by a base station. The service area includes first and second co-sited cells. The first co-sited cell is associated with a first uplink frequency, and the second co-sited cell is associated with a second uplink frequency. The first cell allows a lower uplink load and provides a greater coverage than the second cell. The second cell allows a higher rise over thermal (RoT) value than the first cell. Random access channel requests are initially directed to the first cell using the first uplink frequency. One of the co-sited cells is selected for supporting the connection depending on one or more factors. Example factors include a priority associated with the mobile terminal, a capability associated with the mobile terminal, a load situation in the second cell, or radio channel conditions associated with the mobile radio terminal. | 10-02-2008 |
20080248803 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING FREQUENCY RESOURCE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating resources for a mobile station in a communication system is provided. The method includes determining if a mobile station within a cell is located in one of a first region corresponding to a cell center, a third region corresponding to a cell edge, and a second region corresponding to an area between the first and third regions, allocating frequency resources within an entire frequency band to the mobile station when the mobile station is located in the first region, wherein the entire frequency band comprises at least a first frequency band and a second frequency band, allocating frequency resources within the first frequency band to the mobile station when the mobile station is located in the third region, and allocating frequency resources within the second frequency band to the mobile station when the mobile station is located in the second region. | 10-09-2008 |
20080248804 | Radio Bearer Mangement in a Cellular Communication System - A cellular communication system comprises a network based radio bearer controller ( | 10-09-2008 |
20080248805 | Method and apparatus for subcell selection for assigning subcarrier in DAS OFDMA scheme - Disclosed is a method and an apparatus for assigning a subcarrier to a subcell serviced by a Distributed Antenna System (DAS) employing an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (OFDMA) scheme in a broadband wireless access system. The method includes dividing an overall frequency band into multiple subcarrier bands, assigning the multiple subcarrier bands to respective Base Stations (BSs) without overlap among the BSs adjacent to one another in assigning the multiple subcarrier bands corresponding to the divided overall frequency band to the respective BSs and dividing the assigned subcarrier bands and selectively assigning the divided subcarrier bands to multiple Remote Stations (RSs) connected with the BSs through optical fibers. | 10-09-2008 |
20080254806 | Method for Decentralized Assignment of Frequency Band to Base Stations - In a radio communication system having network-side and subscriber-side radio stations a frequency band is used for communication respectively by a subset of the network-side radio stations in time slots. The network-side radio stations are coordinated according to which network-side radio station(s) the frequency band can be used in a defined time slot. The network-side radio stations respectively emit a message containing a number having a value depending on the radio traffic range expected by the respective network-side radio station for the defined time slot. | 10-16-2008 |
20080254807 | Access Network, Gateway and Management Server For a Cellular Wireless Communication System - The access network for a cellular wireless communication system includes home gateways ( | 10-16-2008 |
20080261606 | Transmission Rate Control Method, Mobile Station and Radio Network Controller - The present invention can flexibly adjust trade-off between the radio network capacity and the radio quality by changing decrease stop of uplink user data in accordance with the congestion of uplink or the uplink user data type. A transmission rate control method according to the present invention includes the steps of; notifying, at a radio network controller RNC, a decrease pattern of the transmission rate of the uplink user data to a mobile station UE, when setting, with the mobile station UE, a user data channel connection for transmitting the uplink user data; and decreasing, at the mobile station UE, the transmission rate of the uplink user data in accordance with the decrease pattern, when receiving, from a radio bass station Node B, a relative rate control channel RGCH for indicating that the transmission rate of the uplink user data should be decreased. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261607 | Channel Allocation for Channel Allocation Tiering - A method and device for channel allocation using channel allocation tiering (CHAT), where radio resources are de-coupled from hardware resources and the available hardware resource units in a cell are divided into logical groups, “channel tiers”. Each tier simultaneously utilizes, partly or fully, the same radio resources. There is a first tier and at least a second tier. In accordance with the invention terminals are allocated to the first tier until a radio resource load threshold close to but less than 100% is reached. Terminals are allocated channels on said at least second tier based upon a terminal's interference suppression capabilities, or the radio requirements of the service being used on the terminal, or the radio location of the terminal, or a combination of the above. | 10-23-2008 |
20080261608 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A radio resource allocation method is provided wherein one of a plurality of mobile stations is allocated to one or each of a plurality of frequency blocks. The method comprises: (a) calculating allocation index representing transmission quality of each of said mobile stations in said each of frequency blocks; extracting for said each of frequency blocks, a mobile station having a largest allocation index as a candidate mobile station; (c) extracting a mobile station having a largest allocation index in all of said frequency blocks, as a target mobile station for allocation; and (d) extracting, from among said frequency blocks, frequency block(s) for which said candidate mobile station matches said target mobile station, as candidate frequency block(s). | 10-23-2008 |
20080268859 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION CONTROL IN RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A resource allocation control method and device that can reduce inter-cell interference in a radio communications system are provided. According to a method for resource allocation control between a plurality of cells in a radio communications system, radio communication devices respectively controlling at least two cells notify information about control resources of its own cell to each other. In the resources of its own cell, each of the radio communication devices sets a buffer resource within a predetermined resource range corresponding to a control resource of the other cell. At a request for information transmission in its own cell, each of the radio communication devices restricts the allocation of the set buffer resource. | 10-30-2008 |
20080268860 | Coherent and non-coherent control signaling - A method is provided where unused uplink code resources of a shared control resource are used for non-coherent acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement transmission to increase the total number of user equipment that can be supported. The method including defining a shared uplink control resource to include N out of a possible M uplink control resources as being coherent uplink control resources, where M>N, defining at least one of the remaining M−N uplink control resources as non-coherent uplink control resources, and assigning the N coherent uplink control channel resources and the at least one M−N non-coherent uplink control resources to user equipment as needed. | 10-30-2008 |
20080274747 | Method and Apparatus for Allocating Bandwidth in a Wireless Communication System - Network resources can be allocated more efficiently to communication sessions in a wireless telecommunications network, by the method of—monitoring the traffic load in the uplink and downlink direction in the network,—for the at least one session, determining the parameters ul_ratio and dl_ratio, given as ul_ratio=ul_throughput/(ul_throughput+dl_throughput) dl_ratio=dl_throughput/(ul_throughput+dl_throughput) wherein ul_throughput is the throughput in the uplink for the at least one communication session and dl_throughput is the throughput in the downlink for the at least one communication session, and—allocate resources to the at least one session in dependence of the traffic load and ul_ratio and dl_ratio, by allocating resources in the uplink in dependence of the dl_ratio and/or allocating resources in the downlink in dependence of the ul_ratio. | 11-06-2008 |
20080274748 | Methods and Apparatus for Channel Assignment - A method, according to various aspects of the present invention, for assigning channels to a plurality of wireless cells. The method is performed by the plurality of wireless cells. The method includes in any practical order: (1) assigning an initial integer to a master wireless cell, wherein the integer is denominated a current hop number and each one wireless cell has a shape of coverage similar to a square; (2) setting a next hop number as the current hop number plus one; (3) assigning the next hop number to each one wireless cell nearest to each one wireless cell assigned the current hop number; (4) incrementing the current hop number by one; (5) repeating setting, assigning the next hop number, and incrementing until all wireless cells of the plurality of wireless cells are assigned a hop number; (6) forming a nine-cell channel pattern by assigning a channel assignment pattern to the master wireless cell, to each of the wireless cells assigned the initial integer plus one, and to each of the wireless cells that are substantially adjacent to two wireless cells assigned the initial integer plus one; and (7) assigning the nine-cell channel pattern to the plurality of wireless cells such that the center cell of the nine-cell channel assignment pattern falls only on wireless cells assigned the initial integer plus an even integer. | 11-06-2008 |
20080280621 | Method and System For Signaling Available Channels in a Wireless Network - In order to better and more easily identify candidate APs and/or channels, an AP can transmit frames announcing its capabilities in a channel where it is not serving. For example, if an AP is operating in channel | 11-13-2008 |
20080287137 | Method for Allocating Radio Resource in Multi-Carrier Time Division Duplex Mobile Communication System - A method for distributing wireless resource in multicarrier time division duplexing mobile communication system, such as TD-CDMA system, to overcome the shortage of | 11-20-2008 |
20080293423 | Method of Transmitting a Measurement Report in a Wireless Mobile Communications System - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method of transmitting a measurement report to a network. The network transmits in advance, a message including the allocated uplink radio resources and the like, to the terminal so that the terminal can transmit the measurement report to the network using the previously allocated uplink radio resources, thereby minimizing a time for transmitting the measurement report to the network. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293424 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING ACKCH RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating physical resources to an Acknowledgement (ACK)/Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) signal channel representative of a response signal in a wireless communication system. The method includes grouping ACK/NACK signal channels corresponding to a plurality of resource blocks used for transmission of a data channel or a control channel into a plurality of groups so ACK/NACK signal channels having consecutive indexes do not belong to the same group; and allocating same frequency resources to ACK/NACK signal channels belonging to the same ACK/NACK signal channel group and allocating orthogonal sequences so ACK/NACK signal channels in each ACK/NACK signal channel group are distinguished in a code domain. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293425 | Portable wireless communication system - A wireless communication system operates without a base station and allows effective real time conferencing between two or more units. A particular communication protocol used by the devices synchronizes the signals. Received signals are combined to provide the full conferencing feature. | 11-27-2008 |
20080293426 | Method and Apparatus for Discontinuous Transmission/Reception Operation for Reducing Power Consumption in Celluar System - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including the steps of: a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode. | 11-27-2008 |
20080311920 | Methods and Apparatus for Balancing Modulation in Cellular Communications Over Noisy Channels - Methods and apparatus for balancing multi-symbol modulation schemes in cellular communications are provided. The modulation schemes include a plurality of modulation symbols, each of which codes a predefined bit group, which includes one or more bits. The bit groups define different bit positions for bits within the bit groups. The bit positions of the modulation symbols are associated with different error probability levels. Each error probability level defines a probability level of an erroneous bit value at a defined bit position in the bit group, which is obtained by a mapping operation from the modulation symbol transmitted over a radio frequency channel with noise. Binary content to be modulated is provided in form of code blocks I (where i=1 to n). Each of the code blocks is carried on a corresponding code channel i. The code blocks on the code channels are supplied to the modulation schemes in that each code channel is associated with one predefined bit position of the bit groups to enable a mapping to modulation symbols. The bit groups are formed from the binary content of the code blocks in accordance with the code channel-to-bit position association defined above. The binary content of at least two code blocks is shuffled, distributed, or scattered in accordance with predetermined shuffling, distributing, or scattering rules. The shuffling, distributing, or scattering aims to achieve substantially balanced or same error probability levels for said code channels. The shuffling operation should be performed to achieve a substantially evenly distribution of the binary content upon the involved code blocks. | 12-18-2008 |
20080311921 | COMMUNICATION RESOURCE SIGNALING - A method for communication resource signaling including determining whether an event has taken place which indicates that communication resources being allocated to a communication terminal for a communication service are currently not needed by the communication terminal for the communication service; and sending a signaling message, if the event has taken place, to the communication terminal indicating that the communication resources continute to be allocated to the communication terminal for the communication service or that the communication resources are no longer allocated to the communication terminal for the communication service. | 12-18-2008 |
20080311922 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA AND TRANSMITTER - A method for transmitting data includes using a plurality of time slots of a physical channel for transmission of the data, the plurality of time slots being grouped into at least a first time slot group and a second time slot group, transmitting data items of the data being associated with a first priority using time slots of the first time slot group, and transmitting data items of the data being associated with a second priority using time slots of the second time slot group. | 12-18-2008 |
20080311923 | Fast Radio Bearer Establishment in a Mobile Communication System - The invention relates to methods for establishing a radio bearer between a network element terminating radio resource control protocol and a mobile terminal. The invention provides RNC for establishing a radio bearer between the RNC and a mobile terminal, especially adapted mobile terminals and a system comprising the network element and at least one mobile terminal. In order to reduce the delays implied by the signaling in the procedure the invention proposes two mechanisms. The first mechanism aims at reducing the delay implied by setting up the radio link for the radio bearer by preconfiguring a pool of resources comprising a set of at least radio bearer configuration and making the available radio bearer configurations known to the mobile terminals. The second mechanism aims at avoiding the delay implied by the explicit assignment of a radio network temporary identifier by signaling a set of available identifiers from which the mobile terminal may choose an identifier. | 12-18-2008 |
20080318586 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - According to a communications method according to the present invention, data is transmitted from a base station to two or more terminals via a common channel, and transmission power, with which the data is transmitted from the base station to the two or more terminals, is controlled according to a reception state of at least one of the two or more terminals. Furthermore, the terminal transmits reception capability information at a time of selection combining, and at least one of the two or more base stations receives the reception capability information at the time of selective combining and notifies the reception capability information to a radio network controller (RNC) which controls the two or more base stations. When a connection request is issued to the terminal, the RNC refuses assignment of a dedicated channel to the connection request when determining that the assignment of the dedicated channel to the terminal cannot be done based on the reception capability information at the time of selective combining. | 12-25-2008 |
20090005053 | Data Flow Control Device and Method for Congestion Avoidance Into Lub and Lur Interfaces of a Radio Access Network of a Mobile Communication Network - A control device (D | 01-01-2009 |
20090005054 | STATUS NOTIFICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A call connection request from an access terminal is suppressed in a state in which the base station judges that the call connection is impossible, thereby suppressing a waste of the wireless band and the generation of noise. A BCMCS management block of an access point receives information indicating whether there is an allocable channel, from a channel management block of the access point, and information indicating whether the start of QoS can be accepted, from a QoS acceptance determination block of the access point, and the BCMCS management block distributes the information to the access terminal. Accordingly, the access point can inform the access terminal that it is not serviceable before channel allocation is attempted. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005055 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SWITCH OF MOBILE USER EQUIPMENT (UE) - The present invention discloses a method for controlling switch of multi-mode mobile user equipment (UE). Through designing a dedicated Switch Control Module (SCM) in the existing terminal management module within the multi-mode UE supporting IMS services, utilizing the automatic detection function of the Access Service Network (ASN) at the terminal side, and modifying part of the control signaling of the Connectivity Service Network (CSN) at the terminal side to make the UE participate the switch control procedure actively, the invention implements the seamless switch between different networks, strengthening the real-time performance during the network switch, thus enabling the mobile multimedia service to continue to satisfy the requirements for the real-time performance even when switched in use and enabling the user to obtain quicker data transmission rate, better quality of service and service with a cheaper price. | 01-01-2009 |
20090005056 | Efficient Provision of a Multicast Service by Switching Between Multicast Services in a Mobile Communication System - The invention relates to a method for efficiently providing a bidirectional multicast service (e.g. IMS) to a user equipment ( | 01-01-2009 |
20090005057 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) COMMUNICATIONS IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting Peer-to-Peer (P2P) communications in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. A frame used by the terminal in P2P communications includes a plurality of P2P contention channels overlapping with a region for cellular communications and at least one P2P dedicated channel allocated by a base station only for the P2P communications. The method includes establishing a P2P connection with a correspondent terminal through the at least one P2P dedicated channel, and exchanging P2P communication data with the correspondent terminal through at least one of the plurality of P2P contention channels. | 01-01-2009 |
20090011767 | CONSTRAINED HOPPING OF DL REFERENCE SIGNALS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate employing constrained frequency hopping of downlink reference signals. Constrained frequency hopping of reference signals provides a sufficiently large set of frequency hopping patterns while enhancing channel estimation. Respective subsets of resource elements can be selected to carry reference signals from a plurality of antennas for a first subframe of a sequence. Further, respective subsets of resource elements used to carry reference signals from the plurality of antennas for a second subframe can be constrained based upon the respective subsets for the first subframe. Moreover, the first subframe frame and the second subframe (and similarly any additional subframes in the sequence) can be transmitted. An access terminal receiving the sequence of subframes can combine reference signals sent from common antennas at common frequency locations in the plurality of subframes and perform channel estimation as a function of the combined reference signals. | 01-08-2009 |
20090011768 | RADIO MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a radio measurement procedure for station statistics measurements in wireless communication network. In the method a requesting station transmits to a requested station a triggered station statistics measurements request message including a group identity field which indicates the requested QoS statistics group and a triggered reporting field for QoS station counters which is used to specify trigger conditions comprising reporting triggers and QoS statistics thresholds for the corresponding reporting triggers. And the requesting station receives from the requested station a QoS station statistics measurements report message when the trigger conditions specified in the triggered reporting field for QoS station counters of the triggered station statistics measurements request message. | 01-08-2009 |
20090011769 | Transmitting Information in Mobile Communications System - Transmitting information using a preamble of a Random Access Channel (RACH) in an Evolved Universal mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) is provided. A preamble transmission is used to inform a base station of specific information when a terminal uses a RACH and the base station efficiently allocates radio resources for data transmission to the terminal according to the specific information. Delay time before the terminal transmits data is reduced and unnecessary consumption of radio resources is minimized. | 01-08-2009 |
20090017832 | OPTIMAL-CHANNEL SELECTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A machine-implementable method of optimizing the performance of a wireless network includes collecting, with a first discovery component of the wireless network, a first set of information describing at least one transmission characteristic of each access point of a first set of at least one access points within a detection area of the first discovery component. Each access point of the first set transmits data over a respective channel of a set of channels. The method further includes determining, based on the first-set information, an optimal channel of the set of channels, the optimal channel having associated therewith the lowest probability of interference with the channels over which the access points of the first set are transmitting. | 01-15-2009 |
20090017833 | Co-ordinating the Sharing of a Radio Transmission Resource - A web based server system is disclosed and facilitates the sharing of a radio transmission resource. The state owners have locations at which radio transmission equipment may be located, possibly sharing with existing equipment. Service providers control transmission equipment at selected locations and provide a radio service. Contractors erect equipment at the selected locations in response to orders placed by service providers. An authority wishes to maximise the sharing of existing locations and thereby minimise the use of new green field locations. The server system is configured to establish an on-line market that facilitates the creation of contracts between estate owners and service providers. The execution of the contracts are monitored by receiving progress data from contractors service providers and estate owners. Contract specific data and enterprise specific data is made available to each of the contractors, service providers and estate owners. In addition, industry-wide information relating to the sharing of resources is made available to the authorities. | 01-15-2009 |
20090017834 | Apparatus and method for allocating connection identifier in communication system - An apparatus and a method are disclosed for allocating a connection identifier by a base station in a communication system. The method includes: checking if a mobile station can use a private connection identifier; allocating at least one private connection identifier to the mobile station when the mobile station can use the private connection identifier, wherein the private connection identifier can be allocated to multiple mobile stations controlled by the base station, and at least two private connection identifiers allocated to each mobile station are not different from each other. | 01-15-2009 |
20090023452 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMICALLY SPLITTING JOBS ACROSS MULTIPLE AGNOSTIC PROCESSORS IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - Dynamically splitting jobs in wireless system between agnostic processor may comprise evaluating a job that a wireless mobile communication device may be requested to perform. The wireless mobile communication (WMC) device may evaluate a requested job to determine if one or more tasks may be sent to a remote device. The WMC device may consider such factors as information pertaining to the WMC device itself, information relating to the connection between the devices, and/or information pertaining to the remote device. This information may comprise such data as power availability in the wireless mobile communication device, processing load in the WMC device, processing and/or storage capabilities of the remote device, and characteristics of the connectivity between the two devices. | 01-22-2009 |
20090029710 | MULTI-BAND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - In a radio communication system that simultaneously provides communication service using a plurality of discontinuous frequency bands, a multi-band radio communication method according to the present invention is a method in which a base station constituting the system allocates a band to a mobile station that requests a communication starting. For example, a specific receiving unit within the base station extracts control information concerning a channel state in each of the frequency bands, and recognizes a frequency band in which the mobile station can receive information, from a result of the extraction. A channel controller | 01-29-2009 |
20090029711 | SIGNALING METHOD - A method of signaling to a mobile terminal the radio resources that will be used in a wireless communication between the mobile terminal and a base station is described. The base station provides a plurality of radio resources. The method comprises the steps:
| 01-29-2009 |
20090029712 | Cell reselection signalling method - The invention relates to methods pertaining to cell reselection in a cellular telecommunication system. According to the invention, a connection setup rejection message is used to direct a mobile communication means to attempt a new connection with certain parameter values such as a certain carrier frequency. A plurality of parameter values may as well be indicated in the message, which allows the network to direct the mobile communication means to make a connection setup request to a specific cell, for example. The connection setup rejection message can be for example the CONNECTION SETUP REJECT message of the RRC protocol. | 01-29-2009 |
20090029713 | SYSTEM FOR FAST MACRODIVERSITY SWITCHING IN MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Fast macrodiversity switching (FMS) dynamically switches radio links used for traffic and control channels for a mobile station among a number of base transceiver stations (BTS) without changing the radio resource, that is, using the same frequency and time slot combination (TDMA) or frequency and spreading code combination (CDMA). The traffic channel switching is under control of zone managers. Each BTS includes a zone manager where a host BTS has its zone manager designated as a host zone manager and other BTSs (assistant BTSs) have their zone managers designated as assistant zone managers. The control by the host and assistant zone managers includes switching down-link signals to and up-link signals from mobile stations among base transceiver stations which include broadcast channels (non-switched) and dedicated (switched) channels. Measurements of the wireless signals are made at macrodiverse locations. Zone managers process the measurements to determine preferred ones of the transceiver stations for particular dedicated channels for a particular mobile station. | 01-29-2009 |
20090036138 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING ORTHOGONALLY OVER MULTIPLE HOPS - Apparatus and method for supporting wireless downlink and uplink connections. In the downlink direction, an apparatus receives from the downlink node a request to communicate using an allocation of radio resources specified by the downlink node, and transmits to the downlink node a grant to communicate using at least a portion of the specified allocation of radio resources. In the uplink direction, the apparatus sends a request to a downlink node to communicate using a specified allocation of radio resources, and receives from the downlink node a grant to communicate using at least a portion of the specified allocation of radio resources | 02-05-2009 |
20090036139 | TRANSFER RATE CONTROL METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - The present invention simplifies management of a transmission rate of data flows of a plurality of priority levels, and reduces load in the mobile station and the radio base station. | 02-05-2009 |
20090036140 | CONTENT DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, NETWORK, AND CHANNEL SWITCHING CONTROL METHOD - A content distribution system uses a PtP (point to point) channel (individual channel) or PtM (point to multi-point) channel (common channel) as a radio channel of a predetermined type so as to distribute a broadcast content as communication data to a user terminal as a mobile station. The user terminal receives the same content distributed from a broadcast content server by the PtP channel. Here, if the total of the downlink transmission power of the PtP channel is greater than the downlink transmission power of the PtM channel when the content is distributed to the user terminal by the single PtM channel, a base station or a base station control device judges that the radio channel is to be switched from the PtP channel to the PtM channel. Similar judgment is made when switching from the PtM channel to the PtP channel is performed. Thus, it is possible to switch the radio channel type used for the broadcast-type service without lowering the use effect of the radio resources. | 02-05-2009 |
20090042580 | Method and Apparatus to Facilitate Bandwidth Allocation Management in Integral Combination with Memory Capacity Information - A method and apparatus to facilitate managing communications with at least one wireless node ( | 02-12-2009 |
20090042581 | System and Method for Assigning Communications Resources in a Wireless Communications System - System and method for assigning communications resources in a wireless communications system. A method for operating a base station comprises receiving a resource request for radio resources for a mobile station, in response to a determining that the base station will service the resource request, assigning radio resources based on the resource request and transmitting an indicator of the assigned radio resources to the mobile station, and in response to a determining that the base station will not service the resource request, returning to a normal mode of operations. The assigning of radio requests makes use of a channel tree comprised of two non-orthogonal sets of mappings between nodes of the channel tree and radio resources, with each node corresponding to at least one radio resource. | 02-12-2009 |
20090042582 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LTE RACH CHANNEL RESOURCE SELECTION AND PARTITIONING - A method and apparatus for random access channel (RACH) channel selection in a long term evolution (LTE) network includes determining a distance from a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to an evolved Node-B (eNB) in a cell of the LTE network. A RACH channel is then selected based upon the distance determination. | 02-12-2009 |
20090042583 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING ACCESS POINT STARTUP AND INITIAL CHANNEL SELECTION PROCESSES - A startup process of an access point (AP) includes a discovery phase and an announcement phase. During the discovery phase, the AP detects neighboring APs from its own extended service set (ESS), neighboring APs from different ESSs, and external sources of interference. During the announcement phase, the AP transmits its beacon signals at maximum power in order to accelerate recognition by neighboring APs running the discovery phase. An automatic initialization channel selection process of an AP scans channels the AP will use to communicate. Information of each scanned channel is recorded and a best performance channel is determined for use by the AP. | 02-12-2009 |
20090047970 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK RESOURCE RESERVATION BASED ON MOVING SPEED OF MOBILE TERMINAL, AND MOBILE TERMINAL THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus and system for network resource reservation and a mobile terminal therefor. Provided are a method, apparatus and system for minimizing unnecessary network resource reservation by predicting an expected direction of a terminal. The method for network resource reservation based on a moving speed of a mobile terminal includes: receiving a request for network resource reservation from the mobile terminal; calculating an expected moving direction of the mobile terminal, based on a speed-based moving probability model represented by a probability density function for a movable direction dependent on the moving speed of the mobile terminal, a moving speed of the mobile terminal, and position information of the mobile terminal; and performing network resource reservation for wireless cells included in the calculated expected moving direction. Thus, unnecessary network resource reservation can be minimized by predicting the moving direction of the terminal. | 02-19-2009 |
20090047971 | Configuring radio resource allocation and scheduling mobile station mechanism for frequency reuse in cellular OFDMA systems - Under adaptive frequency reuse technique, mobile stations in a cellular orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system are served by different radio resource regions with appropriate frequency reuse patterns to mitigate inter-cell interference and improve system capacity. In a first novel aspect, the mobile stations measure interference statistics and obtain interference measurement results. The mobile stations report the obtained interference measurement results to serving base stations. The serving base stations determine adaptive frequency reuse patterns based on the received interference measurement result. In a second novel aspect, a radio resource control element receives the interference measurement results, determines frequency reuse patterns and configures radio resource allocation based on the received interference measurement results. In a third novel aspect, the base stations obtain the interference measurement results and schedule the mobile stations to be served with appropriate radio resource regions. | 02-19-2009 |
20090054071 | Enhanced dedicated-channel reporting for umts - A method for a mobile communication system defining a dedicated channel (DCH) active set and an enhanced-dedicated channel (E-DCH) active set. The method includes performing a power measurement of a pilot signal from a cell that is not included in the E-DCH active set but included in the DCH active set, and performing a power measurement of a pilot signal from a cell that is included in the E-DCH active set. | 02-26-2009 |
20090054072 | System For QOS Aware Reverse Link Admission Control In Wireless Communication Systems - A system, comprising various methods and apparatus, for Reverse Link Admission Control (RLAC) with QoS differentiation in wireless communication systems is disclosed. With the present invention, wireless systems may admit new calls or transmission flows based upon sector loading conditions QoS requirements or characteristics of an incoming transmission—providing optimal system performance and stability while addressing QoS needs. | 02-26-2009 |
20090054073 | METHOD AND SYSTEM WHEREIN TIMESLOTS ALLOCATED FOR COMMON CONTROL CHANNELS MAY BE REUSED FOR USER TRAFFIC - A method and system is disclosed wherein timeslots designated in a wireless communication system as Common Physical Channel (CPCH) timeslots may be reused for user traffic. A CPCH timeslot used in a first cell may be reused by a second cell, assuming the first and second cells transmit control information in different CPCH timeslots, for user traffic. The second cell is permitted to reuse the timeslot in which the first cell is transmitting control information so long as the second cell's reuse of that timeslot does not degrade reception of control information in the first cell. | 02-26-2009 |
20090061885 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTAGIOUS VIRTUAL CARRIER SENSE - At a first mobile station operating in the wireless communication system, channel usage information is observed and sensed on a first communication channel. The channel usage information is re-transmitted to a second mobile station that is operating in the wireless communication system. | 03-05-2009 |
20090061886 | System and Method for Activity-Based Power Control Target Adjustments in a Wireless Communication Network - The teachings presented herein provide, among other things, improved power control stability and increased system capacity in a wireless communication network by raising signal quality targets for mobile stations engaged in scheduled uplink data transmissions and lowering those signal quality targets at the end of such transmissions. As one example, the teachings herein are applied to the Enhanced Uplink (EUL) in a Wideband CDMA (WCDMA) network. In that context, the target received signal quality (e.g., SIR) for a given mobile station's Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) signal is raised for times when the mobile station is engaged in a scheduled data transmission via its Enhanced-Dedicated Physical Data Channel (E-DPDCH), and lowered at other times. Doing so prevents the power control loop from “chasing” the potentially dramatic changes in mobile-specific interference conditions that arise in a scheduled uplink environment. | 03-05-2009 |
20090061887 | Wireless Communication Systems - A wireless communication method used in a system comprising a base station and a plurality of fixed or mobile subscriber stations, the base station maintaining connections with each of the subscriber stations by performing wireless communication in units of frames, and within each frame, allocating resources for data transmissions and signalling in the wireless communication system. The method involves providing, in each frame, a new dedicated shared channel for use by the subscriber stations to report a connection quality to the base station. To save bandwidth in the system, the resources allocated to the shared channel are less than the total resources needed for every subscriber station to report individually within the same frame. The method includes, in the base station, allocating resources to the shared channel, dividing the shared channel into a plurality of reporting opportunities, and transmitting requests for reports to the subscriber stations; and in the subscriber stations, responding to said requests by randomly selecting one of said reporting opportunities and sending a report on the channel quality. Preferably, the responding step is conditional upon the channel quality experienced by each subscriber station meeting a threshold condition set by the base station and included in the requests. | 03-05-2009 |
20090061888 | Transaction Method Between Two Servers Including a Prior Validating Step Using Two Mobile Telephones - Before effecting a transaction (E | 03-05-2009 |
20090069021 | Method and System for Monitoring and Switching Between a First Uplink Signal Processing Circuit and a Second Uplink Signal Processing Circuit - An uplink signal processing system and method of operating the same includes a primary signal processing circuit generating a primary output signal and a secondary signal processing circuit generating a secondary output signal. The uplink signal processing system includes a switch communicating with the primary signal processing circuit and the secondary signal processing circuit. A monitoring and control system monitors the primary signal processing circuit and the secondary signal processing circuit and generates a monitoring signal and controlling the switch to switch from the primary signal processing circuit to the secondary signal processing circuit in response to the monitoring signal. The switch forms an output signal in response to switching. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069022 | Method and system for estimating channel of a mobile station in a communication system - A method of estimating a channel between a desired Mobile Station (MS) and a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) antenna of a one of a plurality of sectors of a BTS. The method includes receiving a composite signal at the BTS antenna. The composite signal comprises a desired MS signal and an interfering MS signal. Thereafter, a known desired random sequence and a known interfering random sequence is applied to pilot symbols of the composite signal, resulting in a first de-randomized signal and a second de-randomized signal. Finally, the channel estimate is obtained by weighting and summing the first de-randomized signal and second de-randomized signal. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069023 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE PARTITION, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE MIGRATION IN DOWNLINK OF OFDM CELLULAR SYSTEMS - A resource division, allocation, and transmitting/receiving method of downlink for reducing inter-cell interference in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system are provided. Entire downlink radio resources are divided into a traffic resource group for a traffic channel and a control resource group for a control channel, the traffic resource group is divided into a first traffic resource group for the intra-cell mobile terminals and a second traffic resource group for a cell-boundary mobile terminal, and a part of the first traffic resource group is imaginarily divided into a (1−1)-th preliminary traffic resource group, the (1−1)-th preliminary traffic resource group being a preliminary resource group for the cell-boundary mobile terminal. The control resource group is allocated to a control channel for the intra-cell mobile terminal; and a resource of the first traffic resource group or the second traffic resource group is allocated to a traffic channel for the mobile terminal according to inter-cell interference affected to the mobile terminal. Radio resources may be reused in each downlink cell of the OFDM system, the traffic may be rapidly transmitted to the cell boundary mobile terminal, a system capacity may be increased, the cell plane may be easily performed, and the system capacity may not be decreased although the mobile terminal number, locations, and traffic density is not uniform. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069024 | Method for Requesting Bandwidth Allocation and Detecting Service Flow in Communication System - A method for requesting bandwidth allocation by a mobile station in a communication system is provided. The mobile station detects at least one Connection IDentifier (CID), bandwidth allocation for which is to be requested, generates a bandwidth request header when the number of the at least one detected CID equals one, and transmits the bandwidth request header to a base station, wherein the bandwidth request header includes a region for indicating a first CID representing basic information for identification of the mobile station, a region for indicating a ranking of the detected CID, and a region for indicating information about bandwidth requested for the detected CID. | 03-12-2009 |
20090069025 | Radio Resource Management in a Radio Telecommunication Network - A telecommunication network comprises multiple radio cells ( | 03-12-2009 |
20090069026 | Apparatus and method for estimating carrier to interference and noise ratio in a mobile communication system based on fractional frequency reuse - An apparatus and method for estimating a carrier to interference and noise ratio (CINR) in a mobile communication system based on a fractional frequency reuse are provided. The method includes receiving a report on CINR information on a common zone from a mobile station (MS) allocated a restricted zone, calculating a received signal power value using a CINR value and an interference level value for the common zone of the MS, and estimating a CINR value for a restricted zone using the received signal power value of the MS and an interference level for the restricted zone. | 03-12-2009 |
20090075666 | SIGNALING TRANSMISSION ON SHARED AND DEDICATED CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for sending and receiving signaling messages on shared and dedicated channels in a wireless communication system are described. A user equipment (UE) may receive a first signaling message on a shared channel during a first time period, receive a second signaling message on a dedicated channel during a second time period, and receive a third signaling message on the shared channel during a third time period. The UE may receive traffic data on the shared channel during all time periods. The UE may be handed over from a source Node B to a target Node B during the second time period. The UE may receive the first signaling message via the source Node B, receive the second signaling message via the source and target Node Bs, and receive the third signaling message via the target Node B. | 03-19-2009 |
20090082028 | System and Method for Utility-Based Scheduling for Space Division Multiple Access (SDMA) on an Uplink of a Wireless Communications Network - System and method for utility-based scheduling for SDMA transmissions on an uplink of a wireless communications network. A method comprises assigning a utility function to each user in a set of users, selecting a set of selected users from the set of users, assigning uplink transmission resources to each user in the set of selected users, and transmitting a control message to each user in the set of selected users. The selecting comprises iteratively selecting up to K users one user at a time from the set of users, wherein a combination of the selected users maximally increases a value of the assigned utility functions, wherein K is a maximum number of users in the set of selected users | 03-26-2009 |
20090088173 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION DEVICE AND CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - The logical channels are made to include a logical channel for control and a logical channel for data transmission, the radio physical channel are made to be commonly used for a plurality of logical channels, and one logical channel is made to have a correspondence relationship with one radio physical channel, and the channel assignment apparatus includes: traffic monitoring detection means that detects occurrence of traffic of the logical channels; and logical channel assignment means that, according to occurrence of the traffic of the logical channels, sequentially assigns required resources on the radio physical channel to the logical channels, so that the object is achieved. | 04-02-2009 |
20090088174 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus performs simultaneous communication with a plurality of communication terminals by using the same frequency band. The apparatus including: a reception unit that receives feedback information from each of the communication terminals; an acquisition unit that acquires a correlation value between the latest feedback information and the feedback information previously stored in a storage unit for each of the communication terminals; a measurement unit that measures a delay time relating to the feedback information; a generation unit that generates a reliability parameter representing degree of error that is allowed in the feedback information based on the correlation value and the delay time; and a selection unit that selects two or more of the communication terminals from among the plurality of the communication terminals based on the reliability parameter. | 04-02-2009 |
20090088175 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ALLOCATE RADIO RESOURCES FOR TRANSMITTING A MESSAGE PART IN AN ENHANCED RACH - A method and apparatus for allocating resources to a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) includes the WTRU transmitting a signature sequence to a Node B, receiving an acknowledge signal from the Node B, and determining a default resource index. The resource index is associated with enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) parameters. | 04-02-2009 |
20090093255 | ADJUSTING MULTI-CARRIER ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate adjusting allocation of carriers in wireless communications. A mobile device can establish communication with a base station over a number of allocated carriers for simultaneous transmission thereover. The mobile device can experience a decrease in power amplifier (PA) headroom causing dropping of at least one carrier and can report the drop to the base station. The base station can subsequently await a carrier request message from the mobile device before allocating additional carriers, or can allocate an additional carrier based on a determination that the mobile device can handle the new carrier. The mobile device can transmit a carrier request message when the PA headroom returns to a threshold level. | 04-09-2009 |
20090098879 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Apparatus and a method for handling discard of a service data unit in universal mobile telecommunications system user equipment. Strategies for the radio resource control entity to handle discard of a service data unit by the radio link control entity are presented. | 04-16-2009 |
20090104913 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FREQUENCY SELECTION - A radio communication device and a method for controlling frequency selection. In an embodiment of the invention, a radio communication device may include a first radio modem circuit, a first medium access control circuit assigned to the first radio modem circuit, a second radio modem circuit, a second medium access control circuit assigned to the second radio modem circuit, and a control interface circuit configured to control the first medium access control circuit and the second medium access control circuit. | 04-23-2009 |
20090111475 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATION - Device, system, and method of channel quality indication. In some demonstrative embodiments a method may include, for example, calculating a plurality of channel-quality-indicator values corresponding to a plurality of sub-channels associated with a mobile communication device; and transmitting a channel-quality-indicator message from the mobile communication device to a base station, the channel-quality-indicator message including only first and second channel-quality-indicator values of the plurality of channel-quality-indicator values corresponding to first and second sub-channels of the plurality of sub-channels. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-30-2009 |
20090111476 | ALLOCATION OF USER EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIER - A communication system that comprises a base station and a substation connected to the base station. The base station maintains a set of identifiers, each identifier of the set being at least temporarily allocatable to a user equipment for identifying the user equipment when it resides in a cell of the base station. From the set of identifiers of the base station at least one subset of identifiers is extracted, and assigned to the substation. The substation may then respond to a connection establishment request of user equipment by providing it with an identifier from the subset of identifiers assigned to it. The substation also transmits to the base station information on the connection establishment request and on the identifier provided to the user equipment. | 04-30-2009 |
20090111477 | UPLINK COMMUNICATION METHOD IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINAL AND RADIO BASE STATION - A radio communication system including a radio base station and radio terminals communicating with the radio base station, wherein the system further includes a unit for allocating a first frequency resource which is shared by the radio terminals and which is used when each of the radio terminals transmits a first signal to the radio base station in periodic transmission timing. Also included is a unit for allocating a second frequency resource which is used when each of the radio terminals transmits a second signal to the radio base station. Also included is a unit for controlling the second frequency resource when each of the radio terminals transmits the second signal in transmission timing of the first signal, so that the second frequency resource is changed to a third frequency resource which is smaller than the allocated second frequency resource so as not to overlap the first frequency resource. | 04-30-2009 |
20090111478 | METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR FREE BAND FOR A COGNITIVE TELECOMMUNICATION TERMINAL - This invention relates to a method of searching for free band using a cognitive telecommunication terminal operating in a zone covered by a primary telecommunication system using a plurality of frequency bands (B). The terminal classifies said bands as a function of their conditional probabilities of being available (p(b | 04-30-2009 |
20090111479 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING CONNECTION IDENTIFIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for allocating one or more connection identifiers in a base station of a wireless communication system is used in a base station. The base station has a function of allocating one or more connection identifiers used for specific call communication between the base station and a mobile station. The apparatus includes a unit for defining one or more connection identifiers used for the specific call communication and one or more burst profiles that are attributes related to wireless communication using the one or more connection identifiers. Also included is a unit for broadcasting the one or more connection identifiers used for the specific call communication and the one or more burst profiles to the mobile station. | 04-30-2009 |
20090117911 | Cooperative Base Stations in Wireless Networks - The embodiments of the invention provide an adaptive method for base station cooperation in a wireless network. In a multi-user communications network that includes base stations, and in which each base station is associated with a cell, and in which each cell includes one or more mobile stations, each base station determines pre-coding matrices for full-cooperation, semi-cooperation and non-cooperation. Each base stations also determines a sum rate SR | 05-07-2009 |
20090117912 | METHOD OF OPTIMIZING DATA FORMAT SELECTION PROCEDURE FOR UP LINK COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a method of optimizing a data format selection procedure (E-TFC) for up link communication between a terminal and a base station on a cellular communication network in which the base station transmits to the terminal a signal including at least one piece of update information of at least one predetermined parameter intervening the data format selection. The method in accordance with the present invention further includes the step of optimizing a period of time required to detect the signal transmitted from the base station. | 05-07-2009 |
20090124264 | METHOD AND MOBILE PHONE CAPABLE OF AUTOMATICALLY SWITCHING RADIO CHANNELS OF A FREQUENCY MODULATION RADIO - A mobile phone capable of switching radio channels of an FM radio is provided. The mobile phone includes antennas for receiving analog signals and wireless signals. The mobile phone includes a signal conversion module for converting the analog signals to digital signals, and a channel database for storing radio channel information corresponding to LAI information of different local areas. A communication protocol processing module of the mobile phone is configured for receiving the digital signals, and for reading the LAI information of a local area where the mobile phone is located. A FM management module of the mobile phone is configured for searching the channel database to retrieve available radio channel information in the local area, synchronously monitoring if the LAI information changes, and determining if the FM radio needs to switch from one radio channel to another radio channel. | 05-14-2009 |
20090131062 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR IP-FEMTOCELL PROVISIONED RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A system, method, and computer readable medium for provisioning radio access via a femtocell system that includes integrated BTS and BSC functions are provided. The femtocell system is coupled with a packet switched backhaul and provides an IP-accessible radio access network. The femtocell system includes a session initiation protocol adapter that supports a SIP client pool and provides conversion of call set-up functions to SIP client set-up functions for provisioning of radio access to a user equipment. The user equipment may have a session initiation protocol client associated with the user equipment. The session initiation protocol client is hosted and registered with a registrar service by the femtocell system. Accordingly, telecommunication services may be directed to and from the user equipment over the packet-switched backhaul to the user equipment via the femtocell system. | 05-21-2009 |
20090131063 | RRC CONNECTION REQUEST METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for transmitting a single counting end message to reject the RRC connection requests of a plurality of terminals, thus minimizing the waste of radio resources and providing a quick response to those terminals that transmitted a connection request. RRC connection request messages are sent by a plurality of terminals to a network in response to an RRC connection-required message received from the network on a first channel. Each terminal monitors a second channel for an RRC connection setup message. The network establishes connections with a predetermined number of terminals by transmitting an RRC connection setup message to each terminal on the second channel and then transmits a single RRC connection-not-required message to the plurality of terminals on the first channel. Each terminal that does not receive an RRC connection setup message on the second channel after a predetermined period of time then monitors the first channel and, after receiving the RRC connection-not-required message, terminates the network connection procedure and does not re-transmit an RRC connection request message. | 05-21-2009 |
20090137253 | AVOIDING COLLISIONS BETWEEN USERS IF MAP CONTAINING PERSISTENT SCHEDULING INFORMATION IS LOST - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a MAP may be used by a base station to allocate network users for one or more users in a wireless network using persistent scheduling. In the event one or more of the users does not successfully receive a MAP transmitted by the base station, the user may stop transmitting and/or receiving in order to minimize and/or avoid collision with transmissions from other users. The affected user may transmit an indication of the error in receiving the MAP to the base station, wherein the base station may retransmit the previously transmitted MAP to the affected user that did not successfully receive the MAP from the origination transmission. One or more users may utilize a shared NAK channel to indicate to the base station an indication of the error in receive the MAP. | 05-28-2009 |
20090143070 | Supporting an Allocation of Radio Resources - The invention relates to a method for supporting in a wireless communication system an allocation of radio resources to connections between mobile stations | 06-04-2009 |
20090143071 | Uplink Scheduling in a Mobile Telecommunication Network - The present invention relates to a node B comprising a downlink data scheduler and an uplink data scheduler, wherein the node B comprises means for transferring information associated with a downlink data transfer from said downlink data scheduler to said uplink data scheduler, and that the uplink data scheduler comprises means for scheduling an uplink data transfer as a result of the transmission of said downlink data transfer. | 06-04-2009 |
20090143072 | CONTROL ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING PAGING MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for utilizing paging group IDs and paging indicators are disclosed for PDCCH and PDSCH transmissions to mobile terminals in a mobile communication system. By use of the paging group IDs and paging indicators, various groups of mobile terminals, including subsets of those groups can be paged with reduced decoding requirements. Nesting of the grouping is exploited and packing of the PDCCH frame to accomplish efficient use is described. | 06-04-2009 |
20090149187 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A transmission apparatus is provided with radio resource assignment means that assigns radio resources to each physical channel according to a type of the physical channel; and transmission means that transmits information to be transmitted by each physical channel using the assigned radio resources. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149188 | System and Method for Resource Allocation in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for resource allocation in wireless communications systems includes a method for operating a base station. The method includes receiving a resource request for radio resources for a mobile station and transmitting an indication of unallocated radio resources to the mobile station. A resource assignment is determined for the resource request, and the resource assignment is transmitted to the mobile station. The resource assignment comprises unallocated radio resources and a number of radio resources. | 06-11-2009 |
20090149189 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING CONFIGURATION AND CONTROL OF THE RLC AND PDCP SUB-LAYERS - Methods and apparatus support configuration and/or control of the radio link control (RLC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) sub-layers by defining and utilizing radio resource control (RRC) parameters and procedures, and by including information elements (IEs) in RRC messages in both the uplink and downlink for RLC and PDCP configuration. | 06-11-2009 |
20090156224 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CANCELING DIRECT LINK MODE - In a wireless communication system ( | 06-18-2009 |
20090156225 | Method, apparatus, and computer program product for signaling allocation of neighbor cells - A method, user equipment, network device, and software product employ indicators from a plurality of respective cells to indicate a difference, if any, regarding allocation in the respective cell as compared to neighbor cells. Mobility measurements are then performed according to the indicators, and also on the basis of configuration of a cell where the measurements are performed. | 06-18-2009 |
20090156226 | Method of Signalling Uplink Information - A method of signaling on a downlink, information regarding scheduling resources allocated in uplink, is provided, wherein the information is contained in an uplink scheduling information message, which is formatted to contain a subset of content of any subsequent uplink scheduling information message in an ordered set of message formats. Each uplink scheduling information message selected from the set is punctured into a symbol of a downlink user data allocation. | 06-18-2009 |
20090163216 | PROXIMITY DETECTION IN A NETWORK - Techniques for facilitating a hand-in using proximity-detection and dual-pilot operation detect a presence of a client device in proximity to the network-side device; and transmit a first signal over a first communication channel to the client device, the first signal enabling the client device to access information transmitted in a second signal from the network-side device. | 06-25-2009 |
20090163217 | WIRELESS NETWORK CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless network control apparatus capable of transmitting an acknowledgement of receipt at an earlier timing, thereby suppressing any delay that would otherwise be caused by a retransmission. In this apparatus, a reading part ( | 06-25-2009 |
20090163218 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING SUBCARRIER FREQUENCY RESOURCES FOR A RELAY ENHANCED CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for allocating subcarrier frequency resources for a relay enhanced cellular communication system is provided. The relay enhanced cellular communication system includes a base station, one or more mobile stations and one or more relay stations. Subcarrier allocation involves assigning a set of subcarriers by allocating subcarriers to one or more access communication links between mobile stations and their serving stations, to meet minimum data rate requirements of the access links, and allocating subcarriers to one or more relay communication links between the base station and relay stations to accommodate the data rates achieved on the corresponding access links. The serving stations may include one or more relay stations and the base station. Link balancing, multi-user diversity and minimum data rate constraint are jointly considered to achieve an optimal solution. | 06-25-2009 |
20090163219 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a data call setup comprises receiving an origination message by a radio call control (RCC) and by a main call control (MCC), receiving an assignment request message by the MCC and by the RCC, and receiving a traffic channel assignment message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC. | 06-25-2009 |
20090176501 | ADVERTISEMENT SCHEDULING - Embodiments of the invention are concerned with a method and a system for scheduling the transmission of messages to a subscriber in a communications network on basis of communications events that are determined to have occurred from communications events generated by the communications network. The method includes identifying a communications event as one of a plurality of predetermined types of communications events on the basis of at least one said identified current or previous communications session, and, responsive to the identified communications event, triggering a scheduling process for scheduling transmission of a message to the subscriber, in which the scheduling process is dependent on the type of communications event. | 07-09-2009 |
20090176502 | Method of Receiving Signaling and Related Communication Device - A method of receiving signaling for a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting to monitor a downlink control channel after a scheduling request procedure, used for requesting uplink radio resources, is triggered until the uplink radio resources are received. | 07-09-2009 |
20090176503 | FLEXIBLE MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) FOR AD HOC DEPLOYED WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods are disclosed that facilitate wireless communication using resource utilization messages (RUMs), in accordance with various aspects. A RUM may be generated for a first node, such as an access point or an access terminal, to indicate that a first predetermined threshold has been met or exceeded. The RUM may be weighted to indicate a degree to which a second predetermined threshold has been exceeded. The first and/or second predetermined thresholds may be associated with various parameters associated with the node, such as latency, throughput, data rate, spectral efficiency, carrier-to-interference ratio, interference-over-thermal level, etc. The RUM may then be transmitted to one or more other nodes to indicate a level of disadvantage experienced by the first node. | 07-09-2009 |
20090181685 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION - The invention aims to reduce the delay associated with setting up a session for a user terminal in a mobile communication network. A control unit for use in a wireless communication network for controlling a user terminal's ability to communicate with the network, comprising—at least one input for receiving event information about at least one trigger event indicating that the user terminal is likely to wish to communicate with the network within a predetermined period of time—decision logic for deciding whether the state of the terminal should be changed to enable it to communicate and—output means for triggering the a state change for the terminal to a state in which the terminal is able to communicate with the network, if the decision logic decides that this should be done. | 07-16-2009 |
20090181686 | Enhanced Uplink Retransmission Securing - A method, network node, and base station for communicating with mobile user terminals over an air interface. A scheduler allocates and de-allocates resources in the node or base station for communicating with a user terminal. The scheduler includes a delayer for delaying the de-allocation of an allocated resource if delayed de-allocation is needed. | 07-16-2009 |
20090181687 | Sounding reference signal arrangement - A method, apparatus, and computer program embodied on a computer-readable medium to create an uplink message to be transmitted to a base station, the created uplink message comprises a sounding reference signal based on accessed data. An uplink scheduling grant signal is received via downlink, from the base station, in response to the transmission of the uplink message. An uplink data transmission is transmitted to the base station responsive to the received uplink scheduling grant signal. | 07-16-2009 |
20090181688 | AUTOMATIC ALLOCATION OF AREA CODES FOR FEMTOCELL DEPLOYMENT - The invention relates to a method of automatically allocating an area code to a first femtocell (f | 07-16-2009 |
20090181689 | METHOD FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION BASED ON HARQ SCHEME IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signal transmission/reception by a transmitter in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. The method includes determining a signal transmission/reception corresponding relation between a downlink and an uplink of the wireless mobile communication system using a super-frame, the super-frame including at least one frame, said at least one frame including at least one downlink sub-frame and at least one uplink sub-frame, the signal transmission/reception corresponding relation enabling each sub-frame within a link including fewer sub-frames to correspond to at least one sub-frame within a link including more sub-frames when the downlink and the uplink of the wireless mobile communication system include different numbers of sub-frames, wherein the signal transmission/reception corresponding relation is also determined when the downlink and the uplink of the wireless mobile communication system include a same number of sub-frames, and transmitting and receiving signals to and from a receiver through at least one downlink sub-frame and at least one uplink sub-frame according to the determined signal transmission/reception corresponding relation. | 07-16-2009 |
20090186624 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING AN ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROCEDURE IN A CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus for performing an enhanced random access procedure in a Cell_FACH state are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a random access channel (RACH) preamble for random access. If a positive acknowledgement (ACK) is received in response to the RACH preamble, the WTRU enters a contention resolution phase and transmits a message via an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH). If contention resolution fails, the RACH preamble is retransmitted. A contention back-off timer may be used for retransmission. A physical random access channel (PRACH) code may be reselected. The RACH preamble may be retransmitted using a reserved PRACH resource so that E-DCH resource is allocated to the collided WTRUs. Data transmitted during the contention resolution phase may remain in a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) buffer. The MAC-i/is entity may be reset. All data sent during the contention resolution phase may be stored in a temporary buffer. | 07-23-2009 |
20090186625 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEQUENCE DISTRIBUTING AND SEQUENCE PROCESSING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A sequence distributing and sequence processing method and apparatus in a communication system are provided. The sequence distributing method includes the following steps: generating sequence groups including a number of sequences, the sequences in the sequence groups are determined according to the sequence time frequency resource occupation manner which is supported by the system; distributing the sequence groups to cells. The method avoids the phenomenon that signaling transmission is needed to distribute the sequences to the cells for different time frequency resource occupation manner, and saves in so far as possible the wireless network transmission resource occupied during the process of distributing the sequences through distributing the sequence groups comprising a number of sequences to the cells. | 07-23-2009 |
20090191882 | Method, apparatus and computer program for signaling channel quality information in a network that employs relay nodes - A relay node receives from user equipments UE CQI reports which give a CQI value per radio band resource RBR, from which are aggregated across the RBRs and/or aggregated per UE across that UE's RBR values. The relay node reports an indication of the average to its controlling access node (eNodeB), either explicitly or implicitly (e.g., a gain applied to the CQI of the downlink between the relay and access nodes). The relay node also checks the UEs' buffer status (actual or predicted) and reports either periodically or based on an underflow/overflow occurrence. For periodic reports, each UE buffer experiencing the overrun/underrun is reported. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191883 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - A method for transmitting data including determining at least one allowable time period which is allowed to be used for data transmission via a communication channel during a time interval which is pre-defined as a transmission gap for the communication channel for carrying out measurements in a first frequency range which is different from a second frequency range used for data transmissions via the communication channel; and transmitting data during the at least one allowable time period via the communication channel. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191884 | CHANNEL ELEMENT PACKING AND REPACKING - Providing for efficient utilization of channel element device ladder (CEDL) resources is described herein. By way of example, a received data request can be packed in a first portion of the CEDL and a received voice request can be packed in a second portion of the CEDL. Subsequent requests can be assigned to contiguous channel elements (CEs) of the CEDL within the first or second portion, as suitable. In addition, non-assigned CEs can be maintained in a third portion of the CEDL, by packing requests initially from opposite ends of the first and second portion, and be re-packing dropped traffic within the CEDL. Accordingly, the subject disclosure provides for efficient utilization of CEDL resources both for incoming voice traffic requests and incoming data traffic requests, by packing and maintaining data, voice and un-assigned CEs in contiguous portions of the CEDL. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191885 | Broadcast channel transmission method and apparatus - The invention provides for a broadcast channel transmission method comprising delivering broadcast channel data as a series of blocks ( | 07-30-2009 |
20090191886 | TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A transmission rate control method according to the present invention includes: determining, at the radio base station NodeB, a maximum granted value that can be notified to the mobile station UE, in accordance with the happy bit notified from the mobile station UE; calculating, at the radio base station NodeB, as an allowable value to be notified to the mobile station UE, a granted value not more than the maximum granted value; notifying, from the radio base station NodeB to the mobile station UE, the granted value calculated at the radio base station NodeB, by using a transmission rate control channel; and transmitting, from the mobile station UE, the uplink user data, at a transmission rate corresponding to the granted value notified from the radio base station NodeB. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191887 | TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A transmission rate control method according to the present invention includes: determining, at the radio base station NodeB, a maximum granted value that can be notified to the mobile station UE, in accordance with a throughput at which the uplink user data transmitted from the mobile station UE to the radio base station NodeB is successfully received at a point of time; calculating, at the radio base station NodeB, as an allowable value to be notified to the mobile station UE, a granted value not more than the maximum granted value; notifying, from the radio base station NodeB to the mobile station UE, the granted value calculated at the radio base station NodeB, by using a transmission rate control channel; and transmitting, from the mobile station UE, the uplink user data, at the transmission rate corresponding to the granted value notified from the radio base station NodeB. | 07-30-2009 |
20090191888 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Controlling spectrum use in a first wireless communications system which takes part in a spectrum assignment process, in which one of the first wireless communications system and a second wireless communications system assigns a portion of spectrum to the other of the first and second wireless communications system. The first wireless communications system includes a plurality of network elements some or all located within a cell associated with a particular network element of the second wireless communications system. The controlling includes coordinating network elements of the first wireless communications system to identify a portion of spectrum which is either available for assignment from the network elements of the first wireless communications system to the particular network element of the second wireless communications system, or required to be assigned from the particular network element of the second wireless communications system to the network elements of the first wireless communications system. | 07-30-2009 |
20090197609 | Apparatus and method of setting multi-channels in network system - An apparatus of setting multi-channels in a network system includes a mobile station transmitting at least one piece of channel information on a request message, wherein the request message requests to set a connection identifier for a communication service; and a control station calculating a bandwidth according to number of channels using the request message received from the mobile station and setting the calculated bandwidth as a service bandwidth of the connection identifier. The control station such as an ACR supports multi-channels through one frame structure (i.e., a communication structure of a connection identifier) and thus radio resources (e.g., bandwidth) to be provided to the mobile station are reduced. | 08-06-2009 |
20090197610 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING EFFICIENT BSR PROCEDURE USING SPS RESOURCE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and a terminal providing a wireless communication service and to a method by which a base station and a terminal transmit and receive data in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system (E-UMTS) evolved from universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) or a long term evolution (LTE) system, and more particularly, to a method whereby, in requesting allocation of radio resources by a user equipment (UE), which has been allocated continuous allocation radio resources, from a base station, the UE compares an allocation time point of continuous allocation radio resources and a start time point of a radio resource request procedure and effectively transmit a radio resource allocation request. | 08-06-2009 |
20090203383 | Transmission of Feedback Information on PUSCH in Wireless Networks - A transmission of feedback information from a secondary to a primary node occurs in a plurality of N logical time durations. The secondary node receives an allocation of resources comprising a plurality of resource elements on an uplink shared data channel. The secondary node generates feedback information in response to transmissions from the primary node and normally transmits feedback information to the primary node on a control channel. On occasion, the secondary node receives a trigger from the primary node. In response to the trigger, the secondary node transmits the feedback information using a subset of the allocated resource elements on the uplink shared data channel. | 08-13-2009 |
20090203384 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL FREQUENCY ALLOCATION - The present invention provides a method of allocating a frequency parameter for random access preamble transmission. The method includes determining a fixed location, in an operating bandwidth, of a frequency region for random access transmission wherein a relative location parameter defines the fixed location of the frequency region according to a bandwidth parameter, the relative location parameter being common to a plurality of cells. The present invention further provides a method of allocating a frequency parameter for random access transmission. The method comprises allocating a fixed location, in an operating bandwidth, of a frequency region for random access transmission, wherein the fixed location is configurable per cell. | 08-13-2009 |
20090209261 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION METHOD - A multicarrier communication method capable of improving the frequency utilization efficiency and the throughput of the communication system, while satisfying the QoS. A communication terminal reports the CQI about all of the subchannels included in the bandwidth of a communication channel during a first CQI report, as shown in the upper figure portion. Unlike the first report, during the second and following CQI reports, in which much time is left in terms of the permissible delay time, the communication terminal reports the CQI only about subchannels | 08-20-2009 |
20090209262 | TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT EMPLOYING INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT MESSAGES - Various traffic management techniques may be employed in a multi-hop wireless communication system. For example, a decision to transmit data to another node may be based on whether that node is able to effectively transmit its data. A decision to transmit an interference management message may be based on the amount of data a parent node may transmit. A decision to transmit an interference management message may be based on how effectively data is being transmitted. A weight may be assigned for an interference management message based on a traffic scheduling policy. | 08-20-2009 |
20090209263 | Method for controlling radio cell monitoring system - A method controls a radio cell monitoring system. A standardized radio cell list is transmitted by a device on the network side, the device being allocated to a radio cell of interest. The radio cell list lists radio cells that are adjacent to the radio cell of interest, receiving radio communication terminals monitoring, using the radio cellist, the signals of the adjacent radio cells for a handover or a cell reselection by way of measurement. The respective measurements of the radio communication terminals are transmitted to the device on the network end. At least one priority on the network side is allocated to each radio cell of the radio cell list. Additionally, at least one indication on the network side, indicating which services are offered within the respective radio cell for execution, is allocated to every radio cell of the radio cell list. A receiving radio communication terminal monitors, depending on the signaled priority and depending on the signaled service indication, only a limited number of the radio cells listed in the radio cell list by measurement in order to carry out a service. | 08-20-2009 |
20090215464 | Channel allocating method, wireless communication system, and channel structure of wireless sections - In a radio communication system, a user terminal transmits a reservation packet to a base station using a common control channel ( | 08-27-2009 |
20090221293 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF BROADCAST SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and transmission apparatus for transmitting broadcast system information in a mobile communication system. Further, the invention relates to a method and mobile terminal receiving the broadcast system information. To provide an improved method for broadcasting broadcast system information the invention suggests mapping different partitions of broadcast system information to a shared transport channel or a broadcast transport channel for transmission. The mapping may take into account parameters inherent to the mobile terminals to which the broadcast system information is to be transmitted and/or parameters inherent to the different partitions of broadcast system information. | 09-03-2009 |
20090221294 | Radio Resource Management in a Mobile Radio Communication System - A method operates a radio communication system in which network radio devices use radio resources in order to communicate with subscriber stations. A first network radio device performs direct tuning with a second network radio device using the respectively used radio resources. The first and/or the second network radio device send(s) a request for a decision about radio resources to be used by the first and/or the second network radio device to a device. Subsequent to the request, the first and/or the second network radio device receive(s) information from the device about radio resources to be used by the first and/or the second network radio device. A radio communication system carries out the method. | 09-03-2009 |
20090221295 | OFDMA-based co-channel femtocell - A femtocell increases efficiency and coverage of a macrocellular network operating in a co-channel manner within the macrocell spectrum by selecting subcarriers for its mobile station using both the subcarrier allocation map received from the macrocell and a spectrum sensing operation. Interference is avoided by selecting only subcarriers not allocated by the macrocell and subcarriers allocated to users not nearby to the femtocell. Interference is eliminated from the received signals using co-channel interference avoidance techniques. Selection of subcarriers for femtocell use may take into consideration inter-carrier interference detected. | 09-03-2009 |
20090233612 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND RADIO CHANNEL CONDITION REPORTING METHOD - A base station includes a group determination unit grouping mobile stations residing within a cell and a radio channel condition reception unit receiving information indicative of a radio channel condition transmitted from a mobile station at a transmission timing of the radio channel condition corresponding to a group associated with the mobile station. Each mobile station includes a radio channel condition measurement unit evaluating a radio channel condition, a group determination unit determining a group associated with the mobile station, and a radio channel condition transmission unit transmitting information indicative of the evaluated radio channel condition at a transmission timing of the radio channel condition corresponding to the associated group. | 09-17-2009 |
20090233613 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION AND DATA TRANSFER METHOD - A radio communication system where data is transferred from a mobile station to a radio base station in a band allocated by the radio base station at a band allocation period. The mobile station transfers a request for extending a next band allocation period by carrying the request together with the data to be transferred to the radio base station. The request is transferred when the mobile station detects that there is no data to be transferred at a next time. The radio base station extends the next band allocation period based on the request. | 09-17-2009 |
20090233614 | Channel Assignment Based on Spatial Strategies in a Wireless Network Using Adaptive Antenna Arrays - Channels are assigned based on co-spatial constraints in wireless network using spatial division multiple access. In one example, the invention includes assigning a co-spatial constraint to each of a plurality of conventional traffic communications channels of a base station, and receiving a request from a user terminal to communicate using a traffic communication channel of the base station. The invention further includes measuring a quality parameter of the request deriving a co-spatial constraint for the user terminal, assigning the user terminal co-spatial constraint to the user terminal, and assigning the user terminal to a traffic communication channels having a channel co-spatial constraint that is no less than the user terminal co-spatial constraint and that has no more assigned radios than permitted by the channel co-spatial constraint. | 09-17-2009 |
20090239545 | METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Disclosed is a random access method for minimizing delay for call setup, managing a random access request conflict, and adaptively allocating uplink radio resources according to the reason of an asynchronous random access from a terminal in an initial random access procedure between a base station and a terminal in a cellular mobile communication system for a packet service. The method begins with a radio resource control (RRC) layer of the terminal transferring a control primitive and an RRC connection request message to a medium access control (MAC) layer of the terminal. The MAC layer of the terminal requests the MAC layer of the base station to allocate a resource for random access. The MAC layer of the base station allocates resources upon the allocation request from the terminal and transfers the resources to the MAC layer of the terminal. The MAC layer of the terminal sets up an uplink sub-channel based on the allocated resources and transfers the RRC connection request message to the MAC layer of the base station through the uplink sub-channel. The MAC layer of the base station analyzes the RRC connection request message and requests the RRC layer of the base station to set up the RRC connection. The MAC layer of the base station transfers an RRC connection setup message to the terminal. | 09-24-2009 |
20090239546 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - To transmit resource allocation information on a plurality of radio resources to a terminal, a resource allocation device expresses a radio resource that is differently allocated from before the resource allocation information is transmitted among the plurality of radio resources in a radio resource pattern sequence, generates resource allocation information on the plurality of radio resources based on the radio resource pattern sequence, and transmits the radio resource pattern sequence and the resource allocation information, or a compressed pattern sequence corresponding to the radio resource pattern sequence and the resource allocation information, to the terminal through a frame. | 09-24-2009 |
20090247173 | CHANNEL FREQUENCY REUSE FOR NARROW BEAM VIDEO STREAMING BASED UPON MOBILE TERMINAL LOCATION INFORMATION - Transmitting streamed video to at least one wireless terminal by a wireless network having a channel frequency reuse pattern. The wireless network receives a request for the streamed video from the at least one wireless terminal and receives position information from the at least one wireless terminal requesting the streamed video. The wireless network selects a transceiving device to service transmission of the streamed video to the at least one wireless terminal. The transceiving device is allocated a first channel frequency set of the channel frequency reuse pattern. The wireless network or a component thereof selects a channel from a second channel frequency set that is different from the first channel frequency set. The transceiving device then, using a directional antenna, transmits the streamed video to the at least one wireless terminal in a direction based upon the position information using the selected channel. | 10-01-2009 |
20090247174 | UPLINK ACK/NAK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate allocating uplink resources to mobile devices to employ to signal acknowledgment indicators. Persistently scheduled mobile devices can be explicitly assigned uplink resources. Dynamically scheduled mobile device can utilize a one-to-one mapping to identify uplink resources based upon a downlink control channel index. The one-to-one mapping can be revised to remove associations between downlink control channel indices and resources allocated to persistently scheduled users and/or reserved for other control signaling in a mixed resource block. In addition, downlink control channel indices can be selected to avoid collisions between dynamic and persistent users. | 10-01-2009 |
20090247175 | System and Method for Downlink Control Signal Structure for Multi-User MIMO - A system and method for downlink control signal structure for multi-user MIMO is provided. A method comprises selecting a set of mobile stations (MSs) to receive substantially simultaneously transmitted transmissions, and transmitting interference control information and data to each mobile station (MS) in the set of MSs. A number of MSs in the set of MSs is less than a maximum allowable number of simultaneously scheduled MSs, and an amount of interference control information and a type of interference control information transmitted is based on the number of MSs in the set of MSs and the maximum allowable number of simultaneously scheduled MSs. | 10-01-2009 |
20090247176 | MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS CONNECTIONS - Techniques for signaling whether or not a radio resource control (RRC) connection should be maintained are provided. The signaling may be provided, for example, in existing NAS transport messages, or in separate messages. The signaling may be provided in the uplink and/or downlink direction. | 10-01-2009 |
20090253435 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING COMMUNICATION RESOURCE IN A TERRESTRIAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for allocating communication resources for communicating data in a terrestrial wireless communication system including a first set of radio transmitters, at least part of said radio transmitters being used by a coordination entity, and the method comprises: sending an inquiry from said coordination entity, requesting a representation of communication resources available for allocation in each of at least a subset of said first set of radio transmitters, said subset being used by said coordination entity; obtaining a response to said inquiry, said response comprising a representation of available communication resources of said subset of radio transmitters; and based on said response, allocating communication resources from said first subset of radio transmitters. Embodiments of the present invention also disclose a communication system and a radio transmitter. | 10-08-2009 |
20090258653 | Method and system for delivering multicast/broadcast services in a half frequency division duplex wireless communication system - A method and system for delivering MBS in an H-FDD wireless communication system minimizes MBS bandwidth allocation and maintains appropriate balance between two H-FDD mobile device groups. Generally speaking, this is achieved by allocating a downlink bandwidth section for one group of mobile devices (e.g. Group 2) to MBS and allowing a subgroup of mobile devices (e.g. Group 1A) in the other group (e.g. Group 1) that subscribes to MBS to participate in the former group (e.g. Group 2) as required to identify and decode MBS data. | 10-15-2009 |
20090270107 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN FEMTO CELL AND MACROCELL - A communication system and method for supporting direct communication between a femto base station and a macro base station are provided. The communication system includes at least one macro base station which allocates a resource to one or more user equipments. The communication system also includes at least one femto base station which operates in a base station mode for serving terminals located within a service area of the at least one femto base station and operates in a user equipment mode for communicating with the at least one macro base station using the resource allocated by the at least one macro base station. | 10-29-2009 |
20090275340 | UL/DL SCHEDULING FOR FULL BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION - A method may include receiving, by a user equipment incapable of transmitting and receiving simultaneously, a schedule to transmit data on an uplink, detecting, by the user equipment, whether there is data to be transmitted on the uplink, and receiving, by the user equipment, during a time corresponding to the schedule, data associated with a downlink, when it is determined that there is no data to be transmitted. | 11-05-2009 |
20090280820 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS CONTROLLER, CORE-NETWORK DEVICE, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION - In a wireless terminal, a receiver receives information being broadcasted from a wireless base station as a femtocell and indicating that the wireless base station is a femtocell, and a transmitter transmits to the wireless base station a signal of a first request to secure one or more wireless resources when the receiver receives the information before the wireless terminal receives a call and a request to initiate a call. When the wireless terminal receives a second request to initiate a call, the wireless terminal performs operations for establishing a communication path by using the one or more wireless resources secured in response to the first request, where the operations do not include an operation for securing the one or more wireless resources. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the time taken to start communication after the user of the wireless terminal requests the start of the communication. | 11-12-2009 |
20090286544 | ADMINISTRATION OF AN ACCESS CONTROL LIST TO FEMTO CELL COVERAGE - A system, method, and apparatus for facilitating management of access to femto cell coverage is provided. A femto access point provides access to the femto cell coverage and a subset of services to at least one communication device included in an access control list associated with the femto access point. An access management component utilizes an access criteria to edit the access control list. The access criteria includes criteria for adding a communication device to the access control list and criteria for automatically removing the added communication device from the access control list. | 11-19-2009 |
20090291691 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE REGION BY USING BROADCAST REFERENCE SIGNAL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for operating a Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) scheme in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. The method includes broadcasting a reference value for determining an FFR region, receiving region information determined by using the reference value from at least one Mobile Station (MS), and determining a communication band of at least one MS by using the region information received from the at least one MS. | 11-26-2009 |
20090298506 | Method and Devices for Distributing service requests to service providers - The invention relates to methods and devices for generating a distribution function. To that end preference vectors are defined for each instance something is distributed to from which elements are selected by means of an arbitration vector. | 12-03-2009 |
20090298507 | Method for Implementing a Business of Communication Service Level Based on a User Request - The present invention relates a method for implementing a business of communication service level based on a user request. A calling user initiates a call request at least including the user's requirement information for the current communication service level; a network equipment receives the call request, detects the requirement information for the current communication service level in the call request, determines whether the user-network interface on the calling side has the capability of providing the communication service level; if yes, the network equipment analyzes the requirement information for the current communication service level and the utilization status of the network resources, obtains the strategy information relevant to the communication service level of the current call; said network equipment allocates user-network resources for the calling side according to the relevant strategy information and then the calling terminal and the called terminal establish call connection; if no, it doesn't respond to the requirement information for the current communication service level. The present invention implements the different requirements for the communication service level by the call request as the same calling user under different circumstances. It's convenient and simple to operate. | 12-03-2009 |
20090298508 | Receiving and Processing Protocol Data Units - A method for processing one or more bursts including receiving at least a portion of a first burst comprising one or more protocol data units. The method includes receiving a sequence number for the first burst. The method includes writing the sequence number and the first burst to a physical-layer queue, such that the first burst is concatenated to the sequence number in the physical-layer queue. The sequence number may identify the first burst from one or more second bursts written to the physical-layer queue preceding or following the first burst. | 12-03-2009 |
20090305711 | Discontinuous Transmission/Reception in a Communications System - Allocation information is transmitted in a communications system in accordance with at least one allocation rule for indicating allocation of sets of transmission resources to communications devices. The at least one allocation rule is defined for associating sequences of sets of transmission resources with communications devices, and a communications device monitors allocation information of sets of transmission resources associated with it. Communications devices are informed of their respective allocation rules. Transmission resources for the communications devices are allocated based at least on said allocation rules. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305712 | Method and system for transmitting content to a plurality of users of a mobile communication network - A method of distributing information content to at least two user equipments includes: setting up a common downlink channel common to the at least two user equipments; setting up at least two uplink channels, each uplink channel being dedicated to a respective one of the at least two user equipments; delivering the information content to the at least two user equipments over the common downlink channel; and controlling transmission powers related to the common downlink channel and the at least two uplink channels in a closed-loop fashion. The closed-loop fashion power control includes: receiving from the at least two user equipments common downlink channel quality indications over the respective dedicated uplink channels; adjusting a transmission power in respect to the common downlink channel based on the common downlink channel quality indications received from the user equipments; evaluating a channel quality with respect to each of the at least two dedicated uplink channels; and based on the evaluation, sending to the at least two user equipments a transmission power control command over the common downlink channel. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305713 | Base Station Device and Channel Allocation Method - Upon receipt of a new channel allocation request from a mobile communication terminal, a suitable channel is allocated. A base station device performs communication with communication terminals by implementing an adaptive process using a plurality of antennas, and includes an interference recognizing unit that recognizes a level of interference on empty channels for use in the communication, a channel selector that selects an empty channel to be allocated based on a result recognized by the interference recognizing unit, and a channel allocator that, when there is a new channel allocation request from a communication terminal, allocates the empty channel selected by the channel selector to that communication terminal. | 12-10-2009 |
20090305714 | Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Terminal, Base Station and Wireless Communication Method - Provided is a wireless communication system in which a plurality of channels are shared and one of the channels is adaptively allocated to a wireless communication terminal by a base station. The wireless communication terminal is provided with a channel requesting unit that requests the base station to allocate an individual control channel when a communication request is received from an upper control unit of its own terminal or the base station, and a state control unit that controls the state of its own terminal so that the state transits to an individual control channel connected state in which control information is transmitted/received by wirelessly connecting the individual control channel allocated from the base station. The base station is provided with a channel allocating unit that allocates one of a plurality of traffic channels as the individual control channel to be exclusively used for the wireless communication terminal in response to the request from the wireless communication terminal. | 12-10-2009 |
20090312028 | SPECTRUM-ADAPTIVE NETWORKING - The present invention increases the available spectrum in a wireless network by sharing existing allocated (and in-use) portions of the RF spectrum in a manner that will minimize the probability of interfering with existing legacy users. The invention provides interference temperature-adaptive waveforms, and a variety of physical and media access control protocols for generating waveforms based on measurement and characterization of the local spectrum. The invention measures the local spectrum at a receiving node, generates an optimal waveform profile specifying transmission parameters that will water-fill unused spectrum up to an interference limit without causing harmful interference to primary and legacy transmitters using the same frequency bands, and enables simultaneous transmit and receive modes at a multiplicity of transceivers in a wireless network. The invention also provides closed loop feedback control between nodes, co-site interference management, intersymbol interference mitigation, wide sense stationary baseband signaling and modulation, and power limited signaling for avoiding detection and interception. | 12-17-2009 |
20090312029 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE CONFIGURED TO ENTER AN ACTIVE STATE BASED UPON A DETECTION OF A POTENTIAL REQUEST FOR COMMUNICATION SESSION RESOURCES - Embodiments are directed to determining whether one or more physical user interactions are present, at a wireless communication device, that indicate a near-future potential communication session resource request. Before the determination, a communication interface of the device is in a dormant state characterized by the device not being permitted to engage in a communication session with a wireless communication network. The device transitions the communication interface, after the determination, from the dormant state to an active state. In the active state, the device performs one or more actions to reduce a delay associated with a transmission of the potential communication session resource request in the event that the potential communication session resource request is actually transmitted by the device. For example, in the active state, the device can power-up or wake-up a radio bearer or modem to reduce a delay before transmission of the potential communication session resource request. | 12-17-2009 |
20090318157 | RECEPTION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a transmission device, a reception device, and a communication method which can improve a throughput in a MIMO system performing a precoding process. Each of beams formed by the transmission device are one-to-one correlated to an arrangement position of the uplink control channel so that the arrangement position of the uplink control channel is different in a block for each of beams. The reception device which has selected different beams arranges the uplink control channel at the arrangement position in the block corresponding to the selected beam and transmits the uplink control channel to the transmission device. | 12-24-2009 |
20090318158 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, CONTROL INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD AND PROGRAM - In a radio system which allocates resources using as units resource blocks which are formed by frequency components and time components, control information for mobile station devices, and identification information which is used to identify a format for a control information transmission channel which transmits the control information is transmitted from the base station device to the mobile station devices by means of the control information transmission channel. | 12-24-2009 |
20090318159 | SIGNALING CONNECTION ADMISSION CONTROL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for admission control of control plane signaling requests includes receiving a signaling request. Upon receipt of the signaling connection request, a first determination is performed to determine whether to provide admission to common resources. When the first determination is negative, a second determination is performed to determine whether to provide admission to dedicated resources. When the second determination is negative, the signaling request is rejected. When the second determination is positive, the request is admitted to dedicated resources. When the first determination is positive, a third determination is performed to determine whether the quality of the signaling request is high or low. If the quality of the request is high, the signaling request is admitted to common resources. When the quality is low, a fourth determination is performed to determine whether to provide admission to dedicated resources. If the fourth determination is positive, the request is admitted to dedicated resources. If the fourth determination is negative, the request is admitted to common resources. | 12-24-2009 |
20090325585 | FLEXIBLE SIGNALING OF RESOURCES ON A CONTROL CHANNEL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate employing flexible signaling of resource block assignments on a control channel. Resource blocks associated with an uplink or downlink channel can be split into a plurality of groups, and group-specific signaling constraints can be utilized with each of these groups. For example, the group-specific signaling constraints can relate to minimum resource block allocation units, signaling structures (e.g., bitmap structure, contiguous allocation structure, tree-based structure, . . . ), and the like utilized for sending assignment indications that allocate resource blocks within the respective groups. Further, an access terminal can have a common understanding of the group-specific signaling constraints; thus, a received assignment indication can be deciphered by the access terminal by utilizing the group-specific signaling constraints. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325586 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMON CHANNEL CANCELLATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile station that is configured to perform common channel cancellation may include a parameter estimation unit that is configured to estimate parameters for generating a common channel error. The mobile station may also include a common channel generation unit that is configured to generate the common channel error based on the parameters. The mobile station may also include an adder that is configured to subtract the common channel error from received data samples. | 12-31-2009 |
20090325587 | MOBILE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE SERVER - A mobile telephone exchange server is provided that comprises a telephone information memory corresponding to each mobile telephone and enables a plurality of mobile telephones, to which the same telephone number is allocated, to be switched to use by setting of a control flag or a busy flag with reference to memory contents of a mobile telephone ID number memory, a telephone number memory, and a telephone name memory included in each telephone information memory or by performing a simple operation while viewing a display screen of an ordinary mobile telephone, or by performing an ordinary call request operation or incoming call operation. | 12-31-2009 |
20100003994 | COMMUNICATION CONTROLLING METHOD, METHOD FOR SHARING INFORMATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION CONTROLLING APPARATUS - The connection state of a wireless line, in which a communication can be immediately made in an estimated time period, is preset by estimating the time period with a high possibility of making a communication based on the communication history of a wireless terminal for a predetermined past period in a communication made between the wireless terminal and a wireless base station. | 01-07-2010 |
20100003995 | BASE STATION DEVICE, FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A base station device performs wireless communication with a terminal device. The base station device includes a setting unit to set a first frequency group in which frequencies that differ from frequencies used in an adjacent base station device are used, a second frequency group including different frequencies to the frequencies included in the first frequency group, and a third frequency group including frequencies that overlap at least partially the frequencies included in the first or second frequency group; an allocating unit to allocate a frequency included in one of the first to third frequency groups to the terminal device; and a transmission unit to transmit the allocated frequency to the terminal device. | 01-07-2010 |
20100003996 | Apparatus and method for resource allocation for frequency overlay scheme in a broadband wireless communication system - A broadband wireless communication system supporting a frequency overlay scheme is provided. An operating method of a base station includes allocating relative addresses to Resource Blocks in at least one operating Frequency Assignment (FA) of a terminal according to an addressing scheme for the terminal; generating at least one resource indicator represented with the relative addresses; generating resource allocation information which comprises the at least one resource indicator; and transmitting the resource allocation information through a primary FA of the terminal. | 01-07-2010 |
20100003997 | Radio Base Station And Radio Communication Method Therefor - A radio base station transmits data to a mobile station in the form of error correction coded blocks. To this end, a controller allocates radio resources belonging to a first set of radio resources to one part of a block of data, as well as radio resources belonging to a second set of radio resources to the other part of the block. The first set of radio resources is a set of radio resources assigned to the radio base station for use in data transmission, while the second set of radio resources is a set of radio resources other than the first set of radio resources. A transceiver transmits the block by using the radio resources that the controller has allocated. | 01-07-2010 |
20100009687 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING EFFICIENT MBMS DOWNLINK RADIO RESOURCE RE-USE FOR OTHER DOWNLINK TRAFFIC - A system and method by which individual user equipment items can be informed about subframes re-used or exceptionally used for unicast transmission. In various embodiments, a dedicated indication is transmitted to each item of user equipment. This indication may comprise, for example, a dedicated message transmitted to those user equipment items that will get additional unicast downlink allocations in the re-used subframes. In other embodiments, common broadcast signaling is used to indicate subframe re-use to all items of user equipment. This signaling may be transmitted on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) as a common broadcast message. | 01-14-2010 |
20100009688 | METHOD OF OPERATING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A random access channel operating method in a mobile communication system is provided. The random access channel operating method includes: (a) selecting a transmission mode according to a load of random access channel and performing transmission to a mobile terminal; (b) receiving a message having a format corresponding to the selected transmission mode from the mobile terminal; (c) determining whether or not a preamble or data is included in the message received in (b) receiving of the message; and (d) if the data is determined to be included in the (c) determining, transmitting a response message for data reception to the mobile terminal. Accordingly, use efficiency of a random access channel can be increased by measuring a system load of the random access channel in a base station and changing a transmission format of a burst transmitted through the random access channel according to the measured load level. | 01-14-2010 |
20100009689 | Method and apparatus for managing uplink communication in wireless communication network - A method for managing uplink communication in wireless communication network is provided. The method includes selecting one or more Mobile Stations (MSs) from a plurality of MSs based on a first signal parameter corresponding to each MS of the one or more MSs, one or more second signal parameters corresponding to each MS of the one or more MSs, and one or more threshold parameters. The first signal parameter is associated with a Base Station (BS) serving a MS. Further, the one or more second signal parameters are associated with one or more BSs neighboring to the MS. The one or more threshold parameters are associated with a communication parameter. Thereafter, the method includes modifying uplink Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level of the one or more MSs. | 01-14-2010 |
20100009690 | MANAGING NETWORK-INITIATED QUALITY OF SERVICE SETUP IN MOBILE DEVICE AND NETWORK - Systems, methodologies, and devices are described that manage employment of network (NW)-initiated resource allocation and user equipment (UE)-initiated resource allocation for a UE. To employ NW-initiated resource allocation, a core network can transmit an indicator to the UE indicating that Policy and Charging Control (PCC) is supported by a network associated with the UE. The UE receives the indicator and other information, such as indicator regarding whether the current access network supports NW-initiated resource allocation and whether the current application prefers NW-initiated resource allocation, determines that NW-initiated resource allocation is to be employed, and the core network initiates resource allocation for the UE. If any indicator is not received by the UE, or the UE receives an indicator that indicates PCC is not supported or not preferred, the UE determines that UE-initiated resource allocation is to be employed, and transmits a request for resource allocation to the core network. | 01-14-2010 |
20100009691 | PERMUTATION DEVICE AND METHOD HAVING IMPROVED RESOURCE GRANULARITY FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A device and method for permuting subcarriers in a subframe which is divided into a plurality of frequency partitions in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping, at a mobile station, physical resource units for localized resource allocation to a frequency partition of the plurality of frequency partitions in units of N_1 number of resource units, and physical resource units for distributed resource allocation to the frequency partition in units of N_d number of resource units, N_1 being different from N_d; and spreading, at the mobile station, subcarriers of the physical resource units for distributed resource allocation across the whole distributed resource allocations. | 01-14-2010 |
20100009692 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FRAME BASED RESOURCE SHARING IN COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A frame structure, a method, and an apparatus for inter-frame resource sharing in a Cognitive Ratio (CR) communication system are provided. An apparatus for sharing a channel in an environment where a plurality of CR communication systems coexist, constitutes a Superframe Control Header (SCH), in one superframe, that includes a frame allocation MAP for frame information allocated to a Base Station (BS), with respect to each BS, and transmits and receives the SCH at the start frame of the frames allocated to the BSs. | 01-14-2010 |
20100009693 | Base Station, Scheduling Method, And Wireless Terminal - In a base station, a received signal strength calculation unit calculates the received signal strength of data sent by wireless terminals. A scheduler re-allocates the wireless resource next to a wireless terminal that will cause the smallest change from the received signal strength of the currently allocated wireless terminal. The base station can receive data sent from the wireless terminals in such a manner that the received signal strength varies gradually, and degradation in quality of reception can be suppressed. | 01-14-2010 |
20100015986 | Radio Base Station, Radio Communication Terminal, Radio Communication System and Radio Communication Method - A radio base station | 01-21-2010 |
20100015987 | Radio Resource Allocation Method And Radio Station - Provided is a radio resource allocation method of allocating common radio resources shared among a plurality of radio stations or a plurality of sectors to each of the plurality of radio stations or each of the plurality of sectors. The method includes defining, as a frame set, a given number of radio frames for repeatedly providing the common radio resources along a time axis, defining, as radio resource units, minimum units obtained by dividing the common radio resources provided by the frame set in units of the radio frames and in units of sub-channel groups, and allocating at least one of the radio resource units to each of the plurality of radio stations or the each of the plurality of sectors. | 01-21-2010 |
20100022249 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE THAT PRIORITIZES ACCESS PROBE HANDLING USING A PREDETERMINED TRANSMISSION DELAY - A wireless communication device that prioritizes the receipt of access probes within the slots of a base station having a slotted access protocol for incoming communications from wireless communication devices, where the slotted access protocol includes a plurality of discrete slots in which communication packets from wireless communication devices are received and communication packets arriving earlier in a slot are handled first by the base station. The wireless communication device can statically or dynamically change a predetermined delay in sending the access probe to insure it arrives earlier or later in a slot so as to cause a priority of handling by the base station. | 01-28-2010 |
20100022250 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF SYSTEM INFORMATION UPON CHANGING CONNECTIVITY OR POINT OF ATTACHMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method for informing a mobile terminal on target cell-specific system information to facilitate a mobility procedure such as handover or cell reselection in a mobile communication network. Further a radio resource control apparatus, a mobile terminal and a system comprising the radio resource control apparatus and the mobile terminal are provided. The invention suggests improvements to current mobility procedures so as to reduce the interruption time implied by the procedures. More specifically, it is proposed to include at least one pointer to target cell-specific system information to a control message, such as a handover indication or connection release message, pointing the mobile terminal to system information in the target cell relevant for system access and/or to perform mobility procedures. Further, a portion of the target cell-specific system information may also be comprised in the control message. | 01-28-2010 |
20100022251 | BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND CHANNEL RATE CONTROL METHOD - To provide a base transceiver station and channel rate control method for enabling the base transceiver station to execute stable processing in a radio communication system compliant with an HSDPA communication scheme, a base transceiver station | 01-28-2010 |
20100029288 | UPLINK SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (SDMA) USER PAIRING AND SCHEDULING - A method, system and communication network for transmitting information signals via uplink (UL) collaborative SDMA, in a wireless communication system. Base station receiver estimates a channel gain associated with the transmission path(s) of each user and keeps a matrix of normalized covariance, between users. Based on the estimated channel gain and the normalized covariance, ULS utility is able to compute channel capacity. Based on capacity estimates of (1) the multiplexed user signals and (2) the individual user signals, signals are either multiplexed for UL SDMA or are transmitted individually. An optimal selection of multiplexed signals may be based upon: (1) a cross user interface measurement; and (2) a selection mechanism based on eigen-decomposition techniques. The ULS utility enables a UL scheduler to pair information signals with clear spatial distinction and minimal correlation, based on capacity evaluations. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029289 | INTERFERENCE REDUCTION FOR TERMINALS OPERATING ON NEIGHBORING BANDS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication infrastructure entity in a wireless communication system implementing an uplink control channel using a narrowband frequency resource within a wideband frequency resource. The entity includes a controller communicably coupled to the transceiver wherein the controller is configured to cause the transceiver to signal a change of location for an uplink control channel within the wideband frequency resource. The uplink control channel includes at least a pair of uplink control channels separated within the wideband frequency resource and accommodates simultaneous uplink transmissions by multiple user equipment communicating in the wireless communication system. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029290 | Apparatus and method for implementing configurable resource management policies - A resource management apparatus adapted to implement resource management policies for the management of resources of a system, being susceptible of being assigned to entities requesting services to the system. The resource management apparatus includes: a configuration interface adapted to receive resource management configuration data from a user, the configuration data including a resource management decision logic adapted to specify a resource management policy; a resource management policy implementation unit responsive to service requests from the requesting entities and adapted to manage the assignment of the resources of the system to the requesting entities based on the resource management decision logic. The configuration interface is adapted to receive, and the resource management policy implementation unit is adapted to manage resource management decision logic structured as a set of one or more decision rules, each decision rule including: a description of at least one service request intended to be governed by the decision rule; a description of a state of the system in respect of which the decision rule is intended to apply; and action to be taken by the apparatus in case the decision rule applies. | 02-04-2010 |
20100029291 | Method for the time-based control of an upward signal transmission in a radio communication system - A method controls a time-based transmission of signals of a subscriber terminal for synchronous reception at a base station of a radio communication system. Upon detection that a determined time offset of received signals is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold value, a change from one-step control commands to multi-step control commands for controlling the time-based transmission of the subscriber terminal is performed by the base station, or a synchronization procedure is initiated by means of a randomly chosen access channel by the subscriber terminal. | 02-04-2010 |
20100035620 | WIRELESS SYSTEM - The capacity of a cellular wireless system is increased by operation of base stations or base station sectors arranged to re-use radio resource elements that are used by neighbouring base stations or base station sectors, in conjunction with operation of relay stations, which are similarly arranged to re-use radio resource elements used by neighbouring relay stations, and where the radio resource elements re-used by the relay stations are different to those used by the base stations. The relay stations provide coverage, particularly in the areas at the boundaries between the areas of coverage of base stations that suffer from interference between signals transmitted from the respective base stations. In addition, the relay stations generally increase the average available carrier to interference ratio compared with a system in which base stations alone are deployed. The scheme for the allocation of radio resource elements ensures in particular that interference is avoided between signals transmitted from a base station and signals transmitted from a relay station in radio resource elements allocated to control data. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035621 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting/receiving data in a mobile communication system and a method for efficiently using more radio resource if allocation of the more radio resource is required in addition to a predetermined radio resource are disclosed. An example of a method for receiving data in a mobile communication system includes receiving first control information using a first identifier, receiving second control information transmitted in the same time period with the first control information using a second identifier, and receiving the data via at least one of a first radio resource indicated by the first control information and a second radio resource indicated by the second control information. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035622 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS DETECTION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A terminal apparatus in a wireless communication system having a first and second base station group, and for which access is permitted for a specific base station, and not for a base station other than the specific base station, in the base station belonging to the second base station group, including: a reception unit which receives an identifier from any of base stations belonging to the first base station group; and a detection unit which executes base station detection processing for the second base station group, if the received identifier is an identifier of a base station corresponding to the specific base station in the base station belonging to the first base station group, and restrict execution of the base station detection processing, if not the identifier of the base station corresponding to the specific base station in the base station belonging to the first base station group. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035623 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling quality of service (QoS) in a mobile communication system includes configuring a service model to operate radio resources, based on an application to provide a requested service from a subscriber terminal; forming a QoS profile using the service model; allocating the radio resources for each requested services in accordance with the QoS; providing information on the allocated radio resources to the application; monitoring a condition of the allocated radio resource; and controlling the QoS by reflecting information obtained from the monitored condition. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035624 | Method and Apparatus for Improving DRX Functionality - A method for improving a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) functionality in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of configuring a timer for controlling the DRX functionality, which indicates the UE a time length to monitor a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH); and excluding a duration corresponding to a measurement gap from calculation of the time length when a running time of the timer is overlapped with the measurement gap. | 02-11-2010 |
20100035625 | MULTI-CARRIER DESIGN FOR CONTROL AND PROCEDURES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product operable in a wireless communication system are provided in which a pairing is determined between one or more uplink carriers and one or more downlink carriers. The one or more uplink carriers and the one or more downlink carriers include at least three carriers. On which carrier to exchange control information on one or more of the carriers is based on the pairing or an anchor carrier designation. | 02-11-2010 |
20100041409 | Method of transmitting data in multi-cell cooperative wireless communication system - A method of transmitting data in a multi-cell cooperative wireless communication system is provided. The method includes dividing the data into common data and private data, determining a transmission rate and/or a transmission power of the common data and the private data, respectively and transmitting the common data and the private data at the determined transmission rate and/or transmission power. It is possible to mitigate inter-cell interference and improve the performance of the system. | 02-18-2010 |
20100041410 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - In a method of improved channel-sounding transmissions between a base station in communication with a user equipment in a telecommunication system, the user equipment receiving (SO) an assigned channel-sounding transmission pattern from the base station, and transmitting (S | 02-18-2010 |
20100041411 | HIERARCHICAL CLUSTERING FRAMEWORK FOR INTER-CELL MIMO SYSTEMS - A method for wireless communications is provided. The method includes forming a first set of wireless components into a master cluster that provides upper level service functionality to a subset of user devices. The method includes forming a second set of wireless components into a nested cluster that is associated with the master cluster, where the nested cluster provides data transfer to and from the subset of user devices. | 02-18-2010 |
20100041412 | MEASUREMENT CONTROL METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND NETWORK-SIDE DEVICE - A measurement control method, a UE, and a network-side device are provided to solve the problem in the prior art that no measurement control solution can ensure the UE to perform a measurement and obtain a measurement result in time, as well as reduce the impact of the measurement on the performance of the UE. The method includes the following steps. The UE receives measurement indication information provided by the network side; and the UE performs a measurement after determining that the UE needs to perform the measurement according to the measurement indication information, which ensures that the UE may not perform the measurement frequently but pertinently, and reduces the impact of the measurement on the performance of the UE to the utmost extent. | 02-18-2010 |
20100048218 | Antenna System - Embodiments of the invention relate to wireless communications networks, and more specifically to an antenna apparatus for cellular wireless systems. Increasing data capacity of cellular wireless systems places increasing demands on the capacity of the two way connection, known as backhaul, between a cellular base station and a telecommunications network such as the PSTN backhaul, since this is the connection that has to convey the wireless-originating traffic to its destination, often in an entirely different network. Known backhaul links include leased lines, microwave links, optical fibre links or radio resources for relaying backhaul traffic between base stations. The fixed line solutions are expensive to implement and maintain, while the radio solutions antenna configurations that are not ideal for relaying data between base stations. In embodiments of the invention, communication between base stations occurs in a first timeslot by use of a first antenna system and communication between a given base station and a user equipment occurs in a second timeslot using a second antenna system. The benefit of this method is that the first antenna system can be optimised for use in communication between base stations, whereas the second antenna system can be optimised for communication with user equipment which preferably occurs within the area of cellular wireless coverage of the sector served by the second antenna system. | 02-25-2010 |
20100048219 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CONTROL CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit ( | 02-25-2010 |
20100048220 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Wireless communication arrangements including: first base station referring to beam scheduling information including identification information of a beam pattern to be used in each slot by the second base station, selecting, where identification information of the beam area to be used by the second base station in the slot assigned is coincident with the identification information of the first interference beam area received from the wireless terminal, the first data rate received from the wireless terminal, and selects, where the identification information of the beam area to be used by the second base station is not coincident with the identification information of the first interference beam area, the second data rate received from the wireless terminal; a step at which the first base station modulates data in accordance with one of the selected first data rate and second data rate, and transmits modulated data to the wireless terminal. | 02-25-2010 |
20100056164 | WIRELESS ACCESS CONTROL APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION AND METHOD - A radio access network apparatus includes: a discontinuous reception management unit configured to manage a reception state (a discontinuous reception state or a continuous reception state) for each of one or more mobile stations; a determination and announcement unit configured to determine and announce a correspondence relationship between a discontinuous reception channel and a shared data channel for each mobile station; and a scheduling unit configured to perform scheduling of a downlink shared data channel, wherein, when a paging signal to the mobile station in the discontinuous reception state occurs, the radio access network apparatus transmits the paging signal to the mobile station using the shared data channel determined based on the correspondence relationship. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056165 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a resource allocation method in a mobile communication system. The present invention determines a resource block allocated to a high-speed mobile station by using a resource block allocated to a low-speed mobile station, and allocates resource blocks that are allocated to the low-speed mobile station and the high-speed mobile station to different frequencies at the same temporal point by using frequency division multiplexing. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056166 | Method and Apparatus for Reinforcement of Broadcast Transmissions in MBSFN Inactive Areas - A method for a wireless communication system includes broadcasting that a first service is available in a first MBSFN and a second service is available in a second MBSFN. The method includes supporting a service not broadcasted as available. For example, supporting the first service with the second MBSFN and/or supporting the second service with the first MBSFN. The supporting or reinforcing can be done by echoing. The echoing is scheduled along with the owned service. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056167 | METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE-MINIMIZING RESOURCE BLOCK-SIZE SELECTION AT A MACROCELL, A MICROCELL AND A FEMTOCELL - A method for an opportunistic network within a coverage area of a primary network includes (a) spectrum-sensing signals from users in the primary network to identify unused spectrum resources in a spectrum shared between the opportunistic network and the primary network; and (b) based on the spectrum resources identified, assigning the identified spectrum resources to be used among the users of the opportunistic network in one or more block sizes determined from expected interference from the users of the primary network. The method is applicable to a primary network whether or not spectrum resources are assigned to its users using a block-wise subcarrier assignment scheme or a randomized allocation scheme. The identified unused spectrum resources that are to be assigned to the users of the opportunistic network exclude un-used subcarriers adjacent to subcarriers used by the users of the primary network to avoid interference. The opportunistic network may assign the identified unused spectrum resources using a scheme that selects a block size for an adaptive modulation and coding scheme or for avoidance of waste of spectrum resources. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056168 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO USERS IN SLOTTED CODE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS USING BEAMS - The invention includes several embodiments for slot assignment in code division multiple access communication systems. Some of the embodiments relate to fixed beams and others relate to adaptive arrays. One embodiment for fixed beams assigns slots by first detecting a beam having the best received quality and selected the best slot from that beam. Another fixed beam embodiment determines the best slot or slots in a number of beams and determines the overall best beam/slot combination. Another fixed beam embodiment uses a modified interference factor. One embodiment for the uplink using adaptive arrays using a spatial analysis stage followed by a transmission power level estimation stage. An overall interference level associated with each slot is determined and a slot having the best overall quality is determined. Another embodiment for the downlink uses the spatial analysis and slot assignment of the uplink for the downlink. Another embodiment for the downlink uses a spatial and transmission power level estimation stages. For adaptive arrays, the slot assignment can be determined whether the pathloss for each user is estimated or not and whether signals from each user are received or not. | 03-04-2010 |
20100056169 | DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL WITH LIMIT TO DYNAMIC RANGE USING DETECTION OF DOWNLINK TRANSMIT POWER - An apparatus and method is provided for dynamic range power control of a wireless downlink communication signal, such that target signal quality adjustments are held temporarily when it is apparent that transmit power control commands will not produce the desired response at the transmitting station. Comparisons of measured received signals to thresholds are performed to determine whether the transmitting station has either reached the maximum or minimum transmit power, in which case the target signal quality adjustment is controlled accordingly. When normal transmit power is detected, the target signal quality adjustments are allowed to resume as usual. | 03-04-2010 |
20100062781 | DPI-DRIVEN BEARER TERMINATION FOR SHORT-LIVED APPLICATIONS - Based on application information received from a DPI device, a downstream device, such as a Radio Network Controller (RNC), optimally implements a dormancy timer policy for short-lived applications, such as email and MMS. In particular, the RNC may initially use a large value for the dormancy timer for these applications. When the RNC receives an indication of the end of the application from the DPI device, the RNC may terminate the connection, thereby immediately freeing up resources. Alternatively, should the DPI device fail to recognize the end of the application, the initial dormancy timer serves as a fail-safe, such that the radio network resources are still released for allocation to another device in the radio network. | 03-11-2010 |
20100062782 | BASE STATION, USER APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE OF MULTIPLE SIZES OF RESOURCE BLOCKS - A base station includes a scheduler at least determining a resource block assigned to a data channel, a transmitted signal generation unit generating a signal to transmit the data channel in accordance with scheduling information supplied from the scheduler, a transmission unit transmitting the signal to a user apparatus, and a resource block size adjustment unit adjusting a size of the resource block. | 03-11-2010 |
20100062783 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNALS - Providing a coding scheme for wireless communication downlink reference signals is described herein. By way of example, a dedicated reference signal is mapped to resources of a wireless channel as a function of an identifier (ID) of a cell in which the reference signal is transmitted. The function can be similar to mapping functions employed for common reference signals, or can be distinct from such functions. As one example of the latter, a dedicated reference signal mapping function can be shifted in time or frequency with respect to the common reference signal mapping function. By employing a mapping function based on cell ID, noise caused by concurrent transmission of reference signals can be mitigated in a manner readily determined by terminals in a wireless network. | 03-11-2010 |
20100069074 | WIRELESS-RESOURCE BROKER - In one embodiment, a wireless-resource broker employs a self-enforcing spectrum-sharing policy, e.g., the expected utility (e.g., rate) a user obtains by following the policy provided by the broker is not less than the expected utility that the user obtains by switching to some other strategy. Each user is associated with one or more transmitter-receiver pairs, e.g., a transmitter of a wireless device and a receiver of a base station in communication via a wireless channel. The broker receives, as input, user parameters characterizing one or more of the transmitters and/or receivers and resource parameters characterizing one or more available spectrum blocks. The broker solves a linear-programming problem to generate and transmit a recommended policy for one or more users. The policy for each user includes information such as the spectrum block(s) to which the user is assigned, the transmission power for the user, and the transmission rate for the user. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069075 | ESTABLISHING A COMMUNICATION CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of operating a communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting from a remote unit to a base station remote unit channel data. The remote unit channel is generated at the remote unit and includes data about a first portion of communication channels on which the call can be executed. The method also includes applying a channel selection method to the remote unit channel data and to base station channel data so as to select a communication channel from among the first portion of communication channels. The base station channel data is generated at the base station and includes data about a second portion of the communication channels. The method further includes executing a call on the selected communication channel. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069076 | MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING BROADCAST INFORMATION - A radio base station for establishing a signaling control channel and a shared data channel for a mobile station and communicating with the mobile station includes a broadcast information generating unit configured to generate broadcast information including one or more information blocks; a scheduling information generating unit configured to generate scheduling information for the one or more information blocks; and a broadcast information transmitting unit configured to transmit the scheduling information as part of the broadcast information. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069077 | ALLOCATION OF SPREADING CODES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS CHANNELS - In a radio access network ( | 03-18-2010 |
20100069078 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING CALL SETUP IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is a method of controlling call setup, which accepts a request for setting a call when a first ratio of free resource blocks for uplink during a first monitoring unit time just before receiving the request is more than or equal to a first call acceptance threshold for uplink and a second ratio of free resource blocks for downlink during the first monitoring unit time is more than or equal to a second call acceptance threshold for downlink. When the first ratio is less than the first call acceptance threshold or the second ratio is less than the second call acceptance threshold, the call is queued for a queuing unit time. The call is accepted when a ratio of free resource blocks for uplink during a second monitoring unit time just before terminating the queuing unit time is more than or equal to the first call acceptance threshold and a ratio of free resource blocks for downlink during the second monitoring unit time is more than or equal to the second call acceptance threshold. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069079 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system includes a first base station and a second base station. The first base station includes a designator for determining a first resources for using the first base station and a second resources for using other base station in the predetermined radio resources, and a first transmitter for transmitting a first data by the use of the first resources to the mobile station and designation information determined on the bases of the second resources. The second base station includes a receiver for receiving the designation information from the first base station, and a second transmitter for transmitting a second data by the use of the second radio resources to the mobile station. | 03-18-2010 |
20100069080 | Call Admission Control for Mobility-Capable Telecommunications Terminals - A method and apparatus are disclosed that enable taking into consideration the variation in channel occupancy of a particular terminal or terminals during the call admission process. A channel utilization manager accounts for the probabilistic nature of the call admission decision by using a pre-determined, statistically justified value to represent the channel occupancy. The “per-call” channel occupancy value is determined by a number of factors, including the shared-communications channel data rate. Channel occupancy is incorporated into one or more cumulative distribution functions (CDF), which are evaluated by the channel utilization manager as part of the call admission process. In turn, each channel-occupancy CDF of a shared-communications channel can be generated from a CDF of the terminals' data rates on that channel, which data rates can be determined analytically or empirically. | 03-18-2010 |
20100075685 | Communications session management - A scheduling algorithm is disclosed that allows mobile units, participating in an ongoing communications session, to temporary perform channel-demanding communications operations without ending the session and that is useful in the case of no free radio channels. The algorithm is based on selecting a radio channel for transmitting a radio block based on information of a previous radio channel, no which a previous radio block has been transmitted. The radio block and the previous radio block are based on common information. A mobile unit participating in the communications session selects whether to perform any channel-demanding communications operations on the selected radio channel. By limiting any such other channel-demanding operations to only the selected radio channel, the probability of loss of useful data for the mobile unit during the communications session is minimized. | 03-25-2010 |
20100075686 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPLINK CONTROL RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Systems and methods of uniquely identifying communication nodes in a wireless communication system are described herein. One embodiment of the disclosure provides a wireless communication apparatus operative in a communication network. The apparatus comprises a transceiver configured to transmit control information over a first frequency range and content data over a second frequency range during a first predetermined time interval. The first frequency range is allocated to carry a first plurality of control blocks for transmitting only the control information. A duration of each of the first plurality of control blocks spans over the entire duration of the first predetermined time interval. The apparatus further comprises a processing circuit configured to direct the control information of the transceiver over the second frequency range for transmission to a base station node. | 03-25-2010 |
20100075687 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING WIRELESS TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A wireless communications system is described which comprises a plurality of base stations, each comprises at least one beam generating means for generating narrow spatial beams for communicating with respective subscriber devices located along a direction to which the respective narrow beam is currently directed. The system's transmission resources are allocated so that a substantial part of the resources allocated to each of the beam generating means is different from a substantial part of transmission resources allocated to any of the angularly adjacent beam generating means at the respective base station and are different from the substantial part of the resources allocated to beam generating means associated with adjacent base stations and directed towards geographical areas located in a proximity to the geographical area towards which the respective narrow beam is directed. | 03-25-2010 |
20100075688 | RADION BASE STATION DEVICE AND RADIO RESOURCE CONNECTION SWITCHING METHOD - For example, in a radio communication system using an OFDMA method, frequency bandwidth allocated to each sector is modified according to, for example, the number of terminals existing in each sector, and the effective utilization of radio sources is promoted. A radio base station device includes unit to determine the amount allocated to each sector from the amount of radio resources in the base station and unit to switch over the connection states of a plurality of radio resources obtained by dividing the entire radio resources that can be allocated to each sector in the base station according to the determined amount of allocation. | 03-25-2010 |
20100081440 | DELEGATION OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION TO EXTERNAL DEVICE - Delegating voice and/or data traffic communication from a mobile computing device to an external proxy device. The mobile computing device obtains identification of a traffic channel and a time slot and provides the information to the proxy device. The proxy device monitors a cellular network on the identified traffic channel during the identified time slot while the mobile computing device goes into signaling mode. The proxy device exchanges voice and/or data traffic between the user and the cellular network In some embodiments, the proxy device includes a speaker and microphone. In other embodiments, the proxy device sends the voice and/or data traffic to the user via the mobile computing device or another device. By delegating the voice and/or data traffic communication to the proxy device, the battery life of the mobile computing device is preserved. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081441 | Dynamic Radio Frequency Allocation for Base Station Cooperation with Interference Management - A method allocates bandwidth from a radio frequency spectrum in a cellular network including a set of cells. Each cell includes a base station for serving a set of mobile stations in the cell. An area around each base station is partitioned into a center region and a boundary region. In each base station, bandwidth for use in the center region is reserved according to an inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) protocol, and bandwidth for use in the boundary region is reserved according to the ICIC protocol and a base station cooperation (BSC) protocol. Then, the bandwidth is allocated to mobile stations as the mobile stations communicate with the base station in the center regions and the boundary regions according to the bandwidth reservations. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081442 | Radio Resource Allocation to Reduce Uplink Interference - A network node ( | 04-01-2010 |
20100081443 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in a cellular communication system, for avoiding errors in a HARQ process, wherein an NDI flag is used both for indicating either semi-persistent scheduling, SPS activation or SPS retransmissions, and also for indicating, by toggling of the flag, a new transmission in dynamic scheduling mode. The method comprises the steps of receiving, in a scheduling message, an indication that dynamically scheduled transmission will take place; if a semi persistent resource has occurred for the same HARQ process since a previously received indication for dynamically scheduled transmission, then considering the NDI flag to be toggled regardless of the value of the NDI flag. Thus, if the condition is fulfilled, a UE will always regard the NDI flag as indicating or requesting a new data transmission. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081444 | SYNCHRONIZING BEARER CONTEXT - Bearer context maintained by an access terminal is synchronized with a network so that a change in the status of the bearer context may be reflected at the network. For example, if an access terminal determines that a resource previously requested by the access terminal is no longer needed, the access terminal may deactivate the bearer context locally in a case where the access terminal is unable to communicate with the network. In such a case, the access terminal may synchronize its bearer context with the network once the access terminal reestablishes communication with the network. For example, the access terminal may send a message to the network indicating that the access terminal has deactivated the bearer context. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081445 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING CONTROL CHANNEL CAPACITY IN GERAN - A method and apparatus may be used for increasing control channel capacity in Global System for Mobile communications (GSM). In a first method, the Multi-User-Reusing-One-Slot or Voice Services Over Adaptive Multiuser Channels On One Slot (MUROS/VAMOS) concept may be applied to timeslots or bursts carrying a Stand Alone Dedicated Control Channel (SDCCH). In a second method, the control signaling needed to support call setup for voice traffic may be switched over to a MUROS/VAMOS-capable traffic channel as early as possible instead of being handled through the SDCCH. In a third method, the channel coding format of the signaling bursts and/or bursts sent and received on the allocated traffic or SDCCH timeslots or resources may be modified to provide for additional link robustness and to overcome an intrinsic penalty when allowing for two simultaneous wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) on a timeslot used for signaling. In a fourth method, a WTRU may notify the GSM network that the WTRU is MUROS/VAMOS capable. | 04-01-2010 |
20100081446 | Wireless Base Station and Mobile Station - A wireless base station in a wireless communication system includes a memory that stores a plurality of timing patterns that are set such that timings of using the resource are distributed for each of the mobile stations when the mobile stations change a timing of using the resource in accordance with a traveling speed and control unit that allocates one of the timing pattern to the mobile stations. | 04-01-2010 |
20100087199 | METHOD FOR TRUNKING RADIO FREQUENCY RESOURCES - A subscriber unit monitors a first channel currently serving as a rest channel for the system, wherein the channel currently serving as the rest channel for the system is monitored by subscribers that are idle in the system. The subscriber unit determines that a first call is being initiated on the first channel. If the first call is not of interest, the subscriber unit ceases to monitor the first channel, and monitors a second channel that will serve as the rest channel for the system when the first call starts on the first channel. If the first call is of interest, the subscriber unit participates in the first call on the first channel, and before or after the first call ends, participates in a second call on a third channel or monitors a channel currently serving as the rest channel for the system when the subscriber unit becomes idle. | 04-08-2010 |
20100087200 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL METHOD - The base station apparatus calculates the number of the mobile stations associated with a consumption amount of radio resources, and carries out call admission control in accordance with the number of the mobile station. The base station apparatus includes a calculation section that calculates the number of the mobile stations having data to be transmitted in a transmission buffer, and a call admission section that carries out new call admission in accordance with the number of the mobile stations. | 04-08-2010 |
20100087201 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER CALL ORIGINATION AND TERMINATION - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a mobile origination comprises receiving an origination request message by a main call control (MCC) from a radio call control (RCC), receiving an assignment request message by the RCC from the MCC, receiving a traffic channel assign message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC from the RCC, receiving a call setup message by a selector distribution unit (SDU) from the MCC, and receiving a link active message by the CEC from the SDU. | 04-08-2010 |
20100093360 | COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD USING DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATED COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION - A cognitive radio base station may transmit, for each channel, common control channel information to a plurality of cognitive radio terminals at different points in time, respectively. Accordingly, the cognitive radio base station may receive a channel allocation request from the plurality of cognitive radio terminals receiving the common control channel information and allocate a plurality of channels to the plurality of cognitive radio terminals, respectively, to perform communication. In response to another terminal existing in a corresponding channel, the cognitive radio base station may update the common control channel information and switch to another channel to transmit subsequent common control channel information at, for example, a closest point in time to thereby broadcast the updated common control channel information to the plurality of cognitive radio terminals using the switched channel. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093361 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF DYNAMIC FEEDBACK CHANNEL INFORMATION IN A MIMO SYSTEM - A base station apparatus and method of transmission of dynamic feedback channel information in a MIMO system. The base station apparatus includes a first channel state information receiving unit to receive a first channel state information; a receiving terminal selection unit to select at least one receiving terminal to receive data from among a plurality of terminals; a quantization length determination unit to independently determine a second quantization length of the selected receiving terminal; a quantization length transmission unit to transmit the second quantization length to the selected e receiving terminal; a second channel state information receiving unit to receive second channel state information from the selected receiving terminal; and a data transmission unit to transmit data to the selected receiving terminal using a plurality of transmission antennas of a base station based on the second channel state information. | 04-15-2010 |
20100093362 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To realize efficient transmission control of reception quality information which flexibly treats the information amount and the transmission frequency of the reception quality information. A base station apparatus 100 for controlling transmission operation of the reception quality information with respect to a mobile station apparatus includes: a scheduler unit 110 receiving simultaneous transmission permission information for instructing the mobile station apparatus to simultaneously transmit the reception quality information and the uplink data that the mobile station apparatus generates, and an uplink data transmission permission signal, and serving to perform scheduling that includes the simultaneous transmission permission information in the uplink data transmission permission signal, and transmission parts 101 to 105 that transmit, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including the simultaneous transmission permission information. | 04-15-2010 |
20100099420 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING ACCESS TO A CHANNEL IN A CONVENTIONAL MULTI-SITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A repeater receives and repeats, on a multi-site channel, a sequence of control and media transmissions included in a session, wherein the session has a plurality of participants. While repeating these transmissions, the repeater further detects, from at least one of the transmissions, a start of the session and a type of the session. Based on the type of the session, the repeater determines whether to perform an arbitration during the session to control access to the multi-site channel, and restricts each performed arbitration to only transmissions received from the participants to the session. In addition, after repeating at least one of the control transmissions, the repeater sets a hang time having a duration that is determined based on a type of the transmission preceding the setting of the hang time. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099421 | EFFICIENT MESSAGING OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL - A method for a client and server based messaging system efficiently exchanges messages over an IP connection in a wireless network. Also included is an automated method by which a messaging client can request intelligent and efficient presence updates from the wireless network by utilizing timers and adapt such timers based on load conditions in the wireless network. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099422 | Data transmission in a multi-user ofdm system with adaptive modulation - A method processes information to be sent via radio, according to which first bits represent a first number of N-tuples and second bits represent a second number of N-tuples. The first bits are to be sent using a first group of sub-bands of a frequency band, and the second bits are to be sent using a second group of sub-bands of the frequency band. A first modulation method is used for the first bits and a second modulation method is used for the second bits. The first bits are rearranged, forming M-tuples, and a symbol is formed from each M-tuple according to the first modulation method. The second bits are rearranged, forming P-tuples, and a symbol is formed from each P-tuple according to the second modulation method, and M≠P. A corresponding method is used for processing information received by radio. Base stations and mobile radio stations carry out the method. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099423 | SEQUENCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a sequence allocation method capable of reducing inter-cell interference of a reference signal when a ZC sequence is used as the reference signal in a mobile communication system. In the sequence allocation method divides R×M sequences specified by a ZC sequence number r (r=1 to R) and a cyclic shift sequence number m (m=1 to M) into a plurality of sequence groups X (X=1 to R) in accordance with the transmission band width of the reference signal, so that the ZC sequence is allocated to each cell in each sequence group unit. When it is assumed that R=9 and M=6, the number of sequence is 54. Each of the sequence groups is formed by two sequences. Accordingly, the number of sequence groups is 27. The 27 types of sequence groups are allocated to each cell. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099424 | INTERFERENCE CONTROL IN A MOBILE NETWORK STRUCTURE WITH PRIVATE PICO/HOME BASE STATIONS - A method controls interference between a first and second communication system, each system having a base station and at least one use device. According to the method, in response to a trigger, a connection is set up between a first system user device and a second system base station. A maximum uplink power is allocated for the first system user device. Transmissions are halted between the first system user device and a first system base station. This means that the maximum uplink power is not exceeded and interference between the first system user device and the second system base station and user devices is minimized. The first system base station is a private pico/home base station and the second system base station is a public macro/micro base station. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099425 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION - A device and method for receiving, by a mobile terminal, system information from a base station. The method includes: receiving a block of first system information from the base station via a broadcast channel configured to broadcast only system information; and receiving a plurality of blocks of second system information from the base station via a downlink shared channel configured to carry system information and other data, one of the plurality of blocks of second system information including scheduling information. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099426 | TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A telecommunication network including: a radio access network; and a network switching subsystem operable for communication with the radio access network and with a demand-driven, dynamically-configurable IP based computing infrastructure. | 04-22-2010 |
20100099427 | Virtually Centralized Uplink Scheduling - A method of scheduling uplink transmissions from a plurality of source user equipments to a base station is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining the amount of data in the data buffer of each of the user equipments, comparing the amount of data in the data buffers of the user equipments to obtain, for each user equipment, a relative indicator, the relative indicator indicating how full that user equipment's data buffer is in comparison to the data buffers of the other user equipments, and scheduling uplink transmissions in dependence on the relative indicators. In this way, each user equipment is given some knowledge of the state of the buffer in the other user equipments. The user equipments are therefore able to make more efficient scheduling decisions. This can improve the throughput and give lower packet delivery delays. | 04-22-2010 |
20100105400 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAPPING RADIO SPECTRUM INTERESTS - Map-based systems and methods may be used to identify favorable opportunities for transferring apportioned spectrum use rights. Holders of spectrum use rights may generate and disseminate maps illustrating portions of available and non-available spectrum use rights. In addition, spectrum users may generate and disseminate maps illustrating desired spectrum. By comparing graphical representations of spectrum availability to desired spectrum, available spectrum use rights of holders may be matched to the desired spectrum of users. Use rights in matched spectrum may then be offered by holders and/or requested or bid upon by users. | 04-29-2010 |
20100105401 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method for controlling a radio resource allocation is provided. A network transmits access control information to a terminal such that a request for the radio resource allocation which will be transmitted from the terminal can be controlled. The terminal selectively transmits the request for the radio resource allocation based on the received information, thus a transmission of an unnecessary request for the radio resource can be minimized, thereby preventing a waste of the radio resource. | 04-29-2010 |
20100105402 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting control information includes receiving a control information request, transmitting primary control information responding the control information request through a primary control channel and transmitting secondary control information responding the control information request through a secondary control channel, wherein the primary control channel uses data subcarriers and the secondary control channel uses pilot subcarriers. | 04-29-2010 |
20100105403 | Method For Repetitive Transmissions - The present invention relates to method, and apparatus relating to cellular radio communication ( | 04-29-2010 |
20100105404 | ACKNOWLEDGMENT BASED ON SHORT CELL RADIO NETWORK TEMPORARY IDENTIFIER - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate identifying resources upon which an acknowledgment can be sent or received in a wireless communication environment that leverages coordinated multi-point (CoMP). The resources can be identified based upon a criterion that can be identifiable to a non-anchor cell base station (as well as an anchor cell base station, a mobile device, etc.). The criterion can be an identifier corresponding to a mobile device, where the identifier maps to a predetermined set of resources. Examples of the identifier can include a media access control identifier (MACID), a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), a short C-RNTI, etc. Further, the criterion can be physical resources corresponding to a transmission, where the acknowledgment is responsive to the transmission. Moreover, the acknowledgment can be sent or received in connection with a cooperation technique (e.g., joint transmission via inter-site packet sharing, cooperative beamforming, cooperative silence, . . . ). | 04-29-2010 |
20100113040 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE AVOIDING CONTROL SIGNALING CONFLICTS WHEN USING HSARED WIRELESS CARRIER RESOURCES - A base station ( | 05-06-2010 |
20100113041 | METHOD OF SIGNALLING SYSTEM INFORMATION, METHOD OF RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method of signalling system information and a method of receiving system information are provided. The method of signalling system information includes broadcasting a piece of system information in a radio cell, the piece of system information indicating that a first portion of a frequency spectrum, the frequency spectrum being available for the radio cell, is assigned to a first radio mode, the piece of system information further indicating that a second portion of the frequency spectrum is assigned to a second radio mode, the second radio mode being different from the first radio mode. A radio base station is configured to perform the method of signalling system information. A radio communication terminal is configured to receive the broadcasted piece of system information. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113042 | WIRELESS NETWORK DISCOVERY - The example embodiments may delay initiation of channel access procedure for transmitting a network discovery message to a network potentially employing directional communication between at least some of the nodes in the network, until a threshold for channel access initiation is met. Meeting the threshold includes satisfying at least one of the following criteria conditions: detecting no activity for at least a predetermined duration of time, or receiving a frame indicating a closure time of a directional communication in the network, or receiving a frame indicating a starting time of an omnidirectional communication period in the network. After meeting at least one of the threshold criteria conditions, the example embodiments may initiate the channel access procedure. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113043 | Blind channel detection techniques - Techniques for use in a blind detection process of information elements. Channels can be allocated into groups. For each group, resource blocks of each channel can be further divided into subspaces. A base station may communicate a number of channels in a group, a number of subspaces allocated to a group of channels, and a bit shift value to all mobile stations via non-specific user channels to a mobile station. The mobile station uses a blind detection scheme and the number of channels allocated per group, a number of sub-spaces per group of channels, and a bit shift value to locate an information element assigned to the mobile station. A number of blind detection trials may be capped to a sum of a number of channels for all allocated groups. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113044 | providing random access to a communication system - In a communication system providing services with different quality of service requirements to a plurality of user equipment sharing resources of the communication system, resources of the communication system are allocated for service requests. The allocating of resources includes dividing the resources into at least two groups of resources, the different groups of resources being dedicated to different types of service. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113045 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes a classification unit configured to classify user apparatuses based on channel state of a radio link, a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) status memory configured to store information indicating which of multiple groups each of one or more of the user apparatuses conducting DRX belongs to, a determination unit configured to determine which of the groups the user apparatuses classified by the classification unit are to belong to with reference to the information stored in the DRX status memory, and an indication unit configured to indicate the determined groups to the user apparatuses. Each of the groups includes one or more of the user apparatuses activating simultaneously. The determination unit is configured to assign one of the user apparatuses having relatively poor channel state to one of the groups having a smaller number of simultaneously activating user apparatuses. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113046 | Sequence Report Method and Sequence Report Device - Disclosed are a sequence report method and a sequence report device for reducing a signaling amount for reporting a Zadoff-Chu sequence or a GCL sequence allocated for a cell. Indexes starting at 1 are correlated to different ZC sequences and are allocated for cells so that the indexes are continuous. When such ZC sequences are reported from BS to UE, a start index indicating the start of the continuous indexes is combined with the number of allocated sequences and they are reported as allocation sequence information by a report channel. The UE and the BS share the correlation between the ZC sequences and the indexes and the UE identifies a usable sequence number according to the correlation and the allocation sequence information reported from the BS. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113047 | Method for informing user equipment of downlink control message construction information in cellular system - A method for transmitting control messages from a base station to a user equipment in a cellular system is disclosed. The method includes grouping a plurality of control messages for at least one user equipment based on at least one criteria of whether or not uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes are allowed to be implicitly used in the control messages, whether or not the user equipment corresponding to the control messages is able to implicitly use the uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes, sizes of Information Elements (IEs) of the control messages, whether or not the control messages are segmented into a predetermined number of subblocks, MCS levels applied to the control messages, sizes of allocated IEs of the control messages after applying the MCS levels, and frequency partitions in which the IEs of the control messages are present, and transmitting the grouped control messages. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113048 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a base station apparatus for transmitting a L | 05-06-2010 |
20100113049 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGEMENT OF FEMTO BASE STATION - A method for management of a base station according to the present invention includes: entering a first interval when a terminal is not present in a region of a first cell managed by the base station; receiving an interval switching request when the terminal enters a second cell that is larger than the first cell while including the first cell; and switching into a second interval other than the first interval in accordance with the interval switching request. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113050 | CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR OPTIMIZING SPECTRUM UTILIZATION - An exemplary method of allocating bandwidth to a call for at least one user includes allocating 10 MHz of the bandwidth for a downlink between a base station and the at least one user. 5 MHz of the bandwidth are allocated for an uplink between the user and the base station. A selected amount of bandwidth is aggregated to the allocated 5 MHz for the uplink. The amount of bandwidth that is aggregated is at least one of an additional 3 MHz band or two additional 1.4 MHz bands. | 05-06-2010 |
20100113051 | Random Access Preamble Transmission Design With Multiple Available Random Access Channel Resources - A method for use of a RA preamble with multiple available RACH resources is described. The method includes allocating resources including a plurality of RACH resources for a UE. Information that indicates a dedicated preamble and the allocated resources is sent to the UE. The UE receives the information. A response including the dedicated preamble is generated at the UE. The method also includes the UE sending the response over at least two of the allocated resources. In response to receiving at least one response, a message is transmitted to the UE. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described | 05-06-2010 |
20100113052 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING A DATA LIFESPAN TIMER FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL TRANSMISSIONS - A wireless communication system, which supports enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) data transmissions, includes a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), at least one Node-B and a radio network controller (RNC). The WTRU includes a buffer, a data lifespan timer, a data retransmission counter, a hybrid-automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) process and a controller. The timer establishes a lifespan for at least one data block stored in the buffer. If physical resources have not been allocated for a data block associated with a lifespan timer that is close to expiration, the WTRU sends an urgent channel allocation request. If physical resources have been allocated, the data block is prioritized for transmission with respect to other data blocks. The data block is discarded if the lifespan timer expires or if the WTRU receives feedback information indicating that the data block was successfully received by the Node-B. | 05-06-2010 |
20100120442 | RESOURCE SHARING IN RELAY OPERATIONS WITHIN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication relay terminal including a controller coupled to a transceiver wherein the controller is configured to cause the transceiver to transmit a first portion of a first sub-frame during a first time-frequency region to a wireless communication device, to cause the transceiver to receive, from a base station, a portion of a second sub-frame during a second time-frequency region wherein the first and second time-frequency regions are non-overlapping The controller is also configured to detect a control region within the portion of the second sub-frame received by attempting to decode information in a possible control region of the second sub-frame having at least one of several possible starting locations that are known a priori by the terminal. | 05-13-2010 |
20100120443 | UPLINK TIMING RECOVERY - The present invention provides for a method of controlling uplink timing recovery within a mobile radio communications device operating within a mobile radio communications network, including the step of determining a requirement for uplink timing recovery in a manner responsive to velocity of movement of the mobile radio communications device, and preferably on the basis of a timing-offset within downlink signalling. | 05-13-2010 |
20100120444 | METHOD FOR FACILITATE EFFICIENT MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICE IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio access network ( | 05-13-2010 |
20100124932 | TRANSMISSION RESTARTING METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a transmission restarting method of restarting transmission of downlink user data to a mobile station (UE) in a discontinuous reception state; a radio base station (eNB) allocates a radio resource for downlink data transmission to the mobile station (UE), and notifies, to the mobile station (UE), the allocated radio resource for downlink data transmission; the radio base station (eNB) restarts transmission of downlink user data to the mobile station (UE) by using the allocated radio resource for downlink data transmission; and the radio base station (eNB) stops transmission of the downlink user data when a predetermined condition is detected. | 05-20-2010 |
20100130214 | DRX CONFIGURATION - A system is proposed to provide DRX/DTX configuration for mixed real time and non-real time transmission scenarios in a mobile telecommunications environment, particularly applicable to 3GPP networks. The proposed DRX/DTX configuration involves maintaining the DRX/DTX interval the same between the switching of real time VoIP data from an active period to a silence period. The proposed DRX/DTX configuration schedules transmission and/or reception times for a mobile device so that packets for non-real time services are transmitted/received immediately after packets for real time services. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130215 | Method of determining an access mode of cell in a wireless communication system - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and UE providing wireless communication services, and a method of determining the operation mode of a base station, that is, the connection mode (access mode) of a cell, based on which UE's connection is allowed by a base station in an evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and it may be an object of the present invention to provide a process of determining the connection mode of a cell by checking the existence of a subscriber group identity if it is determined that the connection mode of a cell is not allowed for one or more UEs belonging to a particular subscriber group. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130216 | RECEPTION CYCLE CONTROL METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station (eNB) is configured to start the transmitting-side timer and a Polling timer which is set to expire earlier than the transmitting-side, upon transmission of a last piece of downlink data accumulated in a transmission buffer to the mobile station. When the Polling timer expires, the radio base station (eNB) notifies the mobile station (UE) of the expiration, and restarts the transmitting-side timer, and the mobile station (UE) restarts a receiving-side timer in response to the notification. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130217 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING RADIO ACCESS CAPABILITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of transmitting radio access capability for a mobile device in a first wireless communication system includes including capability information of the mobile device, corresponding to a second wireless communication system, in a radio resource message, and sending the radio resource message to a network of the second wireless communication system. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130218 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING AGGREGATION OF MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS - A method and apparatus for supporting aggregation of multiple component carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in an idle state performs a cell search to detect a downlink anchor carrier and camps on the downlink anchor carrier. The downlink anchor carrier is a component carrier and may be assigned for synchronization and idle mode operations for the WTRU. The WTRU via the downlink anchor carrier receives a broadcast channel for a broadcast message, a paging channel for a paging message, and a control channel for control information necessary while in the idle state. The WTRU receives data via an aggregated carrier having at least two component carriers including a data carrier. The data carrier being a component carrier assigned for data transfer to the WTRU in a connected state. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING A PLURALITY OF UPLINK CARRIERS AND A PLURALITY OF DOWNLINK CARRIERS - A method and apparatus for utilizing a plurality of uplink carriers and downlink carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) activates a primary uplink carrier and a primary downlink carrier and activates or deactivates a secondary uplink carrier based on a signal from a network or upon detection of a pre-configured condition. The WTRU may deactivate the secondary uplink carrier based on inactivity of the E-DCH transmission, a buffer status, a channel condition, or power constraints. When the secondary uplink carrier is activated, dedicated physical control channel (DPCCH) transmission may be initiated predetermined time periods prior to initiating E-DCH transmissions. The initial DPCCH transmission power may be set based on a DPCCH transmission power on the primary uplink carrier or to a value signaled by a network. A default grant value may be used for initial E-DCH transmission upon activation of the secondary uplink carrier. | 05-27-2010 |
20100130220 | WIRELESS TIMING AND POWER CONTROL - The use of multiple states of mobile communication device operation to allow a single base station to support a relatively large number of mobile nodes is described. The various states require different amounts of communications resources, e.g., bandwidth. Four supported states of operation are an on-state, a hold-state, a sleep-state, and an access-state. Each mobile node in the on-state is allocated communication resources to perform transmission power control signaling, transmission timing control signaling and to transmit data as part of a data uplink communications operation. Each mobile node in the hold-state is allocated communication resources to perform transmission timing control signaling and is provided a dedicated uplink for requesting a state transition and a shared resource for transmitting acknowledgements. In the sleep state a mobile node is allocated minimal resources and does not conduct power control signaling or timing control signaling. Data may be received in the on and hold states. | 05-27-2010 |
20100136987 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH PROTOCOL ARCHITECTURE FOR IMPROVING LATENCY - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system having protocol architecture for reducing latency of a cellular system. In the protocol architecture of the wireless communication system in the cellular system, a physical layer supports wireless transmission of the cellular system and estimates a radio channel condition. A data link layer determines a data transmission mode based on a QoS of user data and the radio channel condition estimated by the physical layer and performs segmentation and assembly of the packet data, and a network layer establishes and releases a radio bearer for transmitting packet data transmitted from the data link layer and a control command. A control service access point is provided for control information transmission between the data link layer and the physical layer. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136988 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING A CALL IN A DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A digital radio communication system ( | 06-03-2010 |
20100136989 | Method and Radio Base Station for Effective Spectrum Utilization - The present invention relates to radio communication in a cellular network and in particular to the sharing of a frequency spectrum with another network. The object is to enable robust communication in the shared band. The solution is to allocate a third band for communication in a cell. A L1/L2 control channel may be transmitted in the third band only, whereas data can be transmitted in the shared band. The L1/L2 control channel support the data communication in the shared band. The invention relates to a method and a radio base station. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136990 | Charging In Communication Networks - This invention relates to a method for supporting a communication session of an user equipment, by means of a communication system that includes at least one entity between the user equipment and a node with which the user equipment is arranged to establish a session, the method including the steps of establishing a session between the user equipment and the node via the at least one entity, putting the session on hold, reserving resources for the session while the session is on hold, and resuming the session and distributing charging information. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136991 | Method of Transmitting Down Link Data - In a cellular radio system data is transmitted to a Dual Carrier mobile station from two different cells during a data transfer. Hereby existing hardware in a GSM system can be utilized more efficiently. The data transmission from the two cells can be frame synchronized. Frame synchronization can for example be obtained by transmitting data from two cells located on the same radio base station site. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136992 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: determining to change a reception cycle of a downlink data signal in the mobile station, from a continuous reception cycle to a discontinuous reception cycle; releasing the uplink dedicated resources being allocated to the mobile station (UE), in response to a result of the determination; and establishing uplink or downlink synchronization between the radio base station (eNB) and the mobile station (UE), and setting up the uplink dedicated resources, when transmission of an uplink data signal or a downlink data signal is to be resumed. | 06-03-2010 |
20100136993 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELEASING RESERVED RESOURCES - The present invention relates to radio telecommunication, and discloses a method for releasing reserved resources. The method includes: utilizing the control signaling or control signaling format | 06-03-2010 |
20100136994 | CLUSTER-BASED COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A cluster-based cooperative communication system and method is provided for mitigating inter-cell interference effectively. A cluster-based cooperative communication method of a mobile station includes receiving allocation of a resource of a weighted subband mapped to one of preset cooperative base station clusters, the selected cooperative base station cluster having a group including a serving base station of the mobile station and dominant interfering base stations found by channel estimation, and communicating with the serving base station in cooperation with the dominant interfering base stations. | 06-03-2010 |
20100144357 | ALLOCATION OF CHANNELS IN A DEDICATED FREQUENCY SPECTRUM ON A SECONDARY BASIS - Allocation of channels in a dedicated frequency spectrum on a secondary basis. A direct mode communication request ( | 06-10-2010 |
20100144358 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless base station for transmitting and receiving a wireless signal with at least one wireless terminal existing in an area, having a transmitter for transmitting the wireless signal, and a receiver for receiving the wireless signal; a timing management unit for managing the information on start timing of the transmitter and receiver, as well as noticing the information on start timing of the transmitter and receiver to the at least one wireless terminal; and a control unit for performing the switching control of start and stop of the transmitter and receiver. | 06-10-2010 |
20100144359 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for allocating resources in a wireless communication system includes: a verification unit configured to receive channel information and base station information of a system, verify from the channel information the number of channels capable of being used in the system and bandwidths of the channels, and verify from the base station information the number of base stations and bandwidths of channels requested by the base stations to be allocated; an allocation unit configured to allocate at least one channel of the channels capable of being used to each base station in response to verification by the verification unit; and a generation unit configured to generate allocation information corresponding to channel allocation by the allocation unit and transmit the allocation information to the base stations. | 06-10-2010 |
20100144360 | MESSAGE EXCHANGE METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION - In A message exchange method, a wireless terminal transmits to a wireless base station a message parameter which includes identification information identifying a trigger message and a message size indicating the data length of a message, which is to be transmitted from the wireless terminal to the wireless base station. The trigger message is a message to trigger transmission of the message to be transmitted. Next, the wireless base station transmits the trigger message to the wireless terminal, and thereafter allocates to the wireless terminal a wireless bandwidth corresponding to the message size of the message to be transmitted. Further, the wireless base station transmits to the wireless terminal allocation information indicating the allocated wireless bandwidth. Then, the wireless terminal transmits the message to be transmitted, to the wireless base station by using the wireless bandwidth indicated by the allocation information. | 06-10-2010 |
20100144361 | Method and Apparatus for Hashing Over Multiple Frequency Bands in a Communication System - Method and apparatus for hashing mobile stations to frequencies in a communication system. The method uses two-level hashing to assign a mobile station first to a frequency band and then to a specific frequency within the frequency band. Embodiments allow for weights to be assigned to frequencies and mobiles hashed to the weighted frequencies. Weighting allows for a non-uniform distribution of mobile stations among frequencies to optimize system operating parameters. | 06-10-2010 |
20100151869 | RESOURCES MANAGEMENT IN DUAL SERVICES TERMINAL - Methods and apparatus are provided to minimize conflicts caused by simultaneous unicast and broadcast transmission/reception in a mobile communication device. The mobile communication device selects a technology for the reception of a broadcast/multicast/unicast service and then disables the use of specific technologies or the use of a specific technology on a specific frequency band that might interfere with the reception of another service. | 06-17-2010 |
20100151870 | NETWORK ELEMENT AND METHOD FOR SETTING A POWER LEVEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network element ( | 06-17-2010 |
20100151871 | Wireless Communication System And Wireless Communication Method - There is provided a method for scheduling users in a multi user-multi input multi output (MU-MIMO) wireless communication system. The MU-MIMO wireless communication system comprises at least one based station and at least one user equipment, the base station is capable of accommodating plural user equipments by precoding based on a codebook, the method comprising: each of the plural user equipments conducting a channel estimation based on a pilot signal transmitted from the base station, to obtain a channel information; determining, based on the channel information, a codeword that results in the maximum signal-noise-ratio (SNR), and a channel quality indictor (CQI) value corresponding to the codeword; and feeding back the codeword and the CQI value to the base station, the base station setting up an active user set that includes at least one user allowed of downlink transmission based on the codewords and the CQI values fed back from the user equipments, so that a predetermined performance metric of the system is maximized. | 06-17-2010 |
20100151872 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for managing radio resources, capable of effectively managing radio resources. When a normal call and a handover call are attempted, radio resources are allocated and it is determined whether or not to perform an overload control based on received load related information and then it is determined whether or not to admit the call depending on an availability of a bandwidth for radio resources, a priority of real time traffic or a locking probability of data. The quality and efficiency of a mobile communication service is enhanced by pertaining an effective allocation on radio resources and controlling the load of radio resources in the mobile communication system. The radio resource managing apparatus and method using the same are applied to IMT (International Mobile Telecommunications)-Advanced system base station, thereby optimizing the efficiency of radio resources. | 06-17-2010 |
20100159935 | System and Method for Resource Allocation - An access node comprising a processor configured to promote allocation of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) resource to a relay node. The PDCCH resource is configured for use by the relay node. The access node is further configured to exclusively control allocation of the PDCCH resource. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159936 | USING MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES TO FACILITATE COORDINATING USE OF RESOURCES - System(s), method(s), and device(s) that facilitate managing resources associated with communication devices are presented. A mobile device(s) at cell edge identifies its in-use resource blocks (RBs) to a neighbor base station, or in-use RBs of a neighbor base station to the serving base station. In the former instance, the neighbor base station sorts RBs in ascending order based on signal strengths respectively associated with the RBs and mobile devices; in the latter instance, the serving base station ranks RBs in ascending order based on signal strengths respectively associated with the RBs and neighbor base stations. RBs having weakest signal strength are reused first for mobile devices at cell edge. Base station establishes a direct wireless radio path with another base station facilitated by employing a sequence of subframes where all subframes but a specified subframe are blanked, and data is transmitted between base stations during the specified subframe. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159937 | CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK MECHANISM AND METHOD - Methods and apparatus are presented for improving the feedback of channel information to a serving base station, which allows a reduction in the reverse link load while allowing the base station to improve the forward link data throughput. Over a channel quality indicator channel, three subchannels are generated; the re-synch subchannel, the differential feedback subchannel, and the transition indicator subchannel. The information carried on each subchannel can be used separately or together by a base station to selectively update internal registers storing channel conditions. The channel conditions are used to determine transmission formats, power levels, and data rates of forward link transmissions. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159938 | CONTROL CHANNEL MANAGING APPARATUS, CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCHING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - There are provided a control channel managing apparatus of a base station, a control channel searching apparatus of a user equipment (UE) and a control channel allocating method in a mobile communication system. When an aggregation level is high and a plurality of UEs having the same starting address of a control channel search space are scheduled in a corresponding subframe, control information with respect to conflicting UEs which have lower priorities in terms of allocation of control information can be transmitted through the conflicting UE space. Hence, more control information can be transmitted and the number of available UEs corresponding to the control information increases, and thus an improvement in the performance of the entire network can be achieved. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159939 | BIT CALCULATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PDSCH TRANSMISSION - Provided is a bit calculation method, which accurately and easily calculates how many bits are transmitted by codeword per PDSCH in advance before a modulator performs modulation by TTI unit on a PCH or a DL-SCH transferred by a TrCH encoder, in a base-station modulator applied to an LTE-advanced system. Accordingly, the bit calculation method enables smooth data transmission, and easily checks data transmission error. | 06-24-2010 |
20100159940 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLEXIBLE SPECTRUM ALLOCATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The disclosed embodiments provide for methods and systems for flexibly allocating a shared frequency spectrum to a plurality of users, the spectrum may have a first number of segments, each segment having a second number of clusters associated with a certain sector/cell. In one aspect, a method for flexibly allocating a shared frequency spectrum to a plurality of users comprises the acts of fixedly assigning a first group of clusters to a first group of users, such that the first group of users stay fixed to the assigned clusters, and assigning a second group of clusters to a second group of users, such that the second group of users hop within the assigned clusters. | 06-24-2010 |
20100167746 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING LTE SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, the system information is grouped or classified in different types according to the characteristics of the system information, and the system information is transmitted to channels with specific functions that allow the optimization of the resource usage and the reception by the User Equipment (UE). | 07-01-2010 |
20100167747 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE NETWORK PROCESSES - One determines ( | 07-01-2010 |
20100167748 | METHOD FOR UPLINK COMMUNICATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - A method of recognizing states and locations of user equipment in a network by using a random access (RA) channel at a base station without alteration of the conventional network environment or configurations of user equipment. A mobile communication system of an embodiment includes a first base station; and one or more second base stations having service regions smaller than a service region of the first base station. The first base station is operable to broadcast configuration information to the user equipment for connecting to at least one of the one or more second base stations. The user equipment is operable to transmit an uplink signal to at least one of the one or more second base stations in accordance with the configuration information received from the first base station, and at least one of the one or more second base stations is operable to transmit information on the user equipment that transmitted the uplink signal to the first base station after receiving the uplink signal. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167749 | Link Adaptation in Wireless Networks for Throughput Maximization Under Retransmissions - The present invention implements a method and system for dynamically adapting the modulation and coding scheme for radio links in a wireless communications network based on a retransmission environment model in order to maximize throughput and most efficiently allocate bandwidth resources. The present invention encompasses a refined calculus and methodology for deriving the link adaptation thresholds in a retransmission environment using a complex model and analysis of the retransmission environment. The present invention holds particular application for wireless data communications as opposed to real time data services because it is based on a retransmission model applicable primarily for data services. A critical component of this new link adaptation system is a “no transmission” cutoff mode that is selected for SIR below a base threshold value. This new mode prevents system instability and misallocation of bandwidth in a wireless communication system. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167750 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING PAGING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method for processing paging information allows the operations of a mobile terminal to be simplified and permits efficient use of resources for the mobile terminal. The network instructs in advance, the transmission of control information, such as a particular paging message, a notification message, system information and the like, via a single indicator channel. The mobile terminal receives this single indicator channel and uses the indicator information that was transmitted via the indicator channel in order to receive the control information. | 07-01-2010 |
20100167751 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICES - A method and apparatus for system resource augmentation are provided. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) internal system resource is monitored. A plurality of communication links are established between the WTRU and an external system resource. The plurality of communication links are used to augment the internal system resource with the external system resource. | 07-01-2010 |
20100173638 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information to a base station apparatus, the reception quality information indicating quality of a signal received from the base station apparatus, characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data included in an uplink data transmission permission signal, and the mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information without uplink data according to the information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data. This allows a mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality information including a large amount of information even if there is no uplink data between the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus, and the transmission control flexibly responding to the amount of information and the frequency of transmissions of the reception quality information transmitted from the mobile station apparatus is possible. Therefore, more efficient communication control (scheduling) between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus can be achieved. | 07-08-2010 |
20100173639 | PROVIDING SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - To provide space division multiple access in a wireless network, plural beams are transmitted within a cell segment. Different information sets are sent in the corresponding plural beams, where one or more of the information sets are detectable by a mobile station depending upon a location of the mobile station in the cell segment. An indication responsive to which of the different information sets is detected by the mobile station is received, and beam selection from among the plural beams is performed according to the received indication. | 07-08-2010 |
20100173640 | Single User Multiple Input Multiple Output User Equipment - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, apparatus, and a computer program to perform operations including receiving information descriptive of a type of radio access which a user equipment is acting on, and in response to receiving the information descriptive of a particular type of radio access, transmitting from a multiple transmit antenna user equipment so that the transmission appears, at a receiver, to have been made by a single antenna user equipment, or by a user equipment that supports antenna switching/selection. | 07-08-2010 |
20100173641 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating resources in a mobile communication system is provided. The resource allocation method includes determining whether a transmission time of response information indicating presence/absence of an error in received data overlaps a transmission time of channel state information; and when the transmission times overlap each other, allocating, to the response information, a resource block for the channel state information, cyclic shift values in a frequency domain, and orthogonal sequences having orthogonality in a time domain. | 07-08-2010 |
20100173642 | Sequence Allocating Method, Transmitting Method and Wireless Mobile Station Device - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups. This method comprises the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST | 07-08-2010 |
20100178926 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Present invention provides a communication method and a communication system that can provide more detailed communication control, larger transmission capacity, and more flexible resource distribution to users in comparison with a communication method using a conventional frame format. | 07-15-2010 |
20100178927 | Method For Transmitting Pilot Allocation Information To User Equipment In A Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output System - A method for transmitting pilot allocation information from a base station for reception by at least one of a plurality of mobile stations participating in a Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) communication, the method including the steps of generating pilot allocation information for the one mobile station, and transmitting the pilot allocation information for reception by the one mobile station, wherein the pilot allocation information includes at least one of a total number K of pilot streams allocated to the plurality of mobile stations, an index k representing a first pilot stream of one or more pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among a plurality of pilot streams defined for a pilot pattern selected for the MU-MIMO communication, a number M of the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station, and bitmap information indicating the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among the plurality of pilot streams defined for the pilot pattern. | 07-15-2010 |
20100184443 | EXPLICIT LAYER TWO SIGNALING FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - The embodiments of the present invention provide for methods, devices, and systems adapted to enable an eNodeB to instruct a user equipment (UE) to adjust its current discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter by Layer | 07-22-2010 |
20100184444 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CHANNEL SOUNDING PILOT AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for transmitting an uplink channel sounding pilot is used in the Long Term Evolution Project. The method includes: receiving, by a User Equipment, an uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling; and transmitting, by the User Equipment, an uplink channel sounding pilot according to an indication in the uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling. The uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling includes one of or a combination of indication information including transmission starting time, a transmission period, duration, a subcarrier index, a subframe index, a long block index and a frequency band of the uplink channel sounding pilot. A system for transmitting an uplink channel sounding pilot, a base station and a User Equipment are also disclosed. With the use of the invention, a User Equipment may be dynamically scheduled to transmit an uplink channel sounding pilot, a solution for carrying the uplink channel sounding pilot scheduling signaling is provided, and a solution for determining the position of the uplink channel sounding pilot in the subframe is also be provided, thereby the position of the uplink channel sounding pilot in the subframe can more accurately reflect the conditions of the channel on which uplink and/or downlink processing is performed according to the uplink channel sounding pilot. | 07-22-2010 |
20100184445 | Method and Apparatus for Improving Reconfiguration Procedure for Scheduling Request - The present invention provides a method for improving a reconfiguration procedure for Scheduling Request (SR) in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of receiving an upper layer request for reconfiguring an SR parameter of the UE, and applying new configuration provided by the upper layer request to the SR parameter when an SR is triggered and there is no other SR pending in the UE. | 07-22-2010 |
20100184446 | Apparatus and method for adjusting offset in a wireless communication system - A Base Station (BS) includes an apparatus capable of performing an offset adjustment for a Mobile Station (MS). The BS can determine an offset mean value of the MS using a previously estimated offset of the MS if UpLink (UL) data received from the MS does not exist. The BS determines whether to transmit an unsolicited ranging response message (Unsolicited RNG-RSP) using the offset mean value of the MS. If transmitting the Unsolicited RNG-RSP, the BS transmits the MS the Unsolicited RNG-RSP including an offset adjustment value for the MS. | 07-22-2010 |
20100184447 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER APPARATUS - The base station apparatus includes: a distributed transmission determination unit ( | 07-22-2010 |
20100184448 | Method of Handling Radio Resource Control Connection Establishment for a Wireless Communication System and Related Communication Device - A method of handling RRC connection establishment for a UE in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting a timer associated with access barring, stopping the timer associated with access barring and performing barring alleviation when a RRC message for the RRC connection establishment is received. | 07-22-2010 |
20100190503 | INTERACTIONS AMONG MOBILE DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - One embodiment of the disclosure sets for a method for synchronizing multiple mobile devices in a wireless network, which includes the steps of calculating a time interval for a first mobile device to respond to a request, receiving timing information of the first mobile device, determining a first offset associated with the first mobile device based on the time interval and the timing information, receiving a first data stream including the timing information of the first mobile device, and inserting a first dataset into the first data stream based on the first offset before transmitting the first data stream. | 07-29-2010 |
20100190504 | METHOD FOR ENHANCING OF CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCES AND TRANSMITTING STATUS REPORT IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RECEIVER OF MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for enhancing of controlling radio resource and transmitting a Status Report in a mobile telecommunications system, and a receiver of mobile telecommunications system. When any PDUs that have not been received (‘missing PDUs’) occur, a receiving RLC entity does not immediately request re-transmission about the ‘missing PDUs’. Rather, only when missing PDUs more than a predetermined number occur, the receiving RLC entity requests the re-transmission. Accordingly, an amount of radio resources required to transmit a Status Report can be reduced. | 07-29-2010 |
20100197313 | Optimization of uplink resource grant procedure - A method is disclosed that includes receiving a radio resource control message for which a response message is required to be transmitted to a network access node; performing at least one procedure specified by the radio resource control message; and transmitting the response message using network radio resources that are received in a non-solicited manner from the network access node. Also disclosed is an apparatus that includes a controller configured to operate with a radio frequency receiver and a radio frequency transmitter. The controller is further configured to transmit a radio resource control message for which a response message is required to be received from a user equipment, and to specify to the user equipment in an un-solicited manner those network radio resources to be used by the user equipment for transmitting the response message. | 08-05-2010 |
20100197314 | System and Method for Opportunistic Cell Edge Selection in Multi-Cell MIMO OFDMA Networks - A method for allocating resources in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) network, where each cell in the network has a center region and an edge region. The cell center region uses a frequency band orthogonal to the frequency band used by the cell edge region. The frequency band is made up of resource blocks (RBs) or non-overlapping sets of subcarriers. Upon availability of cell-center RBs, cell-center user equipment (UEs) are assigned resource blocks. A fixed number of cell edge regions from a few adjacent cells form a cluster, and only the cell edge regions with the highest achievable throughput rate within each cluster gets to transmit in a given scheduling instance. | 08-05-2010 |
20100197315 | CONDITIONAL PARALLEL EXECUTION OF ACCESS STRATUM (AS) AND NON-ACCESS STRATUM (NAS) SIGNALING - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for facilitating an efficient connection setup. The present invention specifies rules for defining the signaling of connection setup messages from user equipments such as to apply one single transmission if an assigned uplink transmission grant for transmitting the connection setup messages is sufficiently large while applying separate transmissions if the size indicated in said uplink transmission grant is not sufficient. Thus, a sufficiently large grant allows a parallel execution of the connection setup messages. | 08-05-2010 |
20100203895 | Shared Uplink Notification Bursts (SUNB) - A mobile station (MS) operating within a radio network includes a processing unit having an active mode and an inactive mode. The mobile station includes a transmitter in communication with the processing unit. The mobile station includes a memory in communication with the processing unit for storing uplink payload. The mobile station includes a radio interface in communication with the radio network and the transmitter; when there is uplink payload to transmit when the processing unit is in the inactive mode, the transmitter transmitting an activity indication to a base station over the radio interface, the processing unit changing to active mode, and the transmitter transmitting the uplink payload to the base station over the radio interface. A method for a mobile station operating within a radio network. A method for a base station operating within a radio network. | 08-12-2010 |
20100203896 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RESTRICTING METHOD - A communication device, a communication system, and a restricting method permitting a communication restriction for each service class. A user equipment has a memory unit which stores service class information showing correspondence between service classes indicative of available communication services, and service class codes to discriminate the service classes. A notice information receiving unit then receives a restriction message indicative of a service class number from an RNC. When the restriction message including the service class number is received, a restricting unit specifies a service class corresponding to the service class number stored in the memory unit and implements a communication restriction in the service class on a communication processing unit. | 08-12-2010 |
20100203897 | ESTIMATING ABSOLUTE POWER LEVEL IN A MUROS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for estimating an absolute power level in a Multiple Users Reusing One Single time slot (MUROS) system are provided. The absolute value of power level of the MUROS user is received by the MUROS user from a Base Transceiver Station (BTS). The MUROS user also determines the mean value of its own signal strength. The absolute value of power level of the other user paired with the MUROS user is estimated using the received absolute value of power level of the MUROS user and the determined mean value of signal strength. The estimated absolute value of power level of the other user and the absolute value of power level of the MUROS user are further used by the MUROS user to estimate its channel. Information about the estimated channel of the MUROS user is provided to the BTS by the MUROS user and the BTS uses this information to allocate power to the two users which are paired for MUROS. | 08-12-2010 |
20100210272 | Multi-Band Aggregated Spectrum Receiver Employing Frequency Source Reuse - Efficient carrier aggregation is enabled in a receiver employing a single frequency source, and dividing the frequency source by different frequency dividing factors to generate two or more RF LO frequencies. Received signals are down-converted to intermediate frequencies by mixing with the respective RF LO frequencies. By utilizing only a single high frequency source, embodiments of the present invention avoid spurious and injection locking issues that arise when integrating two or more frequency sources, and additionally reduce power consumption as compared to a multiple frequency source solution. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210274 | Sequence Allocating Method and Wireless Mobile Station Device - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups and between same sequential groups. This method comprises the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST | 08-19-2010 |
20100210275 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION DURING DATA TRANSFER - An approach for reducing power consumption during data transfer is provided. A period of delayed release of one or more radio resources associated with a data flow is detected. In response to the detection, radio resource reduction information is generated for a data transfer during the period, wherein the radio resource reduction information specifies a reduced allocation of one or more radio resources. Control information is generated for transmission to a mobile station, wherein the control information specifies the radio resource reduction information. | 08-19-2010 |
20100210276 | MULTI-CELL NETWORK INCLUDING COMMUNICATION DEVICE SCHEDULING OUTER CELL FREQUENCY RESOURCE AND METHOD FOR SAME - A communication device, base station, terminal, and method for a multi-cell network include a scheduler configured to generate outer cell scheduling information by scheduling outer cell frequency resources for outer terminals in outer cells of a plurality of cells, and a scheduling information provider configured to provide the outer cell scheduling information to the plurality of cells. | 08-19-2010 |
20100216478 | Method and apparatus for operating a communications arrangement comprising femto cells - A method for operating a communications arrangement comprising femto cells includes opportunistic use of the spectrum by a femto cell. The method may involve multi-operator spectrum re-use and/or multi-service spectrum re-use. The femto cell may use parts of the spectrum when they are not used by primary license holders. A femto base station | 08-26-2010 |
20100216479 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - When the base station apparatus determines that it is necessary to make the mobile station apparatus execute random access, it is determined whether there is an unused signature. Then, the validity period during which the mobile station apparatus can use a signature is determined and the end time of the validity period is calculated. The signature and the calculated end time are included into a random access preamble allocation message, which is transmitted to the mobile station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus extracts the signature and the end time from the random access preamble allocation message, and determines random access channels through which a random access preamble including the signature can be transmitted, based on the extracted end time. As a result, it is possible to provide a base station apparatus and the like which, even if the signature belongs to the validity period, can achieve efficient communication between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus by assigning the signature to another mobile station apparatus. | 08-26-2010 |
20100216480 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A wireless communication method in a cognitive radio (CR) environment, and a wireless communication device and a wireless communication system using the same are provided. A communication method includes receiving channel information indicating a channel used by an external device, searching for available channels, and performing communication through the available channel. Accordingly, interference between devices can be avoided, available channels can be found more rapidly, and wireless resources can be used more efficiently. | 08-26-2010 |
20100216481 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BASE STATION REFERENCE FREQUENCY AND TIMING CORRECTION - A wireless communications system includes a radio resource manager, one or more base stations, and one or more wireless transceivers capable of communicating with the base stations. The wireless transceivers are configured to be able to measure the difference in network parameter (e.g. frequency and timing offset) between base stations within their range. These network parameter differences along with other information are communicated to the radio resource manager which is then able to update or correct the signal or signals of one or more base stations using the information from the wireless transceivers. | 08-26-2010 |
20100216482 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF DYNAMIC SEGREGATION OF MANAGED WIRELESS RESOURCES BY TRAFFIC TYPE - Systems and methods are described for segregating airlink resources in a wireless communication network by traffic type. When voice data and traffic data are sent simultaneously in a wireless network using a limited set of frequency resources, the data traffic can cause unacceptable interference in the voice traffic. Accordingly, transceivers share their voice traffic and data traffic demands and may allocate portions of an airlink resource into resource zones for exclusive use by voice traffic and data traffic. Within each resource zone, the transmission can be optimally managed for each traffic type, and interference between voice traffic and data traffic is reduced. | 08-26-2010 |
20100216483 | SELECTION OF TRANSMIT MODE DURING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - The invention discloses a method ( | 08-26-2010 |
20100216484 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEARER PROCESSING - A bearer processing method is disclosed. The method includes these steps: a system border node receives a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) Context Request initiated by a universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS); the system border node adjusts a Request Bearer Resource Allocation message of a system architecture evolution (SAE) system or the PDP Context Request of the UMTS according to the received PDP Context Request to map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. The present invention can map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. | 08-26-2010 |
20100222063 | CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND MOBILE STATION RECEPTION DEVICE IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION SELECTION CONTROL METHOD IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A cellular mobile communication system has a problem that communication quality is lowered by increase of an attenuation amount of a desired signal and increase of an interfering signal amount at a position apart from a base station and high-speed data communication becomes difficult. To solve this problem, when a mobile station M is at a location D where the radio attenuation is small, the mobile station M uses an OFDM signal to transmit data x, y and z via a traffic channel all at once so that data communication is performed at the maximum communication speed. On the other hand, when the mobile station M moves from the location D to a location E which is far from any of the base stations A, B and C, the mobile station M divides, the data x, y and z into three and, by using a diffusion OFDM signal having a high interference resistance, increases the interference resistance, and transmits data, x, y and z almost simultaneously from the three base stations A, B and C, thereby realizing equivalence of high-speed data transmission. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222064 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INITIAL SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN GSM SYSTEM AND TD-SCDMA SYSTEM - A method for initial synchronization with TD-SCDMA system in the connection mode of GSM system, to resolve the problem of the downlink synchronization codes (DwPTS) may be undetectable or taking too much time to be detected when a TD-SCDMA/GSM dual-mode terminal is examining TD-SCDMA frames in GSM connection mode with prior art; in the connection mode of the GSM system, the method receives or transmits service data within the service time slots of the GSM frame at the radio frequency band of the GSM system, and receives TD-SCDMA signal within the idle time slots of the GSM frame at the radio frequency band of the TD-SCDMA system, and detects DwPTS in the received TD-SCDMA signal, thus the terminal in the connection mode of the GSM system can quickly detect the DwPTS in TD-SCDMA frames, achieving the initial synchronization of the TD-SCDMA/GSM dual-mode system. A GSM system processing apparatus and a communication apparatus are also disclosed in the invention. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222065 | OPTIMIZING BANDWIDTH USAGE IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Base station apparatus ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100222066 | METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES IN A CELLULAR RADIO SYSTEM - In a method and a system for managing resources within a cellular radio system servicing a geographical area, the serviced area is divided into at least two types and additional radio resources is provided to mobile stations located within one of the areas being deemed to be more sensitive for interference compared to mobile stations located within the other area. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222067 | Allocation of Preamble Sequences - A set of specific sequences including a set of root sequences and cyclic shifts thereof is searched, wherein it is started from a root sequence index indicating a root sequence of ordered root sequences, available cyclic shifts of the root sequence are included, and it is continued with a next root sequence if necessary for filling the set, interpreting the ordered root sequences in a cyclic manner. | 09-02-2010 |
20100222068 | TIMING ADJUSTMENT FOR SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for adjusting transmit timing of base stations and user equipments (UEs) in a wireless network are described. In one operating scenario, a femto base station communicates with a femto UE, and a macro base station communicates with a macro UE located within the coverage of the femto base station. In an aspect, the transmit timing of the femto base station may be delayed relative to the transmit timing of the macro base station, e.g., to time align downlink signals from the femto and macro base stations at the femto and macro UEs. In another aspect, the transmit timing of the femto UE may be advanced relative to the transmit timing of femto base station by an amount larger than twice the propagation delay between the femto UE and the femto base station, e.g., to time align uplink signals from the femto and macro UEs at the femto base station. | 09-02-2010 |
20100227621 | Method and device of network resource release processing - A method of network resource release processing is provided, which includes the following steps. After user equipment (UE) using idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) mechanism registers to two 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) communication networks, when the UE changes from the 3GPP network to a non-3GPP communication network, a serving gateway (Serving GW) receives a message sent from a peer endpoint network element (NE), and deletes network resources established by the two 3GPP communication networks for the UE according to the message. A mobility management NE and a Serving GW are also provided. Through the method and device of network resource release processing, the resources are released when the UE using the ISR mechanism changes from the 3GPP network to the non-3GPP communication network. | 09-09-2010 |
20100234032 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECONFIGURING A COMMON CHANNEL - The present invention for reconfiguring a common channel, receives a first control message indicating modification of a first common channel configuration through the first common channel, and a second control message through a second common channel, based on the first control message. The first channel is reconfigured using the second control message. Also, the mobile terminal of the present invention comprises a processor unit by which the common channel is reconfigured. According the present invention, the common channel, such as the MCCH, may be reconfigured more efficiently. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234033 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND DOWNLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A disclosed mobile station includes a metric calculation unit configured to calculate a UE-metric of the mobile station; a comparing unit configured to compare the UE-metric with a metric threshold sent from a base station; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the UE-metric to the base station if the comparison result shows that the UE-metric is equal to or greater than the metric threshold. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234034 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication base station device and a wireless communication method by which overhead is reduced in MBMS of LTE. An MBMS SIB creating section ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100234035 | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A radio communications system includes at least one terminal communication unit having one antenna that conducts a radio communication with a plurality of terminals; and at least one baseband modem that generates and decrypts a data signal, a cell being configured by at least one of the antenna, wherein the baseband modem divides a radio frequency band used for the radio communication into two or more subbands, generates and decrypts the data signal specific to each of the divided subbands, and allocates the data signal specific to the subband to the terminal communication unit, and wherein the terminal communication unit receives the data signal specific to the subband generated by the baseband modem, and forms the cell of each the subband by the data signal specific to the received subband. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234036 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes a detecting part which detects a bandwidth used by a first terminal equipment which performs radio communication, a communication speed measurement part which measures a communication speed of a second terminal equipment, a control part which generates a control signal controlling a communication of the second terminal equipment if a total bandwidth of a bandwidth detected by the detecting part and a bandwidth corresponding to a communication speed of the second terminal equipment measured by the communication speed measurement part is equal to or larger than a certain threshold value, and a restraint part which restrains communication of the second terminal equipment according to the control signal generated by the control part. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234037 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER ASSIGNMENT, CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING FOR MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - As part of carrier assignment and configuration for multicarrier wireless communications, a single uplink (UL) primary carrier may provide control information for multiple concurrent downlink (DL) carriers. Optionally, control information for each DL carrier may be transmitted over paired UL carriers. Carrier switching of UL and/or DL carriers, including primary and anchor carriers, may occur during normal operation or during handover, and may occur in only the UL or only the DL direction. A unidirectional handover is performed when only an UL carrier or only a DL carrier is switched as part of a handover. Switching of UL and/or DL carriers may be from one component carrier or a subset of carriers to another component carrier, another subset of carriers, or all carriers in the same direction. | 09-16-2010 |
20100234038 | Intelligent Utilization of Resources in Mobile Devices - A programmable intelligent activation module to intelligently allow access to GPS resources is provided. In accordance with pre-programmed settings, an intelligent activation module will control the frequency by which a GPS module is allowed to access a GPS or GSM network in order to acquire location information of a mobile device equipped with GPS equipment. By controlling access to a GPS or GSM network, network resources such as bandwidth are conserved unless actually needed as is determined by the intelligent activation module. Similarly, battery resources for the mobile device are also conserved in that unnecessary activation of the GPS module is prevented until such activation is actually needed. The intelligent activation module can be programmed with a variety of settings including speed, map deltas, final destination information, or settings as pre-determined by a user of the mobile device. | 09-16-2010 |
20100240379 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE AND RANDOM ACCESS CONTROL METHOD - A transmission device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a random access channel generation portion that generates a random access channel; an assignment portion that performs one of a continuous frequency assignment and a discontinuous comb-shaped frequency assignment for each user; and a transmission portion that transmits the random access channel with variable multi-bandwidth in accordance with the assignment, in a frequency band assigned to a contention-based channel. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240380 | Inter-Cell Interference Prediction for Frequency Resource Allocation - A method predicts resource allocations in a wireless network including a set of base stations (BSs). Each BS is in a cell, and serves a set of mobile stations. A sequence and rule of resource allocations are defined for all of the BSs. Previous resource allocations are acquired from the BSs in adjacent cells. In each BS, for a next allocation, inter-cell interference (ICI) is predicted independently for the set of MSs in the cell based on the previous resource allocations by the BSs in the adjacent cells and the sequence and rule of resource allocations. Then, each BS allocates the resources to the MSs in the cell based on the ICI and the previous resource allocations. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240381 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - The present invention provides a communication control system which can prevent unnecessary communication connections while ensuring user-friendliness when 1 to N communication is performed. | 09-23-2010 |
20100240382 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, apparatus, methods and computer program products are provided. In some embodiments, a method for facilitating interference management in an unplanned wireless communication system is provided. The method can include a non-serving base station: determining information about a user equipment, wherein the user equipment is served by a serving base station; and employing determined information about the user equipment to perform interference management at a non-serving base station. The method can also include the non-serving base station synchronizing to the user equipment using information indicative of the uplink scrambling code for use by the user equipment and information indicative of uplink slot configurations being used by the user equipment. The method can also include the non-serving base station performing interference management on the user equipment served by the serving base station. | 09-23-2010 |
20100248728 | USER GROUP-BASED ADAPTIVE SOFT FREQUENCY REUSE METHOD TO MITIGATE DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE FOR WIRELESS CELLULAR NETWORKS - A novel soft fractional frequency reuse (FFR) technique is disclosed. The novel FFR technique includes reuse partition and power restriction, dynamic user grouping, channel quality indicator feedback based on reuse, and a user group-based interference aware scheduler. The FFR technique reduces co-channel interference for cell edge users. | 09-30-2010 |
20100248729 | Apparatus and method for bidirectional relaying in a relay wireless communication system - An apparatus for use in a relay wireless communication system is capable of bidirectional relaying with precoding. A Base Station (BS) includes a plurality of antennas. The BS can receive a relay signal that includes a transmit symbol vector of the BS and a transmit symbol vector of a Mobile Station (MS) from a Relay Station. The BS determines power difference values corresponding to all of symbol vectors available as the transmit symbol vector of the MS. The BS further determines the transmit symbol vector of the MS or per bit Log Likelihood Ratios using the power difference values. | 09-30-2010 |
20100248730 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE PARTITIONING USE OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RESOURCES AMONGST BASE STATIONS - A central controller ( | 09-30-2010 |
20100248731 | Method of Controlling Channel Access and Related Mobile Device - A method of controlling channel access for a mobile device in a wireless communication system includes receiving a dynamic persistence level from a base station, determining a persistence value according to the dynamic persistence level and at least a one persistence coefficient stored in the mobile device, comparing the persistence value with a random number of the mobile device, and determining whether access to a channel is permitted to be accessed for sending a message from the mobile device to the base station according to a comparison result of the persistence value and with the random number. | 09-30-2010 |
20100248732 | Methods and Devices for Communicating Over a Radio Channel - The invention relates to methods and communication devices for transmitting data on a radio channel comprising the steps of determining a first preamble format to be used in a cell of the second communication device, determining a basic cyclic shift value from a set of basic cyclic shift values, the set is selected based on the preamble format, and transmitting data comprising indication of the determined first preamble format and a basic cyclic shift value pointer indicating the basic cyclic shift value in the set of basic cyclic shift values. | 09-30-2010 |
20100267392 | REDUCTION OF CALL SET-UP TIME IN MOBILE TERMINATING CALLS WITH "HOME AREA" RATES IN A LAND MOBILE NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for setting up a mobile radio connection to a mobile station (MS) in a cellular mobile radio network. According to said method, each cell of the mobile radio network can be identified by an identification character and a plurality of cells form a localisation area of the mobile radio network. In order to localise the mobile station (MS) inside a localisation area, paging is regularly carried out from a switching centre (MSC) in pre-definable time intervals, and a first mobile radio connection to the mobile station (MS) is set up by the paging, whereupon a paging response message is generated from the mobile station (MS) and transmitted over the existing first radio connection. When the paging response message is received, said first mobile radio connection to the mobile station (MS) from the mobile switching centre (MSC) is maintained for a pre-determinable time span, said first mobile radio connection between the mobile switching centre (MSC) and the mobile station (MS) being used to set up a mobile terminating call (MTC) when a call setup from or to the mobile station (MS) is triggered within the time span from the reception of the paging response message. | 10-21-2010 |
20100267393 | Method for determining paging time slot during base station executing non-trunking service in CDMA trunking system - A method for determining a paging time slot during a base station executing non-trunking service in a CDMA trunking system is provided. The method comprises: when a base station can determine that a mobile station operates in a slotted mode and can determine a preferred slot cycle index of the mobile station, the smaller value of the preferred slot cycle index and a max slot cycle index is selected as a first slot cycle index and the base station pages the mobile station with a slot cycle determined by the first slot cycle index; and when the base station can not determine whether the mobile station operates in the slotted mode or not, or can not determine the slot cycle index of the mobile station, the smaller value of the preferred slot cycle index of the mobile station and 1 is selected as a second slot cycle index, and the base station pages the mobile station with the slot cycle determined by the second slot cycle index. The technical scheme provided in the present invention can improve the access speed of the mobile station after power-on. | 10-21-2010 |
20100267394 | Method of Handling Measurement Capability and Related Communication Device - A method of handling measurement capability for a network in a wireless communication system comprising a mobile device capable of communicating with the network through a maximum number of component carriers, the method includes receiving a capability information message indicating a component carrier capability, from the mobile device, and determining whether to configure a measurement gap to at least one of the component carriers, according to the component carrier capability and a first number of component carriers that have been configured to the mobile device. | 10-21-2010 |
20100267395 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A PAGING SLOT OF A CDMA MOBILE STATION TRUNKING SERVICE - The present invention provides a method for determining a paging slot of a CDMA mobile station trunking service. The method includes two situations: the mobile station supporting the minus slot function and not supporting the minus slot function. When the station supports the minus slot function, according to the matching situation of the system identifier and a network identifier of a base station, and the system identifier and the network identifier stored in the mobile station, and whether the minus slot paging cycle information is contained on the paging channel overhead message, the paging slot is determined by different modes. | 10-21-2010 |
20100273494 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CORRELATION SETTING METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can suppress a use amount of an SRS communication resource. In this device, a correlation rule setting unit ( | 10-28-2010 |
20100273495 | Predecoding for Joint Processing Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission - This invention is a method of predecoding for joint processing coordinated multi-point transmission. The invention identifies for a particular transmission the cooperating point and the transmit antenna. The invention selects a code by reference to a selected one of a super-cell codebook for each combination of cooperating point and transmit antenna and a multi-cell codebook for each transmit antenna regardless of the cooperating point. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273496 | TRANSMISSION PROCESS RESTRICTION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE STATION - A transmission process restriction method according to the present invention includes the steps of transmitting a notification information notifying of a restriction rate for each access class and a restriction rate for each traffic class, causing the mobile station to determine a restriction rate of the mobile station on the basis of the notification information received by the mobile station, an access class of the mobile station, and a traffic class of the mobile station, causing the mobile station to compare a random number generated by the mobile station to the restriction rate of the mobile station, and causing the mobile station to decide whether or not to block the connection request transmission processing in accordance with a result of the comparison. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273497 | METHOD FOR MAPPING SUBBAND/MINIBAND IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for mapping subband/miniband in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefore are disclosed. The present invention includes dividing the system frequency band into a plurality of physical resource units (PRUs) and mapping a plurality of the physical resource units to a subband physical resource unit (PRU | 10-28-2010 |
20100273498 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for mitigating inter-cell interference in a macro Base Station (BS) of a wireless communication system having at least one femto cell are provided. The method includes restricting the use of at least one code among at least one available code when forming a beam by resource block, constructing a codebook set for each resource block, when feedback information is received from at least one Mobile Station (MS), allocating a resource to the MS in consideration of the feedback information, determining a weight for forming a beam to the MS in consideration of the codebook set for each resource block and the resource allocated to the MS, and forming the beam to the MS using the weight. | 10-28-2010 |
20100273499 | System and Method for Coordinating Electronic Devices in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for coordinating electronic devices in a wireless communications system are provided. A method for transmitting information by a controller includes computing a beam cycle based on transmissions from a plurality of mobile devices, receiving resource-specific channel quality indicators from the plurality of mobile devices, scheduling a transmission opportunity for a mobile device in the plurality of mobile devices, and transmitting information to the mobile device based on the scheduled transmission opportunity. The mobile devices are being served by the controller, and the scheduling is based on the beam cycle and the channel quality indicators. | 10-28-2010 |
20100279698 | Method of Operating a Dual SIM Wireless Communications Device - A wireless telecommunications device is configured so that it is capable of handling multiple instantiations of GSM control channels and thereby capable of holding multiple SIMs, can register each SIM with the network consecutively, and maintain idle network connections for each SIM using separate control channels. This allows calls and messages to be received on any registered SIM. | 11-04-2010 |
20100279699 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION TRANSFERRED BY A FIRST TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE TO A SECOND TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention concerns a method for controlling channel state information transferred by a first telecommunication device to a second telecommunication device, the first telecommunication device determining information representative of the quality of the signals transferred between the first and second telecommunication devices. The method comprises the steps executed by the second telecommunication device of: determining a number of information representative of the quality of the signals transferred between the first and second telecommunication devices the first telecommunication device has to report as a channel state information, transferring the determined number to the first telecommunication device. | 11-04-2010 |
20100285808 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention has an object to provide a wireless communication apparatus and a wireless communication method, which are capable of measuring line qualities as to a plurality of channels in a high efficiency without giving an adverse influence to communications made by other mobile stations in such a case that a mobile station is communicated with a base station via a relay station. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285809 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A MULTI-CARRIER TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The embodiments of the present invention relate to apparatuses and methods for resource management in a multi-carrier system wherein a plurality of component carriers (CCs) is defined per cell. According to a method in an apparatus corresponding to a radio base station, a message is assembled comprising information on the structure of the cell served by the radio base station; the information including one or more CCs used in the cell that is/are available for a user equipment for performing initial access in the cell. The method also comprises, transmitting the assembled message to the user equipment and indicating to the user equipment to what resources to use for random access in the cell. The exemplary embodiments of the present invention also relates to a method in the user equipment, to a radio base station and to a user equipment. | 11-11-2010 |
20100285810 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL - Provided are a method of transmitting a dedicated reference signal (DRS), a method of receiving a DRS, and a feedback method of a terminal. The method of transmitting a DRS includes determining a DRS transmitting resource for at least one terminal which is a target of transmission, and transmitting the DRS using the determined transmission resource and notifying the terminal of information about layer used by the terminal. The method of receiving a DRS includes determining a DRS receiving resource, receiving information about layer used by a terminal from a serving cell base station, and receiving the DRS for the terminal using the determined reception resource and the information about layer. Accordingly, a terminal can find the position and sequence of its DRS. In particular, in the case of multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) or joint scheduling, it is possible to prevent or remove signal interference using the DRS of another terminal. | 11-11-2010 |
20100291935 | Multi-stream wireless relay - A multi-stream wireless relay is arranged to maintain independent data streams with multiple base stations and thereby provide a relay from those multiple base stations to mobile units having respective communication relationships with those multiple base stations. In an alternative approach, the data streams from the multiple base stations are superposed on each other, wherein harmful inter-cell interference is converted into useful information bearing signals, thereby enabling the scheduling of transmission resources from the multiple base stations for a single mobile unit via the relay. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291936 | EXTENDED COORDINATED MULTIPOINT CELLS TO MITIGATE INTER-COMP-CELL DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE - Inter-CoMP cell interference is reduced by “extending” at least one CoMP cell to include UEs served by a neighboring CoMP cell in the extended CoMP cell's transmission calculations, so as to minimize interference to the UEs served by other CoMP cells. Each UE in a border sub-cell identifies neighboring CoMP cells from which it receives interference in excess of a threshold value, and includes the interfering CoMP cells in a close-neighbor set. The close-neighbor set is transmitted to the UE's serving CoMP cell controller. When downlink transmissions are scheduled to the target UE, the controller notifies the neighboring CoMP cells in the close-neighbor set, identifying the target UE. Those CoMP cells then use information about the channel conditions from their transmit antennas to the target UE receive antennas to compute transmissions to UEs they serve, with the constraint that interference to the target UE is below a predetermined level. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291937 | RESOURCE SELECTION FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE ACK/NACK ON PUCCH CHANNEL - In a method of operating a communication network ( | 11-18-2010 |
20100291938 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR HIERARCHICAL CELLULAR SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION FRAME FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - Described herein is a resource allocation method for a hierarchical cellular system, and a transmission frame for performing the method. A macrocell dedicated resource and a shared resource are respectively controlled based on a usage rate of the macrocell dedicated resource and a usage rate of the shared resource. The macrocell reports a usage plan of the shared resource that the macrocell uses to a small cell, and the small cell may allocate the shared resource to terminals based on the usage plan of the shared resource. A control message related to the usage plan may be transmitted/received via the transmission frame. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291939 | Method of Handling Radio Resource Control Connection and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a radio resource control (RRC) connection for a network in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving from a mobile device in a RRC_CONNECTED mode a RRC connection reestablishment request message for requesting reestablishment of a RRC connection of the mobile device, and sending to the mobile device a message for rejecting the reestablishment request, whereby the mobile device does not enter a RRC_IDLE mode from the RRC_CONNECTED mode. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291940 | Apparatus and Method for Transmitting CoMP Feedback Information - A method of efficiently transmitting CoMP feedback information from an user equipment, which performs CoMP operation, in a wireless communication system to reduce inter-cell interference is disclosed. The user equipment requests a neighboring cell, which affects the user equipment through interference, to restrict use of a specific beam pattern group in a serving cell direction. In this case, whether the user equipment will request such restriction is determined based on a channel status value of the user equipment. If the user equipment determines to request such restriction, the user equipment transmits a request message to a serving base station, the request message requesting to restrict use of the specific beam pattern group. In this case, the user equipment performs scheduling and requests a specific neighboring cell to restrict use of the specific beam pattern group at a specific resource region. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291941 | Method for improving cell load balance in cellular network and associated user equipment - A method for improving cell load balance in a cellular network and an associated user equipment (UE) are provided to improve cell load balance of the cellular network in a more flexible and effective manner. The method is used in the UE, and comprises receiving a first priority set and a second priority set from the cellular network and applying one of the first and second priority sets when selecting a new serving cell from the cellular network. Each of the first and second priority sets assigns a selecting priority to at least one carrier frequency or radio access frequency of the cellular network | 11-18-2010 |
20100291942 | MULTIPLE RADIO INSTANCES USING SOFTWARE DEFINED RADIO - In a first aspect an exemplary embodiment of the invention provides a method that includes instantiating a plurality of radio protocols, operating the plurality of radio protocols with an underlying physical layer, where each instantiation of a same radio protocol is embodied in a same code module and where each instantiation has associated data stored in a memory. The operating of the plurality of radio protocols comprises executing each instantiation of the radio protocols so that a portion of resources are shared between different instantiations of the radio protocols and different instantiations of radio protocols do not interfere with each other. | 11-18-2010 |
20100291943 | Method and Apparatus for Pooling Network Resources - A method and apparatus for selecting a network resource from a plurality of network resources in a communications network. A selection node receives a request for a network resource from a terminal, and then retrieves, from at least one further network node, data relating to the plurality of network resources. On the basis of the retrieved data, the selection node selects a network resource from the plurality of network resources. A response is then sent to the terminal, the response including information identifying the selected network resource. | 11-18-2010 |
20100298003 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT ALLOCATION INFORMATION TO USER EQUIPMENT IN A MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - A method for transmitting pilot allocation information from a base station for reception by at least one of a plurality of mobile stations participating in a Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) communication, the method including the steps of generating pilot allocation information for the one mobile station, and transmitting the pilot allocation information for reception by the one mobile station, wherein the pilot allocation information includes at least one of a total number K of pilot streams allocated to the plurality of mobile stations, an index k representing a first pilot stream of one or more pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among a plurality of pilot streams defined for a pilot pattern selected for the MU-MIMO communication, a number M of the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station, and bitmap information indicating the pilot streams allocated to the one mobile station among the plurality of pilot streams defined for the pilot pattern. | 11-25-2010 |
20100298004 | Dynamic Policy Server Allocation - A policy control architecture and method for dynamically allocating policy servers to mobile devices is described herein. The policy control architecture introduces a new policy control element called the policy server control function. The policy server control function dynamically allocates policy servers to mobile subscribers when the mobile subscribers attach to an access network. In some embodiments, the policy server control function may also deallocate policy servers when mobile subscribers detach from all access networks to make the policy server resources available for other mobile devices. | 11-25-2010 |
20100304751 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT RECEPTION OPERATION - A wireless network includes a serving base station and a plurality of non-serving base stations which are capable of performing a coordinated multipoint communication with at least one subscriber station. A non-serving base station includes at least one antenna configured to overhear a data burst from the subscriber station to a serving base station. The non-serving base station can decode the data burst locally. If the data burst is successfully decoded, the controller forwards the decoded data burst to the serving base station. The serving base station can decode the data burst locally or jointly decode the data burst from the non-serving base station. | 12-02-2010 |
20100304752 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND CONTROLLER - A communication system includes a first controller which includes a first retransmission request unit to request a mobile station, as a source of a first service connection request, to retransmit the first service connection request addressed to a second controller, which is able to set a communication line with a rate that is higher than the rate of the first controller, when receiving the first service connection request requesting a connection related to a first service from the mobile station, and a second controller which includes a second retransmission request unit to request the mobile station, as the source of a second service connection request, to retransmit the second service connection request addressed to the first controller, which is able to set a communication line, when receiving the second service connection request requesting a connection related to the second service from the mobile station. | 12-02-2010 |
20100304753 | Uplink Transmit Power Control Method, Communication Terminal Unit, Base Station Unit, And Mobile Communication System - In a mobile communication system in which a modulation and coding scheme is selected in accordance with reception quality information in which a terminal periodically reports to a base station, a method for causing a terminal located near the boundary of a cell to reduce its uplink transmit power by considering intercell interference and without incurring an increase in error rate. The method includes the steps of: a first base station detecting an interference level and terminal identification information identifying an interfering terminal, and transmitting interference information to all neighboring base stations; a second base station unit, as the serving base station of the terminal, receiving the interference information and transmitting control information to the terminal; and the terminal receiving the control information, reducing transmit power in accordance with the interference level, and adjusting reception quality information in such a direction so as to reduce quality. | 12-02-2010 |
20100311429 | COORDINATED CHANGE OF TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS FOR DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method for transmission of control information from a primary station to at least one secondary station, comprising the step of transmitting with a first set of control information parameters control information corresponding to data transmission with a first set of data parameters and transmitting with a second set of control information parameters control information corresponding to data transmission with a second set of data parameters, wherein at least one control information parameter has a difference in value between the two sets of control information parameters, said difference in value having a dependency on the difference between the value of a data parameter in the first set of data parameters and the value of the data parameter in the second set of data parameters, said data parameter being a different parameter from the at least one control information parameter. | 12-09-2010 |
20100311430 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - In a radio-communication system, when wanting to perform high-accuracy scheduling in a base station, a large number of information items, such as channel quality information, desired precoding matrix information and so on, are fed back from a mobile station with a high degree of accuracy. The base station monitors the feedback information and, upon acquisition of it, transmits to the mobile station a certain kind of feedback information which is judged to contribute to scheduling accuracy improvement while preventing the other kinds of feedback information from being sent to the mobile station. | 12-09-2010 |
20100317355 | Network-Centric Link Adaptation for Coordinated Multipoint Downlink Transmission - A Coordinated MultiPoint (CoMP) cell controller performs network-centric link adaptation for User Equipment (UE) in the CoMP cell. The CoMP cell controller receives at least infrequent channel estimates from a UE in the CoMP cell, from which it estimates downlink channel and thermal noise at the UE. The CoMP cell controller is aware of the desired signal to be received at the UE, and the intra-CoMP cell interference to the UE caused by transmissions to other UEs in the CoMP cell. The CoMP cell receives from the UE reports of inter-CoMP cell interference caused by transmissions by other CoMP cells. Based on the downlink channel quality, the desired signal, the intra-CoMP cell interference, the inter-CoMP cell interference, and the thermal noise, the CoMP cell controller performs link adaptation by selecting modulation and coding schemes, and other transmission parameters, for an upcoming transmission duration (such as a TTI). | 12-16-2010 |
20100317356 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERWORKING BETWEEN MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND MODES - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises signaling by a user equipment (UE) to indicate a support for at least a second frequency band mode in addition to a first frequency band mode, wherein the first frequency band mode and the second frequency band mode have at least one overlapping frequency channel; and receiving from a base station at least one resource allocation message to allocate at least one of a downlink channel and an uplink channel that complies to at least one of a plurality of radio frequency (RF) restrictions of the second frequency band mode. | 12-16-2010 |
20100317357 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROLLER AND METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a first assignment unit configured to assign radio resources to a user in a W-CDMA system, a second assignment unit configured to assign radio resources to a user in a LTE system, a dual mode terminal capable of communicating in the W-CDMA system and the LTE system, and a selection unit configured to select the first assignment unit or the second assignment unit depending on a type of user traffic data in communication with the dual mode terminal. The assignment unit selected by the selection unit determines which of the radio resources is available for the dual mode terminal and signals the determined radio resources to the dual mode terminal. | 12-16-2010 |
20100317358 | RECEIVING APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING DETECTION METHOD - A receiving apparatus includes a synchronization timing detector that detects one of a first sampling timing and a second sampling timing as a synchronization timing of a received digital signal. The first sampling timing being a timing at which a maximum correlation power value is detected and the second sampling timing being a timing adjacent to the first sampling timing. The detecting is based on a correlation power value detected at the first sampling timing, a correlation power value detected at the second sampling timing, a correlation power value detected at a third sampling timing that precedes an earlier one of the first and the second sampling timing by n sampling intervals, and a correlation power value detected at a fourth sampling timing that follows a later one of the first and the second sampling timing by n sampling intervals, where n is a natural number. | 12-16-2010 |
20100317359 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A base station configuring a plurality of sectors adjacent to one another and controlling communication with a plurality of mobile stations, the base station including: a position determination unit configured to determine, for the mobile stations, a mobile station present at a sector boundary and in the vicinity of the base station; and a scheduling unit configured to allocate, to the determined mobile station, a frequency domain that is not used in a sector adjacent to a sector in which the determined mobile station is present. | 12-16-2010 |
20100317360 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify at least one of an uplink and a downlink resource allocated by a resource grant within a multi-carrier communication system wherein resource grants are specified by control channel element (CCE) subset candidates, the method comprising the steps of identifying the number of carriers used to communicate with the access device, based on the number of carriers used to communicate with the access device, identifying a number of CCE subset candidates to decode and decoding up to the identified number of CCE subset candidates in an attempt to identify the resource grant. | 12-16-2010 |
20100317361 | SIGNALLING GAIN FACTORS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods, a user equipment and a communication network entity for optimizing the radio resource utilization in a communication network system comprising a network side and a user equipment side between which data is transmitted on uplink ( | 12-16-2010 |
20100323706 | Method for base stations for overall cell signal decoding - A method for filtering out a useful signal of a mobile radio terminal from a plurality of superimposed signals having a signal quality received by base stations in a cellular mobile radio network. The superimposed signal of the mobile radio terminal is detected by base stations that are reached and the signal quality of the received and superimposed signal of every base station reached is determined. The signal quality of a selected base station is then transmitted to a decision element and a selection of a selected base station is made by the decision element to decode the useful signal of the mobile radio terminal. The invention also relates to a device for filtering out a useful signal of a mobile radio terminal from a plurality of superimposed signals received by base stations in a cellular mobile radio network. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323707 | Hierarchical Broadcast Service with Blind Retransmission - In a broadcast service area having regions with varying inter site distances between transmitter sites, the robustness of the transmitted signal is set to meet minimum quality of service (QoS) requirements in the region having small ISD, and additional resources are allocated to the region having large ISD to provide greater robustness. The additional resources in the large ISD area may be used for blind retransmissions of either the original data or new data. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323708 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING INFORMATION VIA SILENT SYMBOL CODING OVER UNDER-UTILIZED CHANNELS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for sending information over under-utilized channels in wireless systems. In one embodiment, a method for use in a cellular system in which a channel allocated to a primary user is underutilized at times, comprises: creating a unique 0-1 valued permutation code to transmit bits of a secondary user on a channel of the primary user; creating one or more codewords based on a first set of symbols to be transmitted for the primary user and the permutation code; and transmitting the one or more codewords on the channel. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323709 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING METHOD USED TO SCRAMBLE DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNALS - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to scramble CRC bits of a DCI format using a C-RNTI for dynamic scheduling, and scramble the CRC bits of the DCI format using an SPS C-RNTI for semi-persistent scheduling. If C-RNTI is used, the circuitry generates a downlink transmission grant using the DCI format being a fallback format to indicate a transmit diversity transmission scheme or a single-layer beamforming scheme, and uses the DCI format being a dual-layer beamforming format to indicate a dual-DRS port transmission scheme or a single-DRS port transmission scheme. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323710 | Method of Random Access Channel Optimization and Related Communication Device - A method of random access channel optimization for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the following steps. Firstly, the mobile device receives a message including an indicator for the RACH optimization from a network of the wireless communication system. Afterwards, in response to the message, the mobile device sends a RACH measurement report including RACH parameters, used for the network to perform the RACH optimization, to the network. | 12-23-2010 |
20100323711 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR BEAMFORMING FOR FEMTOCELLS - Methods and apparatus for beamforming for femtocells, such as in LTE wireless networks, to provide inter-cell coordination and interference mitigation are disclosed. A macrocell user equipment (UE) may determine information regarding an interfering femtocell node, such as a home eNodeB (HeNB). The information may be sent directly or indirectly, such as by a backhaul communication link, to the HeNB. The HeNB may adjust an output based on the information. The information may include spatial channel information, which may be used for beamforming at the HeNB output so as to mitigate interference in the direction of the UE. | 12-23-2010 |
20100331003 | FAST RETRY OF TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE USING BITMAP INFORMATION - A fast retry of transmitting a random access preamble by determining an existence of a random access response during a random access procedure in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution System (LTE). | 12-30-2010 |
20100331004 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN MOBILE NETWORKS - Method and system for reducing the power consumption in mobile networks, wherein the communication between a mobile terminal and a base station is QAM modulated. The method comprises:
| 12-30-2010 |
20100331005 | VOICE CALL RESOURCE REALLOCATION IN THE DOWNLINK DUAL CARRIER - Method and system for voice call resource reallocation in the downlink dual carrier. The method comprises:
| 12-30-2010 |
20100331006 | DOWNLINK LOCALIZED AND DISTRIBUTED MULTIPLEXING IN A FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING MANNER - A method of signaling system configuration information in a wireless mobile cellular communication system is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting the system configuration information at every predetermined period. In this case, each downlink subframe is divided into a plurality of frequency partitions, and subcarriers from at least two of the plurality of frequency partitions are allocated to a first mobile station using distributed resource allocation. | 12-30-2010 |
20110003597 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN FEMTO CELL DEPLOYMENTS - A method and system provide a plurality of femto cells that are deployed within a macro cell of cellular network. The femto cells improve cellular service inside structures, such as residential and commercial structures. Femto base stations convert signals between an airlink-interface and core network to enable data communication between the mobile terminal and an access network to occur through the Internet and a public switched telephone network. The femto base stations are independent of each other and the macro cell. The method and system provide the femto base stations with interference awareness and mitigation techniques to minimize interference with the cellular network. | 01-06-2011 |
20110009123 | Numbering of Radio Frequency Channels - The present invention relates to a method and arrangements where each frequency channel is assigned a primary (global) number and a secondary (in-band) number. In accordance with embodiments of the present invention the primary number for one frequency channel (e.g. unicast downlink channel) and one or more secondary channel numbers to account for the corresponding unicast uplink and/or for one or more MBSFN channels are signalled. The primary (global) number indicates the band and frequency channel number while the secondary (in-band) number indicates the frequency channel within the relevant frequency band. | 01-13-2011 |
20110009124 | UNIQUE RADIO BEARER (RB) PROCEDURE - The present invention is related to a method for radio resource handling in a wireless communication network comprising the steps: -receiving via a transport network interface a request for assignment of one or more radio resources over an air interface of the wireless communication network; -transmitting via the air interface a radio resource assignment message for one or more one radio resources in the wireless communication network; -receiving a radio resource assignment confirmation message over the air interface; -transmitting a radio resource assignment confirmation message over the transport network interface, wherein the radio resource assignment message transmitted via the air interface comprises a single radio resource assignment message configured to simultaneously perform establishment, release and modification of one or more radio resources provided by over the air interface. This method may be implemented by a computer program comprising instruction sets for each method step. Also, the present invention comprises a radio base station and a mobile terminal where the method according to the present invention may be executed. | 01-13-2011 |
20110014922 | Method of Handling Random Access Procedure and Related Communication Device - A method of handling random access procedure for a network in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises configuring a plurality of access points or a plurality of component carriers with at least one of a plurality of physical random access channel (PRACH) resources, a plurality of preamble formats, and a plurality of preamble sequences, whereby a mobile device of the wireless communication system uses at least one of the plurality of PRACH resources, the plurality of preamble formats, and the plurality of preamble sequences to access at least one of the plurality of access points or the plurality of component carriers when performing at least a random access procedure. | 01-20-2011 |
20110014923 | System and Method for Using Subscriber Role Information in a Mobile Communication System - Data stored about user equipment, such as mobile phones, that is stored in a Home Location Register of a cellular voice network communications system, is augmented with supplemental information and is communicated to an active user in the network upon request emanating from a Visitor Location Register with which the requesting user is associated. Supplemental characteristic information includes, for example, the function, position, rank, responsibility level, etc., that each user has, and what group the user is affiliated with. The user may also use shortcodes to choose which other user to call based on that user's supplemental characteristic information. | 01-20-2011 |
20110021202 | QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) RESOURCES WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, an access terminal sends a request for a level of Quality of Service (QoS) resources to an access network, the QoS resource request associated with a call attempt by the access terminal. The access terminal proceeds with call set-up for the call attempt irrespective of whether the access network grants the QoS resource request. Alternatively, the access terminal waits for an extended period of time before the call attempt is permitted to fail. In a further example, in the event of call failure, the access terminal can refrain from informing a user thereof of the call failure. In another embodiment, the access network can respond to the QoS resource request with an allocation of a lower level QoS resources than requested if the requested QoS resources are not available. The access terminal can likewise be permitted to participate in the call with the lower level QoS resources. | 01-27-2011 |
20110021203 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - In case that an uplink grand from a base station apparatus is detected on PDCCH, a data designated by the uplink grant, channel state information measured at the time of transmission are transmitted by PUSCH as an uplink transmission signal. Then, in case that a notice that indicates retransmission is received, the data to be retransmission and the channel state information measured at the time of retransmission are transmitted by PUSCH. Accordingly, the mobile station apparatus can transmit appropriate channel state information when designated to retransmission so that the base station apparatus can make an efficient communication control (scheduling) between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus that is suitable for the current channel condition. | 01-27-2011 |
20110021204 | Methods And Apparatus For Prioritizing Voice Call Requests During Data Communication Sessions With A Mobile Device - A voice call request for a voice call involving the mobile device is received in a wireless network while the mobile device is engaged in a connected data communication service via the wireless network. The service utilizes a radio traffic channel between the mobile device and the wireless network and a data session for communication of data. In response to the receiving of the voice call request, the wireless network causes the radio traffic channel for the service to be torn down without terminating the data session. The wireless network also causes a voice call involving the mobile device to be established and maintained over a new radio traffic channel via the wireless network while the data session for the service is maintained. Subsequently, the wireless network identifies an indication that the voice call involving the mobile device has ended and, in response, resumes the communication of the data in the data session over a radio traffic channel. | 01-27-2011 |
20110021205 | Cell Identifiers in a Cellular Communication System - A solution is provided for dynamic allocation of cell identifiers in a cellular mobile telecommunication system. Cell identifiers being reused in a cellular radio access network of the cellular mobile telecommunication system are managed by a cell identifier manager configured to handle dynamic allocation of the cell identifiers to a plurality of base stations. Upon detection of a new base station or reactivation of an existing base station in the radio access network, the cell identifier manager allocates a cell identifier to the base station in such a manner that two base stations having the same cell identifier do not interfere with one another, i.e. do not cause cell identification problems in the radio access network. | 01-27-2011 |
20110021206 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for communicating between a primary station and at least one secondary station, comprising configuring each secondary station to search at least one of a plurality of search spaces having a first structure, said first structure consisting of at least a first number of resource sets having a first size, where at least one resource set might be used to transmit a message to the considered secondary station, changing the search space structure to a second structure different from the first structure in response to a signalling message. | 01-27-2011 |
20110028153 | FREQUENCY RETENTION AND REUSE - A wireless device may receive a BA-list from a wireless service provider. Before removing any cell frequencies already stored in the wireless device, the wireless device may determine if the BA-list is complete. If the BA-list is not complete, the cell frequencies already stored in the wireless device may be retained, and the cell frequencies received in the BA-list may be added to the storage. However, if the BA-list is complete, the cell frequencies already stored in the wireless device may be removed if they are not in the BA-list. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028154 | METHOD FOR MULTIHIERARCHICAL ADDRESSING OF CELLS IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for operating a cellular mobile telephone network formed by a multiplicity of cells, with several cells at a time being grouped into a location area, by means of which mobile telephone terminals attached to the mobile telephone network can be located and addressed in this location area such that, for the purpose of establishing a call with a mobile telephone terminal, all cells in this location area page the mobile telephone terminal, wherein several groups (1, 2, 3 N) of location areas are created, with each cell being assigned to one or more of said groups (1, 2, 3, . . . N) and a cell being assignable to different of said groups (1, 2, 3, . . . N), and addressing of the cell being performed according to its affinity to a specific group (1, 2, 3, . . . N) of said groups. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028155 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a data call setup comprises receiving an origination message by a radio call control (RCC) and by a main call control (MCC), receiving an assignment request message by the MCC and by the RCC, and receiving a traffic channel assignment message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC. | 02-03-2011 |
20110028156 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE COORDINATED TRANSMISSION FOR DOWNLINK SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and device for controlling the serving BS and at least one coordinating BS for coordinating downlink data communication with the MS in a wireless telecommunication network based on CO-MIMO technology. The method comprises obtaining the MIMO downlink channel information between the serving BS and the MS and between the coordinating BS and the MS, determining the downlink signal precoding information between the serving BS and the MS and between the coordinating BS and the MS according to the channel information, and performing MIMO downlink data communication coordinately with the MS based on the downlink signal precoding information. | 02-03-2011 |
20110034175 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A VIRTUAL CARRIER FOR MULTI-CARRIER AND COORDINATED MULTI-POINT NETWORK OPERATION - A method for implementing coordinated multi-point transmission and reception in a multi-carrier network system including a first serving network node and a second cooperating network node is disclosed. The method includes the steps of configuring a first transmission channel. The first transmission channel is established on the first serving network node. The method includes configuring a second transmission channel. The second transmission channel is established on the second cooperating node. The method includes transmitting control information using the first transmission channel. The control information allocates a resource on the second transmission channel and the second transmission channel is not established on the first serving network node. | 02-10-2011 |
20110034176 | Methods and Systems for Content Processing - Many of the detailed technologies are useful in enabling a smart phone to respond to a user's environment, e.g., so it can serve as an intuitive hearing and seeing device. A few of the detailed arrangements involve using radio base station SDR equipment (e.g., at a cell tower) to perform image recognition operations for phones; forecasting service needs from remote processors, and reserving such capacity in advance of use; delegating a remote execution task to a service provider chosen in a competitive process, such as by a reverse auction; using nearby processors, e.g., in an automobile, another phone, or set-top box, for remote execution tasks; phones with separable camera and/or illumination components; phone camera illumination using different colors of light; using search tree methods with image frames captured at different focuses; using a phone's microprojector to aid in object identification; correcting lens aberrations by texture mapping captured imagery onto a corrective polygon surface using a phone GPU; etc. A great variety of other features and arrangements are also detailed. | 02-10-2011 |
20110034177 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - Utilizing a frequency-bandwidth limited IMT frequency band of 3 GHz, requirements of IMT-Advanced; that is, 100 Mbps for high speed movement and 1 Gbps for low speed movement in the downlink are satisfied. A communication system performs radio communication between a base station apparatus | 02-10-2011 |
20110039566 | METHOD AND A NETWORK CONTROL NODE FOR BANDWIDTH AND ACCESS CONTROL IN FEMTO CELLS OF A WIRELESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a network control node in a wireless communications system, for controlling bandwidth and controlling access in a femto cell. According to the method of the present invention, information on an available bandwidth measured between a femto RBS serving the femto cell, and a network node, is determined and provided to the network control node. Information on a bandwidth purchased by at least one subscribing user in the femto cell is also acquired at the network control node. The method further comprises calculating in the network control node and based on the provided information, a bandwidth that the wireless network can provide to non-subscribing users in the femto cell and further controlling the bandwidth and controlling access in the cell based in the calculated bandwidth. | 02-17-2011 |
20110039567 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING COLLISION OF PREAMBLE IN BASE STATION - Provided is a method and apparatus for avoiding a collision of a preamble in a base station. When a new base station is installed in a mobile communication system and in this instance, an exclusive preamble using a contention-free scheme is employed to avoid a preamble collision, at least one of a code parameter, a time parameter, and a frequency parameter used in a preamble of the new base station may be set to be different from a code parameter, a time parameter, and a frequency parameter used in a preamble of a neighboring cell, whereby it is possible to manage a random access preamble without causing a collision between cells. | 02-17-2011 |
20110053602 | REPEATER GAIN CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - This document proposes soft activation and inactivation of (network) repeaters that are, for example, activated on an as-needed basis. With soft activation, repeater gain ramps upward at a controlled rate, thereby avoiding rapid changes in interference caused by the repeater. Likewise, with soft inactivation, repeater gain ramps downward at a controlled rate. Soft activation/inactivation results in more gradual changes in the interference contribution of the repeater, thereby improving the performance of interference-compensating radio receivers operating in proximity to the repeater. | 03-03-2011 |
20110053603 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING DOWNLINK INFORMATION - Systems and methods facilitating communication of downlink information are provided. In one embodiment, a method can include receiving a signal indicative of a base station enabling or disabling a function, wherein the function is configured to transmit information carried in control channels using selected downlink information; receiving the selected downlink information at one or more locations; and determining a resource allocation of at least one of paging information or system information or unicast data information based, at least, on the selected downlink information. The determining can be performed without decoding control channels corresponding to the selected downlink information in response to receiving a signal indicative of the function being enabled. | 03-03-2011 |
20110053604 | SCHEDULING METHOD BASED ON HIERARCHICAL CELL STRUCTURE AND FEMTO BASE STATION FOR THE SAME - A method for scheduling User Equipments (UEs) in a femto Base Station (BS) in a mobile communication system having a hierarchical cell structure is disclosed. The scheduling method includes transmitting a resource allocation request signal to a macro BS using a predetermined identifier (ID) having a UE ID format, receiving radio resource allocation information about resources allocated in relation to the predetermined ID from the macro BS, allocating the allocated radio resources to one or more UEs, receiving a signal from the one or more UEs using the allocated radio resources, and transmitting the signal received from the one or more UEs to a network via an Internet connection. | 03-03-2011 |
20110059744 | Method and apparatus for allocating cell ID in self-organizing network - A method and an apparatus allocate a cell identifier in a self-organizing network. A database stores and obtains position information of a plurality of femto base stations. A Physical Cell Identifier (PCID) reconfiguring unit configures an initial Merge Table (MT) including allocation information of a PCID based on the position information of the femto base station and minimizes the number of rows or columns according to at least one permutation set in the initial MT. | 03-10-2011 |
20110065440 | DATA PATH TRANSFER FOR MULTIBAND COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to setup data path transfer between concurrently operating frequency bands of multiband wireless LAN (WLAN) devices. The embodiments provide an enhancement to the Fast Session Transfer (FST) by introducing a new Information Element (IE) in the Fast Session Transfer (FST) frames to enable negotiating the parameters to be established as a result of switching of at least a portion of the existing data/traffic streams to another frequency band. The new Information Element (IE) includes at least the number of streams being switched and for each stream being switched the stream ID. The new Information Element enables the transmitting and receiving devices to negotiate the connection setup parameters associated with a requested transfer of the operating frequency band. The transmitting wireless device sends a Fast Session Transfer (FST) Setup Request frame with the new Information Element (IE) that includes at least the requested number of streams being switched and for each requested stream being switched the stream ID. The receiving wireless device (STA) replies with a Fast Session Transfer (FST) Setup Response frame with the new Information Element (IE) that either accepts the requested parameters or replies with an alternate number of streams being switched and for each alternate stream being switched the stream ID. In this manner, there is no need to re-establish the traffic streams, but instead the existing parameters are modified or scaled to meet the available resources in the new band. This allows the state of the data exchanges, for example the Acknowledgement bitmap, to be carried forward from one band to another. Also, if for any reason, for example quality of service (QoS), there is any problem in switching a stream to be in a new band, it is possible to switch only specific streams by including only the stream IDs in the Information Element for the specific streams that are to be switched. Alternately, it is possible to abort the switching of all the streams. | 03-17-2011 |
20110065441 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING PROGRAMMABLE INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - A wireless system may receive a plurality of multipath signals from a plurality of transmitters and sequentially process each of a plurality of data symbols in the received multipath signals utilizing a plurality of shared hardware modules within a chip. Desired information may be recovered from data transmitted by one or more of the transmitters utilizing the interference suppressed signal. Chips of data may be cell combined utilizing one or more of shared hardware modules. The shared modules may include channel rotation modules and sum and difference modules. One or more fast Hadamard transforms and/or inverse Hadamard transforms may be performed utilizing shared hardware modules. Data symbols may be interpolated, scrambled, descrambled, and/or weighted and added back utilizing the shared hardware modules. | 03-17-2011 |
20110065442 | METHOD OF MANAGING TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN SMALL BASE STATION - A method of managing a terminal and controlling an interference in a small base station is provided. The small base station, including: an access preamble control unit to assign a unique preamble for each terminal registered in the small base station; a transmitting/receiving unit to receive a random access request message from each of the terminals through the unique preamble, to transmit a reply message to each of the terminals, and to receive information about each of the terminals and a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection request Message from each of the terminals in response to the reply message; and a terminal verification unit to verify whether each of the terminals is a registered terminal using the information about each of the terminals. | 03-17-2011 |
20110070891 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND REFERENCE SIGNAL ALLOCATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station apparatus capable of preventing degradation of throughput of LTE terminals, even when both LTE terminals and LTE+ terminals are present together. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation section ( | 03-24-2011 |
20110077015 | Methods, Computer Program Products And Apparatus Providing Shared Spectrum Allocation - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: estimating network load for at least one region of a network using a load measurement method ( | 03-31-2011 |
20110077016 | Apparatus And Method To Facilitate Wireless Uplink Resource Allocation - Embodiments are described herein to provide an efficient, adaptive and distributed approach to wireless resource allocation that seeks to maximize system capacity and/or coverage on the reverse link. The general approach is for each cell (sector) base station to allocate ( | 03-31-2011 |
20110081912 | DEDICATED SIGNATURE ALLOCATION AND CHOICE - Methods for allocating and choosing dedicated signatures for random access are provided. Options for allocating dedicated signatures include allocating the dedicated signature from the unused space of the random signature root index when there is unused space and allocating more dedicated signatures from the same root index using the same time/frequency resources if additional signatures are needed, and reserving some preambles from the contention-based random access preambles from both sets of preambles. The present invention also proposes that the dedicated signatures be reserved in each of two sets of preambles. | 04-07-2011 |
20110081913 | METHOD OF BANDWIDTH EXTENSION BY AGGREGATING BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE AND NON-BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE CARRIERS - Methods of component carrier aggregation are provided. One embodiment of the method includes aggregating, at a base station, one or more first component carriers that are backwards compatible with a first carrier type and one or more second component carriers that are non-backwards compatible with the first carrier type for communication with first user equipment according to a second carrier type used by the second component carrier(s). | 04-07-2011 |
20110081914 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS, SUBSCRIBER STATION, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The present invention relates to a resource allocation apparatus, subscriber station, resource allocation method, and non-transitory computer readable medium thereof. The resource allocation apparatus may know the unoccupied partition of the wireless network resource and allocate the unoccupied partition to the SS of the femtocell network. Thereby, the SS of the femtocell network will not occupy the same network resource of the macro BS or other femto SS, and interference of between femtocell and macrocell or other femtocell is reduced effectively. | 04-07-2011 |
20110081915 | SCRAMBLING CODE SELECTION - In a femtocell basestation of a cellular communications network, there is a potential difficulty that the basestation may be unable to select a scrambling code for its transmissions, without the risk of interference with other basestations using the same scrambling code. The femtocell basestation receives from a management system a list comprising at least one allowed scram-bling code for femtocell basestations, and also detects, in information broadcast by at least one macrocell basestation, at least one allowed scrambling code available in an area containing the basestation. If it is determined that use of each scrambling code that is allowed and is available in an area containing the basestation would cause interference with another femtocell basestation, a pa-rameter is set to ensure that a user equipment would perform a location update when moving between the coverage areas of said basestation and the other femtocell basestation. The parameter may be a MIB and/or SIB value tag. | 04-07-2011 |
20110086644 | Method and Apparatus for Configuring Sounding Signals in a Wireless Communication Network - The teachings presented herein propose a separation between the configuration of a sounding signal, and the initialization of the sounding signal. In other words, in at least one example embodiment proposed herein, a base station or other controlling entity separates the selection of sounding signal parameters (sounding signal configuration) and the signaling of that configuration information to a mobile terminal from the Ordering” or other initiation of sounding signal transmission. Thus, a mobile station may be sent sounding signal configuration information and subsequently be commanded (implicitly or explicitly) to begin sounding signal transmissions according to the previously provided configuration information. | 04-14-2011 |
20110092217 | POWER HEADROOM REPORTING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for reporting a Power Headroom (PH) of a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system having a plurality of aggregated uplink carriers. The PH is calculated for a Power Headroom Report (PHR)-triggered uplink carrier. A PHR having the PH and an identifier of the PHR-triggered uplink carrier is generated, and the PHR is transmitted to a network. Also, a PHR having the PH is generated, and the PHR is transmitted to a network over one of a plurality of PHR-transmitting uplink carriers configured to correspond to the PHR-triggered uplink carrier. | 04-21-2011 |
20110092218 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF LOCATION OF A MOBILE STATON WITHIN A RADIO COVERAGE ZONE OF A CELL AND TO A RADIO CELLULAR NETWORK IMPLEMENTING THIS SYSTEM - The method of location of a mobile station within a radio coverage zone of a cell of a iadlo cellular network, comprises: building ( | 04-21-2011 |
20110092219 | UPLINK MULTI-POWER AMPLIFIER/ANTENNA OPERATION AND CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for controlling transmission power and prioritizing transmission carriers. A method of power distribution for different physical layer channels over one or more carriers in case of power limited user equipment (UE) is proposed. Operation modes of the UE with single and multiple power amplifiers/antennas can be supported. | 04-21-2011 |
20110098050 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTING SERVING GATEWAYS TO SERVICE USER EQUIPMENT - Some embodiments provide methods for selecting a serving gateway, including: receiving a message from a base transceiver station including a list of tracking areas handled by the base transceiver station; performing a domain name system query for at least one tracking area to retrieve and store in a local memory information identifying a serving gateway serving the at least one tracking area; receiving an attach request from the base transceiver station identifying the user equipment and a tracking area from which the user equipment is connected to the network; searching the information identifying a serving gateway serving the at least one tracking area stored in the local memory to identify a serving gateway to service the user equipment based on the tracking area from which the user equipment is connected to the network; and sending a message identifying the identified serving gateway to the base transceiver station. | 04-28-2011 |
20110098051 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CLASSIFYING USER EQUIPMENT AND SELECTING TRACKING AREAS - Some embodiments disclose methods for classifying user equipment in a network, comprising: recording a first number of times a tracking area identity has changed for a user equipment device during a period of time based on messages exchanged between the user equipment device and a mobility management entity; recording a second number of times the user equipment device is paged during a second period of time; classifying the user equipment device into one of at least three categories based on the first and second recorded numbers; generating a tracking area identity list for the user equipment based device on its category; and sending the generated tracking area identity list to the user equipment device. | 04-28-2011 |
20110098052 | RADIO RESOURCE GROUP SELECTION METHOD FOR A RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Disclosed is the radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and the terminal, and more particularly, to a method of managing radio resource(s) using a group selection indicator so as to effectively utilize the radio resource(s) in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. | 04-28-2011 |
20110098053 | HANDLING IDENTIFIERS FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNELS IN CELL FORWARD ACCESS CHANNEL STATES | 04-28-2011 |
20110105133 | RESTRICTED ACCESS IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A cellular communication system comprises a base station which can to operate in a restricted mode wherein support is restricted to user equipments of a first associated set of user equipments, such as a Closed Subscriber Group. The base station comprises a profile unit which determines a first transmit power profile where the first transmit power profile is indicative of the base station operating in the restricted mode. The base station further comprises a transmitter for transmitting at least one common channel, such as a pilot signal or a broadcast signal, with a transmit power according to the first transmit power profile. User Equipments may measure the power profile to evaluate whether the base station employs restricted access. The invention may in particular reduce the number of access attempts to restricted base stations by non-eligible User Equipments. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105134 | VISIBLE LIGHT COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and an apparatus are provided for guaranteeing terminal mobility in a time division visible light communication system. In resource assignment in a position where the visible light communication terminal changes a cell, the terminal is assigned a resource to be used in a next cell in a cell boundary area from a communication coordinator, thereby guaranteeing the continuous mobility. The visible light communication system informs the terminal of cell boundary notice information for easily informing the terminal of the cell definition so that the terminal can recognize that the terminal is currently located in the cell boundary and is necessary to change the resource. | 05-05-2011 |
20110105135 | INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS USING WIRELESS TERMINALS AS RELAYS - A method in a wireless communication device and a wireless base station related to spectral efficiency optimization via interference control and mitigation in heterogeneous networks including macro-cells and home-base stations or femto-cells, wherein a mobile station provides a path for coordinating resource utilization between two base stations to facilitate interference coordination and/or mitigation. | 05-05-2011 |
20110111760 | Method and Apparatus for Co-Scheduling Transmissions in a Wireless Network - The invention relates to a method and apparatus for determining whether two user equipments (UEs) in a wireless network can be co-scheduled by an uplink scheduler. The method includes the determination of orthogonality factors for each pair of equipments to be considered and, from the orthogonality factors, selecting UEs to be co-scheduled. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111761 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION PROCESSING FOR INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - Aspects of a method and system for channel estimation for interference suppression are provided. In this regard, one or more circuits and/or processors of a mobile communication device may generate and/or receive a first set of channel estimates and a second set of channel estimates. The one or more circuits and/or processors may modify the second set of channel estimates based on a comparison of a measure of correlation between the first set of channel estimates and the second set of channel estimates with a threshold. The first set of channel estimates and/or the modified second set of channel estimates may be utilized for cancelling interference in received signals. The first set of channel estimates may be associated with a first transmit antenna of a base transceiver station and the second set of channel estimates may be associated with a second transmit antenna of the base transceiver station. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111762 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including a first terminal apparatus group for performing a reception by using a first radio resource and a transmission by using a second radio resource; and a second terminal apparatus group for performing the reception by using the second radio resource and the transmission by using the first radio resource, and a directly radio communication is performed, the system including: a first terminal which belongs to the first terminal apparatus group and transmits allocation request of transmission band in the second radio resource by using the second radio resource; and a second terminal which belongs to the second terminal apparatus group, receives the allocation request transmitted from the first terminal, and transmits information indicating allocation of the transmission band for the first terminal, wherein the first terminal transmits data by using the allocated transmission band in the second radio resource. | 05-12-2011 |
20110111763 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING INTERFACE CIRCUITS BETWEEN ACCESS NETWORK AND CORE NETWORK - A method of a device for managing interface circuits between an access network and a core network that relate to a telecommunication technology field includes: sending, by a resource management entity, a circuit management message to a control function entity, converting in format and sending, by the control function entity, the circuit management message to a resource coordination entity, wherein the circuit management message is configured to instruct the resource coordination entity to implement a circuit management operation; or receiving, by the resource management entity, a circuit management message sent by the resource coordination entity, converted in format and forwarded by the control function entity, and implementing, by the resource management entity, the circuit management operation according to the resource management message. | 05-12-2011 |
20110117921 | Method and a Device for Improved Scheduling - The invention discloses a method ( | 05-19-2011 |
20110124344 | Network Controlled Throughput for Enhanced Uplink FACH - Systems and methods according to these exemplary embodiments provide for network control of interference associated with uplink transmissions by user equipments, UEs, operating in a random access state, e.g., the CELL_FACH state. A radio network controller, RNC, can determine, and then transmit, a limitation on uplink transmissions for such UEs, e.g., a maximum transport block size, TBS. | 05-26-2011 |
20110130147 | SERVICE PROVIDING APPARATUS, SERVICE CONSUMING APPARATUS, AND SERVICE TRANSMITTING METHOD - A service providing apparatus, a service consuming apparatus, and a service transmitting method are provided. The service providing apparatus is adapted to connect with the service consuming apparatus via a wireless network. Within a control channel period, the service providing apparatus schedules the services with the service consuming apparatus. Within a service channel period, the service providing apparatus provides a service resource to the service consuming apparatus according to the result of scheduling the services. If the service consuming apparatus does not send a service request signal to the service providing apparatus within the control channel period, the service consuming apparatus has to remain silent within the service control channel. By the arrangement, the problems caused from the characteristic of the link asymmetry of the wireless network can be solved. | 06-02-2011 |
20110130148 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a bus slot includes a first terminal not connected to a bus on the system board, and second terminals connected to the bus. The bus slot is configured to be connected to either a first wireless communication module or a second wireless communication module. The first terminal is grounded when the first wireless communication module is connected to the bus slot, and is kept in an open state when the second wireless communication module is connected to the bus slot. An antenna switching module is configured to switch an antenna connected to be a feed line between a first antenna and a second antenna in accordance with a voltage on a control signal line connected to the first terminal. | 06-02-2011 |
20110136493 | METHODS FOR GEOGRAPHIC OPTIMIZATION OF CELLULAR TELEPHONE TRANSMIT POWER SETTINGS - Portable user devices are provided that communicate wirelessly with base stations. A user device may include a transceiver, a power amplifier, a voltage supply, and a global positioning system (GPS) unit. The device may transmit signals at a certain transmit power to a neighboring base station. The device may log the time spent transmitting at each power level. Each data point may be tagged with the current location of the device. The logs of each device may be aggregated by a power optimization server. The power optimization server may calculate optimum power settings for each region and for each type of device. A region may be any desirable size ranging from the size of a single cell to an entire continent. Device users may download updated optimum settings. A device may automatically detect and select the optimum transmit power setting during operation depending on its current location. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136494 | OVER-THE-AIR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHODS IN CELLULAR SYSTEMS - An inter-cell interference coordination method coordinates interference between cells neighboring each other and belonging to different base stations by broadcasting interference coordination information between the neighboring cells through a broadcast channel. The terminal relays the interference coordination information between the neighboring cells over the air, so that the interference between the neighboring cells belonging to the different base stations is coordinated. | 06-09-2011 |
20110136495 | BASE STATION, USER DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING USER DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A base station ( | 06-09-2011 |
20110143761 | APPARATUS AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - This document describes an apparatus for providing an advance indication of channels available for use by a mobile device travelling along a geographic path. The path extends across two or more cells, with each cell defining a particular set of radio channels available for use by the mobile device in that cell. The apparatus is configured to receive predicted geographic path signalling associated with prediction of the geographic path to be taken by the mobile device. The apparatus is also configured to determine radio channels available for use by the mobile device along that path. The apparatus is also configured to provide, in advance, an indication of the radio channels available for use by the mobile device along the geographic path in each respective cell along the path. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143762 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROCESSING - Systems and methods for processing a physical random access channel are provided. In some embodiments, a method can include: receiving a signal indicative of a strong user and a desired user on a physical random access channel; performing at least one of a single segment frequency domain detection or a multi-segment frequency domain detection on the signal indicative of a strong user and a desired user; generating a residual signal by cancelling out the signal indicative of a strong user; and obtaining a message transmitted by a user equipment by performing at least one of the single segment frequency domain detection or multi-segment frequency domain detection on the residual signal. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143763 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION MODE OF FEMTOCELL BASE STATION - A method for controlling an operation mode of a femtocell base station includes receiving a channel quality indicator of a downlink channel between the femtocell base station and a terminal, which is transmitted from the terminal; calculating a communication quality between the femtocell base station and the terminal based on the channel quality indicator; determining whether or not an interference factor has occurred in communication between the femtocell base station and the terminal based on the communication quality; and changing or maintaining an operation mode of the femtocell base station based on the determination result. The communication quality may be calculated when the operation mode of the femtocell base station is allowed to be changed. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143764 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, RADIO STATIONS AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to method for communicating in a network comprising the step a) of a primary station transmitting to at least one secondary station on a downlink control channel an indication related to a resource allocated to said secondary station in accordance with a semi persistent schedule, wherein the step a) comprises the step of transmitting to the secondary station at least two messages including at least part of the indication in one subframe. | 06-16-2011 |
20110143765 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, A SECONDARY STATION AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network, comprising a) a secondary station preparing the transmission to a primary station of a message comprising at least a data field for containing data in an allocated resource, said resource comprising a plurality of resource blocks, and b) if the size of the allocated resource is bigger than required for the size of the message, the secondary station dividing the allocated resource in a first portion and a second portion, each portion comprising at least one resource block, c) the secondary station transmitting the message to the primary station in the first portion of the resource, d) the secondary station preventing from transmitting in the second portion of the resource. | 06-16-2011 |
20110151882 | IDLE-TO-ACTIVE STATE SHIFT APPARATUS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - Provided is a technology that enables a terminal to quickly perform an idle-to-active state shift and to quickly perform a handover using a carrier aggregation characteristic. The terminal may attempt a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection establishment using a plurality of carrier components. When the RRC connection establishment using one of the carrier components succeeds, the terminal may transmit an RRC reconfiguration complete message to a base station. | 06-23-2011 |
20110151883 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, A SECONDARY STATION AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network, comprising a) a secondary station preparing the transmission to a primary station of a message comprising a report and a data field for containing data in an allocated resource, and b) the secondary station setting at least one transmission parameter of the message at a first level of reliability if the size of the allocated resource is bigger than the size of the message, and else setting at least one transmission parameter at second level of reliability being lower than the first level of reliability, c) the secondary station transmitting the message to the primary station. | 06-23-2011 |
20110159880 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RADIO LINK RECOVERY - Devices and methods are provided for expedited recovery from radio link failure or the like. In one embodiment, the method involves collecting at least one optional system information block (SIB) during connected mode, wherein the at least one optional SIB comprising neighbor information. In another embodiment, the method involves storing dedicated information provided by a base station through a dedicated channel. The method generally involves using the neighbor information and/or dedicated information for cell selection, in response to the radio link failure. | 06-30-2011 |
20110159881 | Communication System Using Joint Leakage Suppression Scheme with Low Complexity - A communication method for at least one mobile station that includes a target mobile station that performs a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) communication with at least two base stations, is provided. The communication method includes determining a beamforming vector used by the at least two base stations based on channel vectors and at least one channel matrix such that a signal-to-leakage-plus-noise-ratio (SLNR) for a target antenna from among antennas of a target mobile station is maximized. A Cholesky factorization may be used to determine an optimal beamforming vector with a low complexity. | 06-30-2011 |
20110159882 | PILOT SELECTION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION THEREOF - A pilot selection method adapted for selecting rank-2 pilot patterns for a macrocell advanced base station (ABS), a femtocell ABS and a non-macrocell and non-femtocell ABS is proposed along with a wireless communication system and a base station thereof. Different rank-2 pilot pattern is selected for a femtocell ABS from its overlay macrocell ABS and non-macrocell and non-femtocell ABS rank-2 pilot patterns. Another pilot selection method for selecting a rank-1 pilot pattern for a femtocell ABS co-located with at least a macrocell ABS is also proposed. Different rank-1 pilot pattern is selected for a femtocell ABS from its overlay macrocell ABSs using rank-1 and/or rank-2 pilot patterns, where some of the macrocell ABSs can use rank-2 pilot patterns and the rest of the macrocell ABSs just use rank-1 pilot patterns. Also, different rank-1 pilot pattern is selected for the femtocell ABS from its neighboring femtocell ABSs using rank-1 pilot patterns. | 06-30-2011 |
20110165879 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR DETERMINING AT LEAST ONE TERMINAL FOR WHICH SIGNALS TRANSFERRED BETWEEN THE AT LEAST ONE TERMINAL AND A BASE STATION OF A WIRELESS CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK HAVE TO BE RELAYED BY A RELAY - A method for determining at least one terminal for which signals transferred between the at least one terminal and a base station of a wireless cellular telecommunication network have to be relayed by a relay, the base station allocating resources of the wireless cellular telecommunication network. The method includes, executed by a management entity: receiving from the base station, information indicating to which terminal or terminals at least a part of the resources are allocated; receiving from the relay, a list of indicators of resources, and determining the at least one terminal for which signals transferred between the at least one terminal and the base station have to be relayed by the relay according to the information indicating to which terminal or terminals at least a part of the resources are allocated and to the list of indicators of resources. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165880 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165881 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165882 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165883 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165884 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165885 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165886 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 07-07-2011 |
20110165887 | ALLOCATION OF RADIO RESOURCES IN A CDMA2000 CELLULAR SYSTEM - A CDMA data transmission system and method for periodically allocating channels to subscriber units, wherein prior to the beginning of any period all active subscriber units are identified that are in communication with the transmitter and for which there are data, exceeding a given minimal quantity, stored in a buffer. For each active subscriber unit one or more priority factors are calculated as a function of associated power levels; and on the basis of the priority factors, at least one channel is allocated to a corresponding active subscriber unit. The channel allocation is repeated in respect of any active subscriber units to which no channels have yet been allocated, subject to an availability of unallocated channels and subject to a limitation of maximum transmitter power. | 07-07-2011 |
20110171964 | Resource allocation and signaling method for LTE sounding - A method of resource allocation for uplink channel sounding in a wireless communication system is provided. A base station (eNB) first selects a number of sounding reference signal (SRS) parameters. The eNB then determines a deviation set for each selected SRS parameter and jointly encodes the selected number of SRS parameters using a number of signaling bits. The signaling bits are transmitted to a user equipment (UE) for uplink channel sounding. Based on system requirements, some parameter combinations are filtered out and only necessary parameter combinations are jointly encoded such that the number of signaling bits is limited to a predefined number. In one embodiment, the signaling bits are contained in downlink control information (DCI) via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for triggering Aperiodic SRS (ap-SRS). By jointly encoding selected SRS parameters, the eNB can dynamically configure ap-SRS parameters and resources for each UE with high flexibility and efficiency. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171965 | Reduced Resource Allocation Parameter Signalling - It is described a method for distributing radio resources between a first radio link between a primary network element being assigned to a first hierarchic level of a network and a first secondary network element being assigned to a second hierarchic level and a second radio link between the primary network element and a second secondary network element being assigned to the second hierarchic level. The method includes (a) transmitting respectively a first resource allocation parameter from the first and the second secondary network element to a decision unit, the first resource allocation parameter being indicative for a minimum performance requirement, (b) transmitting respectively a second resource allocation parameter from the first and the second secondary network element to the decision unit, the second resource allocation parameter being indicative for a performance increase for the respective radio link following an allocation of additional radio resources, and (c) distributing the radio resources between the first and the second radio link based on the first and the second resource allocation parameter. | 07-14-2011 |
20110171966 | Technique for Transmitting on Multiple Frequency Resources in a Telecommunication System - The present disclosure relates to a technique for transmitting modulation symbols on multiple frequency resources. A method aspect of this technique includes applying a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) coding per set of modulation symbols of two or more sets of modulation symbols, wherein a first set of modulation symbols from the two or more sets of modulation symbols is transmitted on a set of frequency resources handled by the same power amplifier. Then, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) modulation is applied to the sets of DFT coded modulation symbols to output a first set of OFDM symbols for transmission on the set of frequency resources, and output another set of OFDM symbols for transmission on at least one additional frequency resource distinct from the set of frequency resources. Power amplification is then applied per set of frequency resources at the power amplifier. | 07-14-2011 |
20110177821 | System and Method for Scheduling Users on a Wireless Network - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to operate with user devices includes scheduling a first user device in a first slot, scheduling the first user device for at least one further slot, and transmitting an assignment for the at least one further slot to the first user device. The first slot has a first resource block (RB) and a first transmission time interval (TTI) and the at least one further slot has the first RB and a second TTI. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177822 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RECEIVING METHOD - The present invention provides a communication device and receiving method in which a scale of circuit and power consumption can be reduced. A parameter calculating section | 07-21-2011 |
20110177823 | Methods and Arrangements in a Radio Access Network - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements that enable easy integration of on/off repeaters in a radio access network and a minimized signaling for the UE repeater selection. This is achieved by a solution where the RBSs are working in a pre-coding mode and where the repeaters are measuring the downlink reference signals, selecting pre-coding matrices and feeding the index of selection back (i.e. the PMI) to the RBS, in analogy with what a UE does. This allows the RBS to distinguish the UE repeater selection, without introducing any extra uplink report or interaction between UEs and repeaters, by comparing the index from the UE with the indices from different repeaters. | 07-21-2011 |
20110177824 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, SPECIFIC INFORMATION DELIVERY METHOD, AND SPECIFIC INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD - In a wireless base station, a specific information receiver receives specific information delivered from a higher-level device to a wireless terminal. A specific information deliverer delivers the specific information to the wireless terminal via multiple physical channels activated in a wireless base station. Where a common channel via which information is periodically broadcast to multiple wireless terminals and a shared channel of which available radio resources are allocated to wireless terminals to transmit voice data and the like to the terminals are activated in the wireless base station, for example, the specific information deliverer can deliver the specific information using the common channel if the wireless terminal is in a standby state, and can deliver the specific information using the shared channel if the wireless terminal is in a communicating state. | 07-21-2011 |
20110183678 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION OF A LTE NETWORK INTEGRATED WITH FEMTOCELLS - A resource scheduling and power allocation technique is provided for a LTE radio network integrated with femtocells. The technique utilizes a tri-phase approach that includes a stochastic geometric model of an exemplary radio network that generates a channel attenuation matrix for each channel at each PRB. A resource scheduling and power allocation procedure determines a near optimal assignment of mobile user to PRBs based on the channel attenuations, potential data rates, and transmit power subject to maximizing the data rates in accordance with a fairness objective. A discrete-event simulation procedure simulates the end-to-end transmission of the data packets in a packet-switch network in accordance with the assignments to analyze the behavior of the overall network. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183679 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO CONTROL INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION THEREOF - A method and apparatus for controlling inter-cell interference in an evolved Node-B for a cellular communication system with a frequency reuse factor of 1 are provided. The apparatus includes a bitmap generator for receiving scheduling information from evolved Node-Bs of a plurality of neighbor cells, and for generating scheduling information including its cell's bitmap information for the resource allocation using the received neighbor cells' scheduling information, and a scheduler for scheduling the resource allocation for UEs in its cell based on the scheduling information provided from the bitmap generator and power allocation information of the UEs in its cell. | 07-28-2011 |
20110183680 | SOUNDING SEQUENCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM THEREOF - A sounding sequence allocation method in a base station of a wireless communication system and a control system thereof are provided. The method includes, determining a cyclic shift index set different from a cyclic shift index set used by at least one second indoor base station among the plurality of indoor base stations, determining a shift value different from a shift value used by at least one indoor base station located at a periphery, and allocating a sounding sequence with cyclic shift indexes included in the determined cyclic shift index set and the determined shift value to a first indoor base station. The method may provide sounding sequence allocation minimizing interference with another outdoor or indoor base station and reduce maintenance and management costs of a system. | 07-28-2011 |
20110189999 | METHOD AND APPARATUSES FOR TWO OR MORE NEIGHBORING WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICES ACCESSING A PLURALITY OF RADIO RESOURCES - Methods and apparatuses for two or more neighboring base stations to access a plurality of radio resources are described. The method includes defining a channel quality requirement by one or more access conditions and assigning the plurality of radio resources to the channel quality requirement, wherein a neighboring base station has access to the plurality of radio resources and the neighboring base station neighbors a target base station. The method also includes allowing the target base station access to the plurality of radio resources if the target base station satisfies the channel quality requirement. | 08-04-2011 |
20110190000 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING IDENTIFIER OF BASE STATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for allocating an identifier of a Base Station (BS) in a communication system are provided. The method includes determining a Physical Cell Identification (PCI) allocation range using Physical Cell Identifiers (PCIDs) of adjacent macro BSs located within a predetermined distance from a target macro BS, the PCI allocation range including PCIDs substantially allocable to at least one micro BS installed in a service area of the target macro BS, determining a PCI broadcast range using the PCI allocation range, the PCI broadcast range including PCIDs exclusively allocated to the at least one micro BS, and broadcasting the PCI broadcast range to Mobile Stations (MSs) located in the service area. | 08-04-2011 |
20110190001 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; determining a set of channels that the user equipment will monitor; implicitly or explicitly communicating this channel set; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message on a channel belonging to the determined channel set conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 08-04-2011 |
20110190002 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: step of establishing, upon receipt of a control channel establishment request for connection-type communication from a priority mobile station | 08-04-2011 |
20110195719 | Configuration of Nodes for Local Data Transmission Which are Under an Overlay Wide Area Macro Network Operated on the Same Frequency Layer - At a node for local data transmission which is under an overlay wide area macro network operated on the same frequency layer, conditions of a wide area cell of the overlay wide area macro network are obtained, wherein the wide area cell is measured as a cell with a certain received signal level at a location of the node. Based on the conditions of the wide area cell, an allocation of channels for local area data transmission from the node is set such that interference of the channels for the local area data transmission with allocated wide area channels of the wide area cell is avoided or minimized. | 08-11-2011 |
20110195720 | METHOD FOR MANAGING IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION OF HETEROGENEOUS CELLS - Described is a method for managing the identification information of a relay station/femtocell/picocell. It is suggested that the identification information of the relay station/femtocell/picocell inherits either a first or second partial cell ID of the identification information allocated to a region that covers the relay station/femtocell/picocell if the identification information of the relay station/femtocell/picocell comprises the first and second partial cell IDs. At this time, the inherited ID may be a sector ID. The first and second partial cell IDs may or may not have a hierarchical structure. | 08-11-2011 |
20110201341 | COORDINATING UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A base station configured for coordinating uplink resource allocation is described. The base station includes a processor and instructions stored in memory. The base station generates uplink resource allocation information for one or more wireless communication devices. The uplink resource allocation information is sent to one or more base stations. The base station allocates uplink resources based on the uplink resource allocation information. The base station sends an assignment to one or more wireless communication devices based on the uplink resource allocation information. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201342 | MINIMIZING LOCATION UPDATE IN CIRCUIT-SWITCHED FALLBACK - A method can include allocating a temporary mobile subscriber identity for a user equipment during a location update procedure. The method can also include allocating, during the allocating of the temporary mobile subscriber identity, a unique network resource identifier value for the whole network element, wherein temporary mobile subscriber identity allocation avoids being location area based. The method can further include providing, to the user equipment, a location area identifier, temporary mobile subscriber identity with the unique network resource identifier value, and an indication to skip location area identifier checking when performing circuit-switched fallback. Certain embodiments of the present invention can thus minimize the LAU by the UE and allow the network not to require perfect alignment of TA and LA. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201343 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for supporting machine-type communications (MTC) are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may configure itself to operate in a mobile-originated-only mode. The WTRU may perform no, or a subset of, radio resource control (RRC) idle and/or non-access stratum (NAS) idle/standby state procedures in the mobile-originated-only mode. For example, the WTRU may perform cell reselection but not paging monitoring in the mobile-originated-only mode. Alternatively, the WTRU may perform paging monitoring but not cell reselection and location update. The operation in the mobile-originated-only mode may be triggered explicitly or implicitly. For example, the WTRU may operate in the mobile-originated-only mode if an inactivity timer expires. The WTRU may switch the mode in accordance with a pre-configured schedule. After transition of the operation mode, the WTRU may send a message to the network indicating such mode switch. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201344 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of providing a machine-type communication (MTC) service in a wireless communication system is provided. The method include transmitting information of an MTC group, to which an MTC device belongs, to the MTC device, wherein the MTC group is a group of MTC devices that share one or more MTC features, and wherein the information of the MTC group includes an identifier (ID) of the MTC group. | 08-18-2011 |
20110201345 | PHYSICAL CELL ID ALLOCATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a Physical Cell ID (PCI) allocation method and a base station. The PCI allocation method includes the following steps: a target base station obtains a usable PCI list sent by an Operations And Maintenance (OAM) function entity, and removes limited PCIs of the target cell from the usable PCI list to obtain a selectable PCI set (step S | 08-18-2011 |
20110207465 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A user equipment implements a method of processing indication messages, such as SCRI (signalling connection release indication) messages. The use equipment (UE) maintains a count of how many indication messages with a cause set have been sent by the UE while in at least one radio resource control (RRC) state. The counter is reset responsive to entering idle mode from at least one RRC state. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207466 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND IDENTIFIER ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A terminal information acquiring unit acquires terminal information on the priority of a terminal device that requests the assignment of a preamble to a base station apparatus. A priority determining unit determines whether the priority of the terminal device is not less than a predetermined reference on the basis of the terminal information acquired by the terminal information acquiring unit. A preamble assigning unit refers to the determination result reported from the priority determining unit and assigns a preamble to the terminal device when the priority of the terminal device is not less than the predetermined reference. The preamble assigning unit then outputs assignment information indicating the assigned preamble to a transmitting unit. The transmitting unit transmits the assignment information output from the preamble assigning unit. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207467 | BASE STATION, UPPER NODE, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station includes a scheduling unit and a call reception control unit. The call reception control unit includes a managing unit that updates total resource usage amount based on total resource allocation amount and manages the total resource usage amount, and a decision unit that adds an initial radio resource to be allocated to a new call to the total resource usage amount and decides whether the new call can be accepted. The managing unit updates the total resource usage amount by subtracting a radio resource in response to the release of an existing call that radio resource allocation being not controlled at each transmission time interval. The managing unit manages the total resource usage amount without subtracting a radio resource in response to the release of an existing call that radio resource allocation being controlled at each transmission time interval. | 08-25-2011 |
20110207468 | BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND BASE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM - [Problems] Because it is not possible to reduce sufficiently the number of base stations that starts uselessly in spite of being in low traffic state, it is not possible to lower interference between adjacent cells and power consumption sufficiently. | 08-25-2011 |
20110212729 | TECHNIQUES FOR IDENTIFYING BASE STATIONS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a Mobile Station (MS), for use in a wireless communication network comprising a plurality of Base Stations (BSs) capable of communicating with a plurality of MSs, wherein at least some of the BSs are Femtocell BSs (FBSs) and at least some of the BSs are Macrocell BSs (MBSs), for identifying the BSs at the MS, are provided. The method includes receiving at least one of a globally unique BS ID and an Operator ID from an FBS via a Broadcast CHannel (BCH), deriving a Closed Subscriber Group IDentifier (CSG ID) from the received at least one of the globally unique BS ID and the Operator ID, and determining, based on the derived CSG ID, if the FBS is a CSG FBS to which the MS is subscribed. | 09-01-2011 |
20110212730 | METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a Central Node (CN), a method in a Remote Node (RN), and a method in a wireless communication system for allocating reference signals to be used for uplink transmission are disclosed. According to one aspect reference signals are allocated with a method comprising the steps of: determining in a CN a number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by a Remote Node RN; indicating to the RN the number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by the RN; configuring an uplink transmission by the RN with at most the number of reference signals N; and performing by the RN the uplink transmission with at most the number of reference signals N on transmit antennas comprised in the RN. The present invention further discloses a CN and a RN relating to said methods. | 09-01-2011 |
20110212731 | METHOD OF RESOURCE RESERVATION REQUEST AND RESOURCE RESERVATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of resource reservation request and resource reservation in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of resource reservation request of a mobile station in a wireless communication system with femto cells comprises transmitting a resource reservation request message to a macro base station to request a femto cell base station not to use resource used by the mobile station if interference from the femto cell base station is over a threshold; and receiving a resource reservation response message from a macro base station. | 09-01-2011 |
20110217983 | MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station, where the mobile station includes a reception quality measurement unit, a channel quality information transmission unit, and a control signal transmission unit, where the reception quality measurement unit is configured to measure a reception quality of a pilot signal of each of a plurality of cells, when a radio link is established with the plurality of cells, where the channel quality information transmission unit is configured to transmit, to a first cell having the beset reception quality among the plurality of cells, channel quality information corresponding to the reception quality, and where the control signal transmission unit is configured to transmit, to a cell other than the first cell among the plurality of cells, a control signal requesting not to transmit a data signal by using the same resource as the first cell. | 09-08-2011 |
20110223924 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULED RESOURCE RELEASE PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation of a user equipment in an LTE-based mobile communication system. Furthermore, the invention also related to a user equipment and a eNode B implementing this method. To provide a mechanism for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation in a LTE system which is not requiring any changes to the Physical layer-to-MAC layer interface and/or preferably no changes to the PDCCH formats agreed by the 3GPP a combination of NDI value and MCS index is defined that is commanding the release of SPS resources. Alternatively, another solution proposed to define a special transport block size that when signaled in a PDCCH is commanding the release of SPS resources. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223925 | Antennae System - Embodiments of the invention relate to wireless communications networks, and more specifically to an antenna apparatus for cellular wireless systems. Increasing data capacity of cellular wireless systems places increasing demands on the capacity of the two way connection, known as backhaul, between a cellular base station and a telecommunications network such as the PSTN backhaul, since this is the connection that has to convey the wireless-originating traffic to its destination, often in an entirely different network. Known backhaul links include leased lines, microwave links, optical fibre links or radio resources for relaying backhaul traffic between base stations. The fixed line solutions are expensive to implement and maintain, while the radio solutions antenna configurations that are not ideal for relaying data between base stations. In embodiments of the invention, communication between base stations occurs in a first timeslot by use of a first antenna system and communication between a given base station and a user equipment occurs in a second timeslot using a second antenna system. The benefit of this method is that the first antenna system can be optimised for use in communication between base stations, whereas the second antenna system can be optimised for communication with user equipment which preferably occurs within the area of cellular wireless coverage of the sector served by the second antenna system. | 09-15-2011 |
20110223926 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, CHANNEL SIGNAL FORMING METHOD AND CHANNEL SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD - A radio terminal, radio base station, channel signal forming method and channel signal receiving method wherein when an upstream unit band and a plurality of downstream unit bands associated therewith are used to perform communications, the quality of downstream assignment control information can be prevented from being degraded. In a base station ( | 09-15-2011 |
20110223927 | METHOD OF RELAYING DATA - A method of relaying data in a relay station of a wireless communication system based on a radio frame consisting of a plurality of downlink subframes and a plurality of uplink subframes is provided. The method includes receiving, from a base station, scheduling information comprising information regarding a transmission time for transmitting uplink data from the relay station to the base station, receiving the uplink data from a user equipment, and relaying, to the base station, the uplink data at the transmission time determined depending on the scheduling information. Accordingly, efficiency of radio resource usage can be increased in the wireless communication system employing the relay station. | 09-15-2011 |
20110230196 | DROPPED CALL RECONNECTION SYSTEM WITH INTER-NETWORK CAPABILITIES - Reconnecting a dropped call between two parties by detecting an unintentional disconnection of one connection of the call using a system connected to a network associated with at least one of the parties to the call. A detection task receives the number identifications of the two parties; receives a release message associated with the call; and tests a cause-indicator in the received release message to determine a match to a prescribed criterion. In response to a match, a portion of the set of resources allocated to the call by the entities in a network of the party that was not unintentionally disconnected from the network are preserved while permitting release of all other resources allocated to the call. A reconnection task executes to ultimately reconnect the dropped party using at least the preserved portion of the set of resources allocated to the original call. A system is also described. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230197 | System and apparatus for high speed train communication - This invention discloses a wireless communication system and apparatus for ground to high speed train communication. Unlike other priori arts, the proposed system exploits the train time table, train operating scenarios and GSM-R timing provision so that the train-presence triggered broadband wireless communication can be realized with better performance and less cost. There are provided system architectures and functionality of each apparatus and implementation details. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230198 | Apparatus and Method - An apparatus and a method are provided. The provided solution includes determining at least one sub cell specific spectrum load characteristic by an apparatus serving a sub cell; receiving neighbor cell information from an apparatus serving a cell and transmitting the at least one spectrum characteristic to the apparatus serving a cell. | 09-22-2011 |
20110230199 | Initial Connection Establishment in a Wireless Communication System - A method, user equipment, network equipment and a system for initiating a wireless connection and subsequent communication over a shared physical resource in a wireless communication system between user equipment and network equipment comprising: processing a UE-derived temporary identifier; communicating the temporary identifier as an identifier to the network equipment; communicating a downlink message conveying the temporary identifier and a description of a scheduled resource on a shared channel, the scheduled resource comprising a resource allocated to the user equipment by the network equipment; and communicating data on the scheduled resource in response to the downlink message. | 09-22-2011 |
20110237265 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a mobile station device which can increase the success ratio and reduce a communication delay when transmitting a dedicated preamble from the mobile station device to a base station device by using a random access channel (RACH). The mobile station device performs random access to the base station device by using a dedicated preamble. The mobile station device transmits a first message by using the dedicated preamble and again transmits the first message using the dedicated preamble during a period (a random access response reception-uncertain period) when the base station device may transmit a second message as a response to the first message. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237266 | Sounding Reference Signal Transmission During Discontinuous Reception - A method implemented by a user equipment (UE). An indicator is read. One or more sounding reference signals (SRS) are not reported when the indicator is set to “true” and an On Duration Timer associated with a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle is not running. One or more SRS are not reported when the indicator is not set to “true” and the UE is not in active time during the DRX cycle. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237267 | UE-RS SEQUENCE INITIALIZATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Pseudo-random sequences of a plurality of user equipment specific reference signals (UE-RSs) for use by a plurality of user equipments (UEs) are initialized, the initialization of each pseudo-random sequence associated with each UE-RS being independent of a specific UE identifier and independent of a resource bandwidth assigned to a specific UE. Pseudo-random sequences of the UE-RSs are generated. At least one of the pseudo-random sequences is mapped to a portion of common resources for at least one UE among the plurality of UEs. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237268 | MANAGEMENT SERVER, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a management server including a holding unit for holding a location/frequency list in which location information and frequency information are associated, a list creation unit for creating an available frequency list by extracting, from the location/frequency list, frequency information corresponding to location information received from a base station, and a list transmission unit for transmitting the available frequency list created by the list creation unit to the base station. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237269 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR MEASUREMENT REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A mobile communications device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a first cellular station of a first service network and a second cellular station of a second service network, wherein the first service network is a long term evolution (LTE) network and the second service network is a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) network. The controller module receives a measurement request message from the first cellular station via the wireless module, performs a measurement on the second cellular station in response to the measurement request message and reports the measurement result to the first service network via the wireless module, wherein the second cellular station is previously not requested or configured by the first service network to be measured. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237270 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A DOWNLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - In a system having a plurality of cells participating in a Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) operation, a method for transmitting Reference Signals (RSs) to User Equipment (UE) includes generating, by Base Station (BS) included in each of the plurality of cells, a subframe including RSs for a UE located in the each of the plurality of cells, and transmitting the generated subframe to the UE by the BS. The RSs include RSs for channel measurement, and RSs for data demodulation, the plurality of cells are grouped according to frequency shift values applied to the RSs for channel measurement and RS allocation patterns are determined for two cells among the plurality of cells according to a predetermined rule. | 09-29-2011 |
20110237271 | MULTI-MVNO WIRELESS SERVICE - Systems and methods for determining an optimal range of frequencies of electromagnetic waves are described. In some embodiments, mobile voice communications devices measure average power received from certain ranges of such frequencies, each range associated with a communications service provider. A cost may be associated with each range. An optimal range of frequencies may be determined based on these factors. Each device may also receive a set of data identifying the location of the device. Each device may transmit one or more communications signals to a CIP with such measurements and location information, and some of this information may be stored in a database. | 09-29-2011 |
20110244873 | METHOD FOR PILOT SYMBOL TRANSMISSION IN DOWNLINK MIMO SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a pilot signal in a downlink MIMO (Multi Input Multi Output) system that supports a first UE (User Equipment) supporting N number of transmission antennae out of a total of M transmission antennae and supports a second UE supporting said M (M>N) number of transmission antennae. Said method comprises a step wherein a pilot symbol is placed as an image in the resource block (RB) region on a subframe that enables the transmission of a user-specific pilot symbol to said second UE in a base station; and a step wherein the subframe whereon said pilot symbol has been placed as an image is transmitted, wherein said RB region includes a first region and a second region, and the first region and the second region each include a certain number of continuous OFDM symbols on a respective time axis, and on said first region is placed as an image a cell-specific pilot symbol with respect to the transmission antenna ports | 10-06-2011 |
20110244874 | Integrated Multi-Radio Access Technology Multi-Frequency Admission Control - A node of a multi-radio access technology (RAT) system acquires resource status information associated with each RAT of the multi-RAT system. The resource status information of the RATs of the multi-RAT system can be acquired by sniffing higher layer protocol information pertaining to call setup requests and/or call terminated messages. The node further maintains a flag representing overall resource availability associated with the RATs of the multi-RAT system, based on the acquired resource status information, for use in admission control and/or load balancing. The flag is associated with a pre-defined set of overall resource availability states of the multi-RAT system, where the availability states are defined in terms of admission control decisions. The availability states comprise at least one of the following admission control decisions: i) unconditional acceptance of all services; ii) conditional acceptance of broadband guaranteed bit rate (GBR) services and unconditional acceptance of all other services; iii) conditional acceptance of broadband GBR services, conditional acceptance of narrowband GBR services, and unconditional acceptance of other services; or iv) unconditional rejection of all services. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244875 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A wireless communication device includes conventional components to permit a network communication link to be established with a wireless communication network. In addition, the wireless communication device includes a non-network short-range transceiver that detects the presence of other similarly equipped devices. When two such equipped devices come within proximity of each other, a direct non-network wireless communication link is established. | 10-06-2011 |
20110244876 | Cellular Communication System and Method for Broadcast Communication - A cellular communication system ( | 10-06-2011 |
20110250898 | Resource allocation - A method of communicating control information performed by a communication device in a mobile telecommunication system in which each of a plurality of communication devices are allocated plural orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) resource allocations, the method including receiving, in a control channel, from a base station and over an E-UTRA air interface, control information identifying a frequency resource allocation in a shared data channel, and receiving, in the identified frequency resource allocation in the shared data channel, from a base station and over an E-UTRA air interface, control information identifying a further frequency resource allocation. | 10-13-2011 |
20110250899 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION NETWORKS - A method for power control in a long term evolution (LTE) network is disclosed and includes configuring a user equipment (UE) with a plurality of transmit power levels where each transmit power level corresponds to a subframe type. A first power level is used in subframes protected by cooperative coordination between base stations. A second power level corresponds to unprotected subframes. The method also includes scheduling the UE to transmit in accordance with the configured transmit power levels. | 10-13-2011 |
20110250900 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACCOUNTABLE RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN CELLULAR AND BROADBAND NETWORKS - A method includes receiving information flows between users into a basestation of a cellular network, applying a usage accountability framework responsive to predetermined user fairness metrics, bandwidth resources on the network and a history of channel bandwidth variations by the users, and executing bandwidth allocation for the flows between the users responsive to the applying an accountability framework for improving user experience on the network by the users. | 10-13-2011 |
20110256878 | Method and Apparatus for Adjusting Bandwidth Allocations in a Wireless Network - In accordance with particular embodiments, a method includes providing one or more network tuning constants associated with one or more base stations of a wireless network. The network tuning constants are configured to adjust an equilibrium point of a first bandwidth allocation among the one or more base stations. The method also includes receiving one or more signal performance values from each of the one or more base stations in the wireless network. The method further includes determining whether at least one of the one or more network tuning constants needs to be adjusted. The method additionally includes, upon determining that at least one of the one or more network tuning constants needs to be adjusted, adjusting the one or more network tuning constants based at least in part on the one or more signal performance values. | 10-20-2011 |
20110256879 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating radio resources in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of allocating radio resources from a network of a wireless communication system in accordance with a plurality of scheduling modes comprises transmitting first scheduling information to a user equipment to allocate radio resources to the user equipment in accordance with a first scheduling mode, the first scheduling information including a first user equipment identifier, and transmitting second scheduling information to the user equipment to allocate radio resources to the user equipment in accordance with a second scheduling mode, the second scheduling information including a second user equipment identifier. | 10-20-2011 |
20110263265 | Method of Dimensioning Radio Access Networks, Corresponding System and Computer Program Product - Downlink and uplink communication resources to ensure network coverage and satisfy assigned traffic requirements in a communication network are allocated by setting a given balance of downlink and uplink communication resources while leaving a part of downlink and uplink communication resources remaining to be allocated. Downlink cell radius and uplink cell radius values are then determined which ensure network coverage with the resources as previously allocated. An effective cell radius is then selected as the smaller of the downlink and uplink cell radius and then a first check is made as to whether the effective cell radius selected satisfies the assigned traffic requirements. If not, the effective cell radius is updated. If so, a further check may be made as whether the resources remaining to be allocated for downlink and uplink have a difference in excess of a given amount. If yes, the procedure is repeated by setting an updated balance of downlink and uplink communication resources reducing that difference. If not, the communication resources are allocated on the basis of the current balance. | 10-27-2011 |
20110263266 | METHOD FOR CONNECTING MOBILE STATION TO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MAPPING METHOD - In a mobile station, correction information is obtained from a base station for correcting a transmission timing shift in an uplink line of the mobile station, and the transmission timing shift is corrected in accordance with the correction information. Within a period in which the correction information is valid, the mobile station requests communication resource allocation information from the base station, using a random access channel having guard time. In an alternate embodiment, if a communication resource for transmitting a control channel in the uplink line is assigned to the mobile station within a period during which the correction information is valid, the mobile station instead requests the communication resource allocation information from the base station using the control channel in an uplink line from the mobile station to the base station. | 10-27-2011 |
20110269475 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNALING RESOURCE PARTITION - Signaling resource partition of a component carrier in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The number of primary resource blocks and the number of extension resource blocks of the component carrier is encoded and signaled to a UE, so the UE can obtain the resource partition of the component carrier. | 11-03-2011 |
20110275379 | Apparatus and Method for Dynamic Resolution of Secondary Communication System Resources - An apparatus, method and system for dynamic resolution of secondary communication system resources for communications in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code. The memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to receive an allocation of secondary communication system resources on a control channel of a primary communication system to enable communication in a secondary communication system. The secondary communication system resources are a function of unused primary communication system resources in the primary communication system. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275380 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR COMPENSATING FOR INTERFERENCE IN SECTOR TRANSMISSIONS - A method for interference cancellation in a device that receives transmissions from multiple sources is disclosed. The method includes receiving multiple slots, each including a pilot segment and a traffic segment. A first one of the slots includes information indicating an activity level of a traffic segment of the first one of the slots. The method also includes calculating a value associated with interference among the plurality of slots, utilizing the information indicating the activity level to account for an amount of interference attributable to the first one of the slots. Furthermore, channel conditions are estimated for a second one of the slots using the value associated with the amount of interference. The method also includes processing the second one of the slots according to the estimated channel conditions. | 11-10-2011 |
20110275381 | Methods and Arrangements in a Radio Communication System - An Uplink control channel resource Management Module ( | 11-10-2011 |
20110287772 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OPERATING FEMTO BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of operating a femto base station in a wireless communication system is provided. A first announcement message indicating service interruption is transmitted. A second announcement message indicating service recovery is transmitted. The second announcement message is transmitted to a user equipment or a macro base station having a wider cell area than the femto base station. Reliability of a communication service can be maintained for a user equipment even if a service of a femto base station is temporarily interrupted. | 11-24-2011 |
20110287773 | Method, Apparatus and System for Key Derivation - A method, an apparatus and a system for key derivation are disclosed. The method includes the following steps: a target base station) receives multiple keys derived by a source base station, where the keys correspond to cells under control of the target base station; the target base station selects a key corresponding to the target cell after knowing a target cell that a user equipment (UE) wants to access. An apparatus for key derivation and a communications system are also provided. | 11-24-2011 |
20110294513 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR INDICATING TRANSMISSION AND TRANSMITTING PREAMBLE - A method, a system and a device for indicating and transmitting the preamble are used to solve the problem existing in the prior art, which reduces the resource utilization efficiency due to that the user equipment (UE) sends the preamble to the evolution base station through the physical random access channel (PRACH) selected by itself in the present random access. The method includes: determining the channel signature associated with the PRACH assigned to the terminal side; sending the determined channel signature to the terminal side, and indicating the terminal side to transmit the preamble using the PRACH associated with the channel signature. Adopting said method can improve the resource utilization efficiency. | 12-01-2011 |
20110294514 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN FEMTOCELLS - Certain embodiments provide a Femtocell base station arranged to receive interference notifications from another Femtocell base station and to send an interference remedial command to the other Femtocell base station and/or to one or more further Femtocell base stations. | 12-01-2011 |
20110300872 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING RADIO CONNECTION IN MULTIPLE CELL SYSTEM - A method of configuring a radio connection in a multiple cell system is provided. The method includes configuring a first radio connection between a user equipment (UE) and a primary base station (BS) and a second radio connection between the UE and a secondary BS based on a cooperative transmission configuration in which a plurality of BSs transmit the same data to the UE, receiving first channel state regarding the first radio connection and second channel state regarding the second radio connection from the UE, releasing at least one radio connection of the first radio connection and the second radio connection, the at least one radio connection having a worse channel state than a threshold, transmitting to the UE, a new cooperative transmission configuration changed by the release of the at least one radio connection, and receiving a layer reconfiguration complete message indicating completion of layer reconfiguration based on the new cooperative transmission configuration. | 12-08-2011 |
20110300873 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD, SCHEDULER AND BASE STATION - The present invention proposes a distributed probabilistic dynamic interference coordination scheme to decrease or eliminate inter-cell interference, wherein the mechanism of ALOHA is introduced into the dynamic interference coordination. According to the first aspect of the present invention, a resource scheduling method is proposed, comprising: selecting resource to be scheduled from a scheduling list; selecting a first user equipment to be scheduled from the scheduling list; allocating the selected resource to the first user equipment by probability of p, wherein 0≦p≦1, if the first user equipment is of edge user. The present invention further proposes a scheduler implementing the aforesaid resource scheduling method and a base station (BS) comprising the aforesaid scheduler. | 12-08-2011 |
20110306349 | Channel Access For Local Heterogeneous Communication in a Cellular Network - In an exemplary embodiment there are determined which radio resource are to be used for contention based access, and the allocated radio resource is accessed according to a probability function that varies in dependence on at least one of interference measured on the allocated radio resource and a received power level for the allocated radio resource. By example the radio resource is allocated by a cellular base station for use in D2D communications; the base station provides configuration parameters for the D2D communications via common or dedicated signaling; the received power level is a target received power level that is received via broadcast system information or dedicated control signaling; and/or the received power level is itself a function of pathloss on a wireless link to the cellular base station. Embodiments are presented for method, apparatus, and tangibly stored computer program. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306350 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RATE PREDICTION IN COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - A downlink cooperative multi-point (CoMP) framework of a wireless communication system reduces inter-node interference and increases channel gain by scheduling a user equipment (UE) based on improved interference estimates and gain estimates. The UE computes a gain scaling factor (μ) based on theoretical gain and actual gain for each available scheduling scenario and transmits the gain scaling factors to an anchor node of the UE's radio reporting set (RRS). The anchor node computes an internal scaling factor (ν) based on the received gain scaling factors (μ) to estimate an actual gain for the scheduling scenarios. The UE also periodically transmits quantized interference estimates to the anchor node. The anchor node predicts a rate for the scheduling scenarios and schedules the UE based on the internal scaling factor (ν), the gain scaling factors (μ), and the interference estimates. | 12-15-2011 |
20110306351 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a base station ( | 12-15-2011 |
20110312328 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD FOR DATA COMMUNICATION, AND METHOD FOR FREQUENCY ALLOCATION - A communication terminal is described comprising a determiner configured to determine, for a frequency region, a plurality of first communication devices from which the communication terminal receives a signal via the frequency region; a selector configured to select at least one of the first communication devices based on a predetermined interference criterion; a signal generator configured to generate a signal with an identification of the at least one selected first communication device; and a transceiver configured to transmit the signal to a second communication device, to receive an indication from the second communication device specifying whether the communication terminal should use the frequency region for data communication with the second communication device, and to carry out data communication with the second communication device using the frequency region depending on the indication. | 12-22-2011 |
20110312329 | METHOD AND GSM SYSTEM FOR REALIZING FLAT MOBILE COMMUNICATION, AND ENHANCED BASE STATION - The present invention discloses an enhanced base station, which includes a Um interface functional module ( | 12-22-2011 |
20110319090 | Resource Utilization Measurements for Heterogeneous Networks - Interference issues between wireless network devices are mitigated. An evolved node B (eNodeB) may experience higher cell load or higher interference when serving user equipment (UEs) that are operating in an cell range extension (CRE) area in which the UEs are strongly affected by aggressor eNodeBs. An eNodeB experiencing higher cell load or serving user equipments (UEs) under higher interference generally requests an interfering/aggressor eNodeB to repartition some of its resources. Repartitioning of resources, however, may have a negative impact on the eNodeB serving CRE area UEs. In one aspect, a new measurement of utilization accounts for CRE status and differentiates between protected and unprotected resources, such as subframes. | 12-29-2011 |
20110319091 | SYSTEM FOR MANAGING INTERFERENCE OF CONTROL CHANNEL - Provided is a system for allocating a radio resource. The system for allocating a radio resource may include a macro base station, a macro terminal, and a femto base station. The femto base station may allocate a radio resource for transmitting a control channel to a femto terminal, and transmit information of the allocated radio resource to the macro base station. The macro base station may allocate a radio resource for transmitting a control channel to the macro terminal in relation to the received information of the radio resource. | 12-29-2011 |
20120003981 | Signaling Femto-Cell Deployment Attributes to Assist Interference Mitigation in Heterogeneous Networks - There are disclosed methods of a wireless communication device and a wireless base station. The device is served by a serving base station and receives from a neighbor base station a downlink transmission including a broadcast signal. The device decodes the broadcast signal, and determines a bandwidth attribute associated with the neighbor base station based on the broadcast signal. The device then sends to the serving base station a report including the bandwidth attribute associated with the neighbor base station. The wireless base station receives from a first wireless terminal a signal including a bandwidth attribute associated with a neighbor base station. The base station then schedules a second wireless terminal based on the bandwidth attribute of the neighbor base station, in which the first wireless terminal may be identical to the second wireless terminal. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003982 | Switching Matrix and Test Platform - A switching matrix and testing platform may enable controlled testing of various configurations of radio access networks (RANs) at various signal strengths. The switching matrix and testing platform may enable testing of the radio frequency (RF) signals from RANs or telecommunications devices for new and/or predetermined scenarios, such as using different configurations of the RANs at various signal strengths. During a scenario, various operations may be performed on the telecommunications device in communication with the tested RF signals, such as making voice calls, transmitting and receiving data (messages, videos, music, etc.). A performance of the telecommunications device and/or various telecommunication network elements may be analyzed in comparison to other telecommunications device and/or various telecommunication network elements. | 01-05-2012 |
20120003983 | DEVICE DETERMINATION - A method of operating a server for determining the model of a mobile device and for delivering configuration parameters to the mobile device ( | 01-05-2012 |
20120003984 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING TERMINALS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND CORRESPONDING BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method for scheduling transmissions in a radio communication system comprising a plurality of base stations and a plurality of terminals, a base station being associated to a sector and transmitting/receiving data to/from terminals located in said sector. According to the present invention, the method comprises the steps of: determining an area around each given sector, said area comprising a set of sectors, allocating to said sectors in said area a scheduling priority chosen among at least two different scheduling priorities, scheduling decisions in a sector having a lower scheduling priority than a sector belonging to said area depending on scheduling decisions made for said sector with higher scheduling priority, said scheduling decisions made in said sector with higher scheduling priority being reported by said base station associated to said sector with higher scheduling priority to said base station associated to said sector with lower scheduling priority. | 01-05-2012 |
20120009930 | METHOD FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS BEARERS IN A SINGLE HANDSET - A method for managing a voice call while simultaneously running a data application on a handset having a display includes determining whether the display on the handset is on or off; and if the display is off, then suspending data transfer supporting the data application. Other conditions for suspending data transfer include whether an application is in the foreground of the display; whether the handset is in proximity to a user's head, or if network reception quality exceeds a threshold. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009931 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR SETTING UP RADIO BEARER - The present invention relates to the field of wireless communications technologies and discloses a method, an apparatus, and a system for setting up a Radio Bearer (RB) in order to enable end-to-end RB setup from a User Equipment (UE) to an evolved NodeB (eNB) in a relay network system. The method includes: receiving a first RB setup message sent by an eNB; performing RB setup preprocessing according to the first RB setup message; generating a second RB setup message according to a result of the RB setup preprocessing; and sending the second RB setup message to a UE, notifying the UE to set up an RB on an access link. The present invention is mainly applicable to the relay network system. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009932 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE AND SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES MESSAGES - Methods and apparatus for enabling short message service (SMS) and supplementary services (SS) in a long term evolution (LTE) network via evolved packet system (EPS) mobility management (EMM) over the LTE control plane are described. In one embodiment, the radio resource control (RRC) connection signaling radio bearer (SRB) is used for SMS and SS transport over the LTE control plane between a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a mobility management entity (MME). EMM interfaces and primitives are defined for actions towards SMS and SS entities for enabling SMS and SS services in LTE via the LTE control plane media. Message formats for SMS and SS message transport are also disclosed for sending SMS and SS messages within EMM uplink (UL) non-access stratum (NAS) transport and downlink (DL) NAS transport messages. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009933 | Method For Trransitioning Between Multiple Reception Levels - There is provided a method for enabling a user equipment (UE) to transition between a non-discontinuous reception (Non-DRX) level and at least one discontinuous reception (DRX) level. The UE in a DRX level wakes up periodically to monitor a scheduling channel. The method includes receiving a DRX indicator in a Non-DRX level with continuously monitoring the scheduling channel and transitioning from the Non-DRX level to a DRX level indicated by the DRX indicator. The UE can transition between multiple DRX levels by an explicit command/signaling. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009934 | METHOD FOR INFORMING USER EQUIPMENT OF DOWNLINK CONTROL MESSAGE CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control messages from a base station to a user equipment in a cellular system is disclosed. The method includes grouping a plurality of control messages for at least one user equipment based on at least one criteria of whether or not uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes are allowed to be implicitly used in the control messages, whether or not the user equipment corresponding to the control messages is able to implicitly use the uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes, sizes of Information Elements (IEs) of the control messages, whether or not the control messages are segmented into a predetermined number of subblocks, MCS levels applied to the control messages, sizes of allocated IEs of the control messages after applying the MCS levels, and frequency partitions in which the IEs of the control messages are present, and transmitting the grouped control messages. | 01-12-2012 |
20120009935 | Method and base station for implementing carrier aggregation - The present invention discloses a method and base station for implementing a carrier aggregation. The method comprises: a base station determines predetermined information, wherein the predetermined information comprises reserved resources for the carrier aggregation and the capability of a user terminal; the base station selects a first carrier resource from the reserved resources according to the capability of the user terminal and selects, for the user terminal, a second carrier resource for bearing data from the resources except the reserved resources; and the base station aggregates the first and second carrier resources. On the premise of reducing the inter-cell interference, the present invention can increase the number of the carriers used by the user terminal to meet the various requirements of a new wireless communication network and guarantee the communication quality of the wireless communication network. | 01-12-2012 |
20120015663 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - A combined base station controller ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120021752 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PERFORM ASSIGNMENTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Example methods and apparatus to perform assignments in wireless communications are disclosed. A disclosed example method to receive resource assignments at a mobile station involves receiving an assignment message from a network and identifying radio block periods assigned to the mobile station. At least one of the assigned radio block periods is separated from a next occurring one of the assigned radio block periods by at least one non-assigned radio block period. The example method also involves processing downlink transmissions from the network based on the assigned radio block periods. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021753 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION VIA OVER THE AIR LOAD INDICATOR AND RELATIVE NARROWBAND TRANSMIT POWER - Systems and methods for facilitating inter-cell interference coordination using resource partitioning are described. A UE may receive or determine information related to received interference and/or future scheduling. The information may be communicated to a serving base station, which may use the information to allocate uplink or downlink resources between cells. The uplink and/or downlink resource may be partitioned in subbands to mitigate interference from adjacent network nodes. The eNBs may communicate, such as directly, via a backhaul connection, and/or between UEs to configure interference coordination and signaling. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021754 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND BANDWIDTH DETERMINATION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio communication device that, even when a terminal erroneously receives a retransmission grant or a response signal from a base station, can reduce the number of other terminals in which the terminal interferes at a retransmission. In this device, a determination unit ( | 01-26-2012 |
20120021755 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A MULTIPLE USIM MOBILE STATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for resource allocation for a TD-SCDMA multiple USIM mobile station. According to certain aspects, a base station may send allocation for a first call with a first subscriber identity to a UE that supports multiple subscriber identities, wherein the allocation for the first call comprises allocation of at least a first uplink time slot and at least a first downlink time slot in a frequency carrier and send the UE allocation for a second call with a second subscriber identity, wherein the allocation for the second call comprises allocation of at least a second uplink time slot and at least a second downlink time slot in the frequency carrier, wherein the second uplink time slot is different than the first uplink time slot. | 01-26-2012 |
20120021756 | CONTROL INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for receiving control information by a terminal in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of receiving setup information on component carriers which are allocated to a terminal from a base station, determining one of 1 | 01-26-2012 |
20120034926 | COMPUTATION OF CHANNEL STATE FEEDBACK IN SYSTEMS USING COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL INTERFERENCE CANCELATION - When enabled with common reference signal interference cancellation, a user equipment (UE) may still compute a channel state feedback value with consideration of any canceled interfering neighboring signals. When the neighboring cells are determined to be transmitting data during the time for which the channel state feedback value is being computed, the UE is able to derive the channel state feedback value considering those canceled interfering signals. The UE determines whether each neighboring cell is transmitting during the designated time either by obtaining signals that indicate the transmission schedule of the neighboring cells or by detecting the transmission schedule, such as based on the power class of the neighboring cells. If the UE determines that the neighboring cells are transmitting data during this time period, the UE will compute the channel state feedback value including consideration of the canceled interfering signals. | 02-09-2012 |
20120034927 | TRANSMISSIONOF HARQ CONTROL INFORMATION FROM A USER EQUIPMENT FOR DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit acknowledgement information together with data information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) or separate from data information in a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH). The HARQ-ACK payload for transmission in a PUSCH and the HARQ-ACK signal transmission power for transmission in a PUCCH are derived based on the existence and design of a Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) Information Element (IE) in the Downlink Control Information (DCI) formats scheduling receptions of data Transport Blocks (TBs) by the UE. | 02-09-2012 |
20120034928 | METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a Central Node (CN), a method in a Remote Node (RN), and a method in a wireless communication system for allocating reference signals to be used for uplink transmission are disclosed. According to one aspect reference signals are allocated with a method comprising the steps of: determining in a CN a number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by a Remote Node RN; indicating to the RN the number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by the RN; configuring an uplink transmission by the RN with at most the number of reference signals N; and performing by the RN the uplink transmission with at most the number of reference signals N on transmit antennas comprised in the RN. The present disclosure further discloses a CN and a RN relating to the methods. | 02-09-2012 |
20120040682 | PRIORITIZATION OF DATA COMMUNICATION - Communicating data between multiple devices based on an assigned priority is described. In one aspect, data associated with a local device is received for communication between the local device and a second device. A priority is assigned to the received data based on whether the received data is live voice data. The received data then is communicated between the local device and the second device based on the priority assigned to the received data. | 02-16-2012 |
20120040683 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF ENHANCERS FOR LOW POWER NODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and method of communicating with a first plurality of nodes and a second plurality of nodes in wireless communication systems are provided. The apparatus includes a communication unit for receiving node information from the first plurality of nodes, and a controller for generating joint resource information based on the node information received from the first plurality of nodes, wherein the communication unit sends the joint resource information to the second plurality of nodes. | 02-16-2012 |
20120046039 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a wireless communication system that enable the allocation of resources to UEs based on measurements of their antenna polarization, in order to suppress the interference between different UEs at a very low overhead cost. This is achieved by a solution where the scheduling unit retrieves information about the polarization of the UE antenna configurations, and based on this information allocates radio resources to the different UEs, with the aim to minimize the interference. The scheduling unit may retrieve the information from the RBSs or from the UEs. The RBS and the UE will determine the polarization and transmit information regarding this polarization to the scheduling unit. The scheduling unit coordinates the allocation of resources with other scheduling units if necessary. | 02-23-2012 |
20120058772 | Methods and Arrangements in Cellular Communication Systems - The disclosure relates to methods and arrangements wherein a user equipment (UE) supporting a first frequency band H | 03-08-2012 |
20120064901 | Method and System for Activating a Femto Base Station - A method for activating a femto base station includes transmitting at least one binding message that binds at least one access point with a collocated femto base station. The method also includes determining the collocated femto base station is in a power saving mode. The method additionally includes transmitting via the access point a request requesting that the collocated femto base station is put into an operational mode. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064902 | Method and apparatus for transmitting available radio access possibilities in a communications area - The technology described in this application provides a wide-area radio access information transmission scheme where the wide-area radio access information transmitter shares its radio resources with local radio access information transmitters. The radio resources may be divided for example in one or more of the time, frequency, space, and/or code domains. The wide-area radio access information transmitter sets aside and does not use some portions or “chunks” of its radio resources and allocates those unused portions or chunks for use by local radio access information transmitters to transmit local radio access information signals. In one non-limiting example embodiment, the radio resources include time slots, and during those time slots allocated to the local radio access information transmitters, the wide-area radio access information transmitter does not transmit, and thus, is quiet. Hence, those allocated time slots are referred to as “quiet periods” from the perspective of the wide-area radio access information transmitter. The wide-area radio access information transmitter can optionally explicitly signal what those resources are to simplify for the local radio access information transmitters who otherwise have to detect those resources themselves. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064903 | Home Nodeb (HNB) Mobility In A Cell Forward Access Channel (Cell_Fach)State - Disclosed herein are systems and methods for managing home nodeB (HNB) mobility in forward access channel (Cell_FACH) states. According to an aspect, a method may be implemented at a Wireless Transmit/Receive Unit (WTRU). The method may include determining whether to communicate an indication to a network node for extended measurement occasion. Further, the method may include communicating the indication to the network node in response to determining to communicate the indication. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064904 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING RESOURCE OF FEMTO BASE STATION FOR PROTECTING INTERFERENCE VICTIM TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE AMONG FEMTO BASE STATIONS - A method and apparatus of controlling resources of a femto base station for protecting a macro terminal and controlling interference among femto base stations are provided. The femto base station or a gateway of the femto base station may allocate resource blocks of a femto cell based on a silencing resource block for protecting the macro terminal. Also, the femto base station or the gateway of the femto base station may allocate the resource block of the femto cell based on a relative location between the macro base station and the femto base station and a victim macro terminal. The femto base station or the gateway of the femto base station may allocate the resource block of the femto cell based on a resource block used by a neighboring femto base station. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064905 | Methods and Apparatus for Transceiver Allocation in Mobile Communication Networks - Methods and apparatus in a base station controller (BSC) or equivalent node for sharing a pool of radio transceivers are described. The BSC belongs to a first wireless telecommunication network, the pool of radio transceivers includes first radio transceivers for a first radio base station (RBS) belonging to the first wireless telecommunication network and second radio transceivers for a second RBS belonging to a second wireless telecommunication network, and the first and second radio transceivers have substantially the same geographic coverage. A method includes selecting a radio transceiver from the pool irrespective of whether the radio transceiver selected is a first radio transceiver or a second radio transceiver; and allocating a communication channel provided by the selected radio transceiver to a respective mobile station registered in at most one of the first and second telecommunication networks. | 03-15-2012 |
20120064906 | METHOD OF ADMISSION CONTROL FOR HYBRID FEMTOCELL - Provided is a method of admission control for a hybrid femtocell in a wireless communication system, in which the method is applied to a wireless communication system including a hybrid femto base station and a core network performing admission control of a mobile station terminal in a femtocell of the hybrid femto base station. The method of admission control for a hybrid femtocell performed by a core network according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention includes determining whether a mobile station terminal has membership; determining whether speed information of the mobile station terminal exists; and assigning a probability value to the mobile station terminal depending on the membership and the speed information of the mobile station terminal | 03-15-2012 |
20120077505 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING FRACTIONAL SYSTEM SELECTION BY A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques for performing fractional system selection by a wireless device are described. The wireless device may have at least one application that is active and a plurality of radios that are available for use. The wireless device may perform fractional system selection and map different portions of an application to different radios. In one design, the wireless device may determine a mapping of different fractions of the application to different radios based on the requirements of the application, capabilities of the radios, interference between the radios, etc. The wireless device may map a first fraction of the application to a first radio and may map a second fraction of the application to a second radio. The wireless device may exchange (e.g., send or receive) data for the first fraction of the application via the first radio and may exchange data for the second fraction of the application via the second radio. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077506 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING RADIOS AND MAPPING APPLICATIONS TO RADIOS ON A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques for selecting radios and mapping applications to radios on a wireless device are described. The wireless network may have at least one application that is active and a plurality of radios that are available for use. In one design, the wireless device determines requirements of the at least one application, which may be related to throughput, latency, jitter, etc. The wireless device selects at least one radio among the plurality of radios based on the requirements of the at least one application and possibly other factors. The wireless device determines a mapping of the at least one application to the at least one radio based on the requirements of the at least one application, the performance of the at least one radio, and/or other factors. The wireless device maps the at least one application to the at least one radio based on the mapping. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077507 | PREAMBLE SET SEPARATION FOR RANDOM ACCESS CONTROL IN LARGE SCALE CELLULAR NETWORKS - A scheme for random access channel (RACH) configuration for a system that supports Machine-Type Communication (MTC) devices is provided. Upon receiving a random access configuration message from the network, the MTC device sends a random access preamble based on the received random access configuration message. The random access configuration message comprises a field that includes information related to Machine-Type Communication (MTC) preambles, and the random access preamble is selected among a plurality of Machine-Type Communication (MTC) preambles available for use. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077508 | Radio Resource Management In Mobile Communication Network Employing Private Base Stations - There is provided a solution for reusing radio resources opportunistically by private base stations to increase the overall capacity of the network. The solution is based on applying an uplink broadcast in a mobile communication, in which information representing a radio resource allocated by a base station to a user terminal is broadcasted. | 03-29-2012 |
20120077509 | SERVICE RECOVERY METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A service recovery method for a wireless communication network is disclosed. The method includes: receiving a radio resource control (RRC) re-establishment request or a cell update message from a user equipment (UE); performing an RRC establishment process that is triggered by a non-access-stratum of the UE if the RRC re-establishment or the cell update fails; and sending an initial UE message to a core network device after the RRC establishment process is complete. In the embodiments of the present invention, service continuity of the UE in an active state is ensured. | 03-29-2012 |
20120083283 | Feedback mapping for D2D control signals - A position of a device within a cluster of multiple devices is determined and stored in a memory. An uplink radio resource is mapped from a downlink radio resource in dependence on the determined position of the device within the cluster of multiple devices. In an embodiment the respective uplink and downlink radio resource is a PUCCH and PDCCH of a cellular network, and the cluster is a D2D network. In one embodiment the device position is an index j which is used to offset from a predetermined mapping pattern. In another embodiment the position of the device corresponds to an individual field of a transmission on the PDCCH and the mapping is in dependence on a bit value in the individual field. | 04-05-2012 |
20120083284 | Orthogonal Resource Selection Transmit Diversity and Resource Assignment - Methods of allocating orthogonal resources of a wireless communication network to a user equipment (UE) that uses transmit diversity are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the UE is configured to transmit a reference symbol and a modulated symbol on multiple orthogonal resources on an antenna. The method includes: selecting, by the UE, a first and a second orthogonal resource, respectively, from a plurality of orthogonal resources according to the state of information bits to be communicated by the UE; and transmitting, by the UE, the reference and data symbols on the first and the second orthogonal resource, respectively, on one antenna. The first and the second resource are different for at least one of the states of the information bits. The first and the second resource are both in the same physical resource block. | 04-05-2012 |
20120088510 | WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER WITH AMPLIFIER BIAS ADJUSTED BASED ON MODULATION SCHEME AND TRANSMIT POWER FEEDBACK - An electronic device may contain a transceiver that transmits and receives radio-frequency signals through antenna structures. Power amplifier circuitry may amplify the radio-frequency signals that are being transmitted. An adjustable voltage supply may supply an adjustable power amplifier bias voltage to the power amplifier circuitry. The power amplifier circuitry may include multiple power amplifiers each of which may handle signals transmitted using a different cellular telephone standard. For each cellular telephone standard, multiple modulation schemes may be supported. A power detector may provide real time measurements of output power. Control circuitry can adjust the transceiver circuitry based on the measurements of output power and can adjust the adjustable power amplifier bias voltage in real time to select an optimum power amplifier bias voltage based on the current cellular telephone standard, modulation scheme, power amplifier gain state, and operating frequency in use. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088511 | SERVICE PROVIDING APPARATUS, SERVICE CONSUMING APPARATUS, AND SERVICE TRANSMITTING METHOD THEREOF - A service providing apparatus, a service consuming apparatus, and a service transmitting method thereof are provided. The service providing apparatus is able to pre-allocate a plurality of service consuming apparatus into different groups, to pre-schedule the groups in a control channel, and to pre-schedule the groups in at least one channel. Accordingly, the channel resource can be consumed more efficiently by the service consuming apparatus. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088512 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING THEREOF AND DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD - In case that an uplink grand from a base station apparatus is detected on PDCCH, a data designated by the uplink grant, channel state information measured at the time of transmission are transmitted by PUSCH as an uplink transmission signal. Then, in case that a notice that indicates retransmission is received, the data to be retransmission and the channel state information measured at the time of retransmission are transmitted by PUSCH. Accordingly, the mobile station apparatus can transmit appropriate channel state information when designated to retransmission so that the base station apparatus can make an efficient communication control (scheduling) between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus that is suitable for the current channel condition. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088513 | Methods And Apparatus For Prioritizing Voice Call Requests During Data Communication Sessions With A Mobile Device - A mobile device is engaged in a connected data service via a wireless network. The connected data service utilizes a radio traffic channel established between the mobile device and the wireless network and a data session for communicating data. While engaged in the service, the mobile device receives via a user interface a voice call request for initiating a voice call. In response to the request, the mobile device permits the initiation of the voice call. Specifically, the mobile device causes the radio traffic channel for the connected data service to be torn down without terminating the data session. The mobile device also causes the voice call to be established and maintained over a new radio traffic channel via the wireless network while the data session for the data service is maintained. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088514 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR INTER-CELL COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method for transmitting feedback information for cooperative transmission in a wireless communication cellular system comprises: receiving information on cells that can be cooperatively transmitted from a base station; determining cells that prefer the cooperative transmission among the cells that can be cooperatively transmitted; generating feedback information, which includes a preference cell indicator representing preferred cells and non-preferred cells for the cooperative transmission among the cells that can be cooperatively transmitted, precoding matrix information for the respective cell that can be cooperatively transmitted, phase information representing a phase correction value of each of the preferred cells for the cooperative transmission, and a channel quality indicator; and transmitting the feedback information through a control channel or a data channel. Accordingly, the present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a report of implicative feedback information on code books that can be designed for the gain improvement of a high-level inter-cell cooperative transmission. | 04-12-2012 |
20120088515 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL FOR A LOCATION-BASED SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Particularly, in configuring a location estimation subframe for determining the location of a terminal in a wireless communication system, the present invention involves replacing a portion of repeating patterns of a channel estimation pilot in the location estimation subframe with a location estimation pilot. In this way, the present invention is capable of transmitting a location estimation reference signal for a location-based service to the terminal while minimizing influences on an existing wireless frame structure. | 04-12-2012 |
20120094679 | Determination Of Carrier Frequency Scanning Priority In Communications - Various methods are provided to address some of the current issues in selecting a carrier frequency. Some embodiments include estimating ( | 04-19-2012 |
20120100862 | METHOD FOR RESOLVING DATA CONFLICTS AND MOBILE TERMINAL - The invention provides a method for resolving data conflicts and a mobile communication terminal. The embodiment about the method of the invention includes: a mobile terminal determining a time slot in a frame i for receiving a first data block; if a second data block needs to be received in the frame i, the mobile terminal determining a relationship between the time slot for receiving the first data block and a time slot for receiving the second data block; and if the time slots for receiving the first data block and the second data block are not the same and not adjacent, the mobile terminal receiving the first data block and the second data block sequentially according to the time slots in the frame i. The embodiment of the invention further provides a mobile terminal for implementing the method described above. The invention could receive multiple data blocks in a frame i and decrease the number of data blocks being discarded. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100863 | METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CHANNEL MODIFICATION IN A CELL OF A MOBILE RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method is provided for channel modification within a macro cell of a cellular mobile radio access network. The method includes the steps of: providing a first control channel signal transmitted by a first transmitter, wherein the macro cell comprises the first transmitter and the macro cell overlaps at least partly with a radio coverage area created by a second transmitter; and providing a second control channel signal transmitted by the second transmitter, wherein the second control channel signal is transmitted using a same physical layer configuration as the first control channel signal. The second control channel signal is synchronized to the first control channel signal. The second control channel signal includes a duplication of the first control channel signal. The second control channel signal differs from the first control channel signal in at least one information element carried by the first control channel signal. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100864 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - A method in a user equipment for transmitting scheduling requests to a base station includes triggering a scheduling request transmission and transmitting a scheduling request to the base station at the next occurring scheduling request opportunity as a response to the triggering. The method also includes starting a scheduling request prohibiting timer in the user equipment when the scheduling request is transmitted to the base station and prohibiting any further scheduling request retransmission at future scheduling request opportunities while the scheduling request prohibiting timer is running. | 04-26-2012 |
20120100865 | Method and System for Processing Resource in Process of Connection Mobility Management - The prevent invention discloses a method for processing resources in a process of connection mobility management. The method includes: a Radio Bearer Control (RBC) module receiving resource configuration related messages sent by a Connection Mobility Management (CMM) module and a network side, and configuring resources included in the resource configuration related messages. The prevent invention further provides a system for processing resources in a process of connection mobility management. Based on the method and system, processing procedures of the resources in the process of connection mobility management are simplified and the processing efficiency is improved. | 04-26-2012 |
20120108249 | POWER CONTROL TECHNIQUE TO MITIGATE INTEREFERENCE IN MULTI-TIER NETWORKS - A method and apparatus to manage interference in a multi-cellular network is disclosed. This approach uses downlink power control to allow a serving femto access point of a plurality of femto access points to transmit signals at a first power level to ensure a quality of service level of a service provided to a first plurality of mobile stations served by the plurality of femto access points. This approach also uses the downlink power control to adjust a power level of the signals transmitted by a serving femto access point of the plurality of the femto access points to manage interference caused by the serving femto access point on a second plurality of mobile stations served by one or more macro base stations. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING MINIMUM GUARANTEED BIT RATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for configuring bit rate in a user equipment (UE) for use in a wireless communication system includes receiving guaranteed bit rate information comprising one or more bit rates which are supported by a base station (BS) for communications with the UE, selecting a minimum guaranteed bit rate responsive to user input received at the UE, the minimum guaranteed bit rate being a bit rate identified by the guaranteed bit rate information, generating a first request message requesting the selected minimum guaranteed bit rate, transmitting the first request message from the UE to the BS, the first request message including a request for receiving communications from the BS at the selected minimum guaranteed bit rate, receiving a response message from the BS in response to the first request message, and receiving data from the BS at a bit rate which is at or greater than the selected minimum guaranteed bit rate when the response message comprises an acknowledgement (ACK) message. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108251 | MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of processing a handover request from a base station controller (BSC) of a GSM (Global System for Mobile communication)-type network. The method comprises the steps of passing a handover request with GSM-type parameters from a base station controller (BSC) through a Master Switching Center (MSC) of the GSM-type network to a UMTS core network (CN) and to a Radio Network Controller (RNC) of the UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) network, translating the GSM-type parameters to UTRAN parameters in the Radio Network Controller (RNC), and allocating UTRAN resources in response to the translated parameters. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108252 | Methods and Arrangements for Mobility Management - The present invention relates to methods and devices for mobility management UE in a cellular communications system. A user equipment maintains ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120108253 | Method And System For User Equipment Selecting A Home Node - A method and system for selecting a home node for User Equipment (UE) are provided by the present invention, which can reduce the processing complexity of the UE during the process of selecting the home node for the UE. In the present invention, the channel quality information which is from the UE to the network side node is obtained by the network side node performing measurement for the uplink channel of the UE, and the home node is selected for the UE according to the channel quality information, so that during the home node selection process, the UE need not perform measuring and reporting frequently in order to support a service node to judge the transmission set of the CoMP cell and/or Relay node. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108254 | REFERENCE SIGNAL ALLOCATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, APPARATUS FOR SAME, AND TRANSCEIVER DEVICE USING THE APPARATUS - Disclosed is a reference signal required for an estimation of a frequency domain channel by a receiver side in order to transmit and receive data between a UE and a BS, and an apparatus and a method for allocating a reference signal for obtaining channel state information. In a wireless communication system including a UE and a BS using multiple antennas, cells are distinguished by applying a CDM, multiple antenna layers are distinguished by using a frequency offset or a time offset, and the reference signal for obtaining the channel state information is allocated to a frame or a subframe. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108255 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL USING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for transmitting scheduling information in a mobile communication system and a femtocell base station using the method. A femtocell base station transmits scheduling information using a layered scheduling system in which the femtocell base station receives an allocated resource from a macrocell base station, and allocates the resource to femtocell users within a resource region thereof. | 05-03-2012 |
20120108256 | METHOD FOR HANDLING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A USER EQUIPMENT AND A RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING A RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A method for handling communication between a user equipment and a radio network controller of an UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) radio access network includes: providing a transmission instruction by the radio network controller for redirecting the user equipment to a target carrier frequency, the target carrier frequency being an allowed frequency of a local access radio network; evaluating if the target carrier frequency is interfered by the local access radio network near the user equipment; and preventing a redirection of the user equipment to the target carrier frequency by the radio network controller for a certain time period, if the target carrier frequency is interfered by the local access network near the user equipment. | 05-03-2012 |
20120115493 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE SUBSCRIBER IDENTITIES IN A PORTABLE DEVICE USING A SINGLE TRANSCEIVER - According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method and technique for enabling wireless communications for multiple numbers or subscriber identities using a single transceiver is disclosed. The method includes, for a terminal device including a transceiver for wireless communications, determining whether the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities. The method also includes, responsive to determining that the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities, creating a plurality of recurrent time slots for a communication channel of the terminal device, allocating for each subscriber identity a respective time slot, and enabling wireless communications for the plurality of subscriber identities using the respective time slots via the transceiver. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115494 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FORMING AN ACTIONABLE COMMUNICATION RESOURCE - An actionable communication resource forming function performs a method for forming an actionable communication resource in a communication system. The method includes receiving, from a resource management system, a plurality of resource identifiers that identify a plurality of resources, wherein each resource is associated with a communication device addressable by a communication system using a communication device identifier; for each resource identifier, determining the communication device identifier for the associated communication device; for each communication device identifier, identifying a communication group to which the corresponding communication device is affiliated, and using the identified communication groups to determine a set of communication groups, wherein each communication group in the set is addressable by the communication system, wherein an actionable communication resource is formed from the set of communication groups to facilitate communications with the communication devices over the communication system using the addressable communication groups. | 05-10-2012 |
20120115495 | Resource Management for a Mobile Telephone Terminal - A resource management unit for a mobile telephone terminal, with the terminal comprising radio transmission/reception means for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals corresponding to bursts of symbols during allocated time slots, and a device able to operate in a first mode and in a second mode, said device interfering less with the transmission/reception of radio frequency signals when it is in the first mode than when it is in the second mode. The resource management unit is able to cause the device to change from one of the first and second modes to the other of the first and second modes during the same time slot. | 05-10-2012 |
20120122461 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS RESOURCES FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - Techniques to manage communications resources for a mobile device are described. An apparatus may comprise a mobile computing device having a radio arranged to communicate information over a wireless link, a link classifier arranged to generate a class parameter for the wireless link based on signal quality measurements of the wireless link, and a data service manager arranged to receive a data service request from an application, determine whether the application may communicate information over the wireless link based on the class parameter for the wireless link, and generate a control directive for the application granting or denying the data service request. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122462 | DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING COORDINATION FOR PLURAL SERVICE AREAS - An apparatus ( | 05-17-2012 |
20120122463 | Apparatus and Method Employing Scheduler Behavior Aware Predictive Resource Selection in a Communication System - An apparatus, method and system to predict interference employing scheduler behavior information in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code. The memory and the computer program code are configured, with the processor, to cause the apparatus to receive scheduler behavior information for an allocation of communication resources, and produce an interference history associated with at least one of a communication resource and a user equipment operable in a cellular communication mode. The memory and the computer program code are further configured, with the processor, to cause the apparatus to predict an interference level on the communication resource as a function of the interference history and the scheduler behavior information for a user equipment operable in a device-to-device communication mode. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122464 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEARER PROCESSING - A bearer processing method is disclosed. The method includes these steps: a system border node receives a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) Context Request initiated by a universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS); the system border node adjusts a Request Bearer Resource Allocation message of a system architecture evolution (SAE) system or the PDP Context Request of the UMTS according to the received PDP Context Request to map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. The present invention can map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. | 05-17-2012 |
20120122465 | Methods and Arrangements for Allocating Scheduling Request Resources in a Wireless Communication System - Method and arrangement in a base station for allocating scheduling request resources to a user equipment. The method and arrangement comprises receiving a bearer setup message from the user equipment and sending a first instruction comprising a first scheduling request interval, to be used by the user equipment. Also, a scheduling request is received from the user equipment. The moment of time when data was generated at the user equipment and a periodicity of data generation at the user equipment are estimated. Further, a second scheduling request interval and scheduling request resources to be used by the user equipment is determined, based on the estimated periodicity and moment of data generation at the user equipment, and sent to the user equipment. In addition, a method and arrangement in a user equipment for assisting the base station for allocating scheduling request resources to the user equipment are described. | 05-17-2012 |
20120129540 | Signaling mixed resource allocations for D2D communications - In an embodiment, for a case in which there is an active connection established between a cellular network and a user equipment UE and the UE has simultaneously an active connection within a local network distinct from the cellular network, there is an indication within a resource allocation message communicated between the cellular network and the UE which is used to identify whether a radio resource allocated by the resource allocation message is for the cellular network or for the local network. In various embodiments, the local network is a D2D network and the message is directed to a C-RNTI associated with the D2D network; and/or a value of the indication identifies the allocated radio resource as an allocation for the D2D network or for the cellular network and also whether the allocation is to the UE or to a paired D2D device or to both. | 05-24-2012 |
20120135741 | METHOD, DEVICE AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR CONFIGURING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method, device and user equipment for configuring a reference signal (RS). The method includes: acquiring group number information of a RS allocated for a UE respectively by each cell; acquiring, according to the group number information, group offset information of a RS of a UEm served by at least two cells at the same time in the UE; and sending the group offset information to the UEm, so that the UEm acquires new group number information according to the allocated group number information of the RS and the group offset information, and sends a RS according to the new group number information. In the method, a RS is sent according to new group number information, thereby avoiding interference generated by a UE in each cell on a scheduled UEm when an eNB schedules the UEm. | 05-31-2012 |
20120142363 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING CALL CAPACITY ON A CARRIER - A method and apparatus is disclosed for increasing calling capacity in a carrier using enhanced Terrestrial Trunk Radio (TETRA) protocols. The method includes transmitting, by a base station to at least one mobile station, a permission signal for an assigned timeslot on a carrier, wherein each timeslot is divided into at least two sub-slots. The method also includes configuring a control signal that is associated with each of the plurality of timeslots. Specific fields in the control signal are associated with each sub-slot on each of the plurality of timeslots. The method further includes providing usage markers through the control signal. Usage markers values are divided into ranges, each range used to identify a timeslot or a sub-slot assignment on the carrier. The base station sends a time advance value to the mobile station to indicate when transmission from the mobile station is to begin. | 06-07-2012 |
20120142364 | INTERFERENCE-CONTROL METHOD AND FEMTO BASE STATION - Provided are an interference-control method and femto base station whereby inter-cell interference between a femtocell and a macrocell is decreased without a loss in throughput or coverage of the femto base station. A nearby-macro-terminal detection unit ( | 06-07-2012 |
20120149383 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - A communication method and a communication device using the same method are proposed. The proposed communication method is adapted to a machine-to-machine communication device (M2M device) with low mobility, and includes following steps: reporting that the M2M device is low mobility to a communication network; reporting a sector, in which the M2M device is located, to the communication network; and transmitting a paging message only in the sector to the M2M device. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149384 | METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING CHANNELS FOR INTERPHONE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, SYSTEM AND INTERPHONE - A method for distributing channels for interphone, a communication method, a system and an interphone are provided. The method for distributing channels for interphone includes: according to the subnet the interphone belongs to, acquiring the corresponding subnet resource information, determining a control channel and service channels that can be used by the interphone; the number of service channels is more than or equal to 2; different subnets correspond to different channel resources; and waiting on the control channel in the case of standby. A communication method and a system for interphone, as well as an interphone are also provided by the invention. The technical solutions of the invention improve the spectrum utilization efficiency, resolve the channel interference, shorten the time needed to set up a call, and reduce the probability of call collision. | 06-14-2012 |
20120149385 | BLIND CHANNEL DETECTION TECHNIQUES - Techniques for use in a blind detection process of information elements. Channels can be allocated into groups. For each group, resource blocks of each channel can be further divided into subspaces. A base station may communicate a number of channels in a group, a number of subspaces allocated to a group of channels, and a bit shift value to all mobile stations via non-specific user channels to a mobile station. The mobile station uses a blind detection scheme and the number of channels allocated per group, a number of sub-spaces per group of channels, and a bit shift value to locate an information element assigned to the mobile station. A number of blind detection trials may be capped to a sum of a number of channels for all allocated groups. | 06-14-2012 |
20120157107 | RADIO RESOURCE GROUP SELECTION METHOD FOR A RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Disclosed is the radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and the terminal, and more particularly, to a method of managing radio resource(s) using a group selection indicator so as to effectively utilize the radio resource(s) in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157108 | FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A base station node (BS) of a heterogeneous radio access network comprises a terminal locator ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120157109 | BANDWIDTH CONFIGURATION METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - A bandwidth configuration method includes: A terminal acquires that a narrow bandwidth mode is used at a network side by a downlink transmission signal and/or an uplink transmission signal; and the terminal configures a receiving bandwidth and/or a transmitting bandwidth, where the receiving bandwidth and/or the transmitting bandwidth corresponds to the narrow bandwidth mode at the network side. The terminal side can acquire whether the network side uses the narrow bandwidth technology, and automatically adjust a bandwidth of a corresponding channel at the terminal side when the network side uses the narrow bandwidth technology, so that intra-system performance loss and inter-system interference that are caused by different bandwidth modes between the terminal side and the network side are avoided, thus improving performance of a communication system. | 06-21-2012 |
20120157110 | Methods and Apparatuses for Facilitating Reduction of Interference in a Wireless Telecommunications System - The exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to methods and apparatuses ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120165029 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A method and an arrangement ( | 06-28-2012 |
20120165030 | ASSIGNING AN ACCESS CHANNEL BASED ON A TIMER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system, a wireless access node receives an access request from a wireless communication device. In response, the access node starts an access timer and transfers signaling to the communication system indicating the access request. If the access timer expires before a response to the signaling is received, then the access node provides the wireless communication device with wireless access to the communication system. The access node receives the response to the signaling. If the response is negative and is received before the access timer expires, then the access node denies the access request. If the response is negative and is received after the access timer expires, then the access node terminates the wireless access to the communication system for the wireless communication device. | 06-28-2012 |
20120165031 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A FREQUENCY FOR WIRELESS AUDIO COMMUNICATIONS - A method is provided for allocating a frequency for wireless audio communications. A request is received for a frequency for wireless audio communications. The request contains the location, the time period, the quantity of required wireless communications paths and/or the available equipment for the wireless audio communications. This request is compared with information about frequency use which is stored in databases. Possible frequency ranges are outputted, and the possible frequency ranges are allocated to transmitting and/or receiving units of the requested audio communications. | 06-28-2012 |
20120172047 | HANDS-FREE SYSTEM AND VEHICLE HAVING SAME AND MOBILE TELEPHONE INTEGRATED WITH SAME - A system for enabling the hands-free use of a mobile telephone in a vehicle includes a processing circuit, a short-range communication unit and a microcontroller unit. The processing circuit calculates positional coordinates of the system. The short-range communication unit connects with the mobile telephones and receives positional coordinates of all nearby mobile telephones. The microcontroller unit receives the positional coordinates of the system and the mobile telephones, determines which mobile telephone is located in a defined position of the vehicle, and creates a wireless connection with the mobile telephone. | 07-05-2012 |
20120172048 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD - A random access instructed by a base station apparatus and having a small delay is enabled in Advanced-EUTRA system. Upon detection of control data in any one of a plurality of component carriers, component carrier information, a preamble number, and random access channel information are extracted from the control data, and if the extracted information indicates dedicated preamble transmission, a random access channel position to be used is selected from information on random access of a component carrier specified in the component carrier information and the random access channel information, a random access preamble is generated from the information on random access and the dedicated preamble number, and the random access preamble is transmitted at the random access channel position. | 07-05-2012 |
20120178462 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for multi-cell cooperative transmission are provided, for increasing the capacity of an MS at a cell edge through cooperation among a plurality of adjacent cells or BSs each having a plurality of antennas. The present invention improves Coordinated Multi Point (CoMP) performance due to simple CoMP implementation and reduced backhaul overhead and delay, and enables simple implementation of a CoMP resource allocation process and reduces handover overhead by eliminating handover between CoMP processing units. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178463 | BASE STATION AND WIRELESS DEVICE - A base station and a wireless device for use in a communication system are provided. The communication system has a first-type communication standard and a second-type communication standard. The base station receives an uplink signal with a station identification and a piece of identifying information from the wireless device, and determines that the wireless device belongs to one of a first-type wireless device and a second-type wireless device according to the identifying information. The first-type wireless device conforms to the first-type communication standard and the second-type wireless device conforms to the second-type communication standard. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178464 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO SUPPORT EFFICIENT AND RELIABLE MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATIONS - For use in a machine device, a method to support machine-to-machine communications over a network includes acquiring system information from the network. The method also includes determining a ranging channel during a ranging back-off window. The method further includes performing ranging based on the determined ranging channel. The method still further includes communicating over the network. The ranging channel is determined according to a ranging priority of the machine device. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178465 | Measurement Gap Configuration in Wireless Communication Systems with Carrier Aggregation - A method of measurement gap reporting and configuration is provided. In a mobile network, a UE receives a capability enquiry message from a serving base station. The UE comprises one or more radio frequency modules that support a list of frequency bands and a list of carrier aggregation (CA) band combinations. In response to the enquiry, the UE transmits capability information containing measurement parameters to the base station. In one embodiment, the measurement parameters comprise need-for-gap parameters for each frequency band and each CA band combinations associated with a list of to-be-measured frequency bands of target cells. Based on the reported measurement parameters, the eNB transmits a measurement configuration message to the UE. Finally, the UE transmits a measurement gap application message back to the base station. The measurement gap application message indicates whether the UE applies MG for each configured component carrier. | 07-12-2012 |
20120178466 | Home Base Station Access Method, Home Base Station System and Home Base Station Access Point - The present invention discloses a home NodeB access method comprising: during initialization, a home NodeB access point selecting a home NodeB gateway connected to one of core networks which the home NodeB access point has right to access as a serving home NodeB gateway; the home NodeB access point registering in the serving home NodeB gateway, registering user information with the serving home NodeB gateway after receiving a non-access layer message sent from a user equipment, and forwarding the non-access layer message to the serving home NodeB gateway; and the serving home NodeB gateway forwarding the non-access layer message to a core network corresponding to a network access identifier of the user equipment according to the identifier after receiving the non-access layer message; and the core network interacting with the user equipment to complete access of the user equipment; so as to achieve share of the home NodeB. | 07-12-2012 |
20120184281 | UE CAPABILITY REPORT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for reporting a capability of a User Equipment (UE) supporting advanced functions such as Carrier Aggregation (CA) are provided. The method includes checking, when a control message requesting a capability report is received, a Radio Access Technology (RAT) type and transmitting, when the RAT type is set to Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (EUTRA), at least one band combination information on at least one band combination supported by the terminal. The UE capability report method is capable of reporting the UE capability related to advanced functions, such as CA and Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO), to a network efficiently with the least amount of information, thereby resulting in an improvement of radio resource efficiency. | 07-19-2012 |
20120184282 | Apparatus and Method for Providing Access to a Local Area Network - An apparatus, system and method for providing access to a local area network for user equipment operable in a wide area network such as a long term evolution cellular network. In one embodiment, the apparatus ( | 07-19-2012 |
20120190374 | FEMTO BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE THEREOF - A method for managing radio resource of a femto cell includes: providing, by the femto cell, a service to one or more UEs by using most of pre-set radio resource; receiving measurement results from the one or more UEs; determining whether or not one or more neighbor femto cells are closely located nearby based on the measurement results; and if it is determined that neighbor femto cells are closely located nearby, reducing the pre-set radio resource into a small radio resource and providing a service with the small radio resource. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190375 | Methods and Devices for Multipoint Transmission - Methods and devices are provided whereby a cellular radio network, in particular a node in the network is configured to dynamically transmit data to UE from different cells while considering information that is not known to a central node, such as an RNC. This can in accordance with some embodiments be accomplished by decoupling the procedure of handling a set of cells form which simultaneous transmission of data to a UE can take place. | 07-26-2012 |
20120190376 | Method and Apparatus to Control Scheduling - A method of scheduling resources in a communications link wherein a scheduling requests are transmitted from a first entity to a second entity including determining if any of the following conditions exist: the time elapsed since the last scheduling request exceeds a designated time; the up-link requirement exceeds a predetermined level; or semi-persistent scheduling exists; and if so, suppressing the transmission and/or triggering of scheduling requests. | 07-26-2012 |
20120196607 | CHANNEL INFORMATION FEEDBACK REDUCTION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques are disclosed for reducing channel information feedback in communication networks. For example, a method comprises the following steps. A set of mobile terminals and a set of base stations designated to participate in a coordinated multipoint transmission protocol in a communication network are identified. One or more unique downlink communication resource blocks are assigned to each designated mobile terminal that is located in a given first sector of a designated base station. As such, each designated mobile terminal in the first sector of the designated base station: (i) performs a channel state estimation process in response to respective signals received from the designated base stations in the one or more unique downlink communication resource blocks assigned to that designated mobile terminal; and (ii) transmits resulting channel state information back to at least one of the designated base stations. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196608 | NETWORK ACCESS METHOD FOR M2M DEVICE AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - Network access methods for M2M device, M2M devices and base stations using the same methods are proposed. The proposed method allows M2M devices to perform random access process in the synchronous random access channel when the RTD information to the preferred base station is available. In another embodiment, the base station determines mobility type of a M2M device, determines a dedicated random access channel allocation for the M2M device according to the mobility type of the M2M device, and sends a paging message indicating the dedicated random access channel allocation. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196609 | Systems, Methods, and Apparatuses for Facilitating Allocation of a Common Resource to a Terminal - Systems, methods, and apparatuses are provided for facilitating allocation of a common resource to a terminal. A method may include transmitting one or more inbound packet data units including an indication of a category of a terminal and an indication of an identity of the terminal to a network node responsible for managing allocation of a common resource to the terminal. The method may further include receiving an absolute grant of a portion of the common resource to the terminal, wherein the absolute grant is issued by the network node based at least in part upon the transmitted indication of the category of the terminal. Corresponding systems and apparatuses are also provided. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196610 | SUPPORTING MULTIPLE SUBSCRIBER IDENTITIES IN A PORTABLE DEVICE USING A SINGLE TRANSCEIVER - According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method and technique for enabling wireless communications for multiple numbers or subscriber identities using a single transceiver is disclosed. The method includes, for a terminal device including a transceiver for wireless communications, determining whether the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities. The method also includes, responsive to determining that the terminal device supports a plurality of subscriber identities, creating a plurality of recurrent time slots for a communication channel of the terminal device, allocating for each subscriber identity a respective time slot, and enabling wireless communications for the plurality of subscriber identities using the respective time slots via the transceiver. | 08-02-2012 |
20120196611 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK EMPLOYING BAND SELECTIVE POWER MANAGEMENT - A system and method for enhancing the performance in heterogeneous wireless access networks employing a distributed antenna system is disclosed. A control unit comprises a distributed antenna system management server which collects load information from each of the carriers. The control unit further comprises a power management decision engine which determines the optimal downlink transmission power level for the carriers based on the collected load information and a set of parameters related to the power for the carriers. Power levels may decrease to baseline parameters when the load on carriers decreases. | 08-02-2012 |
20120202507 | BASE BAND POOL DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING BASE BAND DATA SWITCH THEREOF - A baseband pool device includes a control unit, and multiple baseband processing units which are connected one another. The control unit is configured to determine one or more baseband processing units participating in data processing according to a size of data received by the baseband pool device and baseband data processing capabilities of various baseband processing units, and allocate an identifier of the baseband data to be processed to each baseband processing unit participating in the data processing to construct a data allocation relationship, and respectively transmit the data allocation relationship to the baseband processing units participating in the data processing. The baseband processing units receive the data allocation relationship and process the received data according to the data allocation relationship, or transmit the received data to other baseband processing units of the baseband pool device, or receive data processed and then forwarded by other baseband processing units. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202508 | Method and Arrangements For MTC Communication - A server for controlling user MTC devices. The server ascertains if a user MTC device has an IP connection to a cellular access network, and if so, sends a message to trigger the user MTC device to initiate an application defined in the message. If a user MTC device does not have an IP connection, the server ascertains if the user MTC device is a mobile or a stationary user MTC device, and for a stationary user MTC device, the server sends a message to the cellular access network to trigger the user MTC device to initiate an IP connection, and for a mobile user MTC device, waits until the user MTC device has an IP connection, and for both kinds of user MTC devices, when the user MTC device has an IP connection, transmits a message to the user MTC device to initiate an application defined in the message. | 08-09-2012 |
20120202509 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RANGING CODES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating ranging codes by a macro base station in a communication system is provided. The method includes broadcasting information related to adjacent femto base stations, receiving a ranging request including class information indicating a degree of a strength of interference of an adjacent macro base station from a terminal, and allocating one of ranging codes included in a code subset dedicated to a corresponding class to the terminal, the ranging codes being allocatable to only terminals in a class indicated by the class information. | 08-09-2012 |
20120208545 | Method For Reduced-Overhead Short Message Transmission - For applications with very small data activities, connection of a UE to a wireless network for sending or receiving such small data traffic increments via conventional connection set-up processes is quite inefficient in terms of spectral resource utilization. The invention provides a new connectionless methodology for transmission of such small data increments between a UE and a serving eNB. In particular, the invention methodology contemplates identifying a set of preamble sequences among the pool of preamble sequences provided for access requests from a UE to an eNB via the Random Access Channel as corresponding to a request from the UE for access to transmit an increment of data smaller than a predetermined threshold data size. When a UE has data traffic to transmit of a size smaller than the predetermined threshold size, it selects one of the preamble sequences in the identified set and sends an access request, using the selected preamble sequence, to a serving eNB via the Random Access Channel. Upon receipt of the access request from the UE, the eNB determines an appropriate RF resource for the data increment sought to be transmitted by the UE, based on the use of the selected preamble sequence sent by the UE, and schedules an uplink connection for the transmission of that data increment by the UE. | 08-16-2012 |
20120214499 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A wireless network includes a base transceiver station configured to transmit signals over a wireless connection to a plurality of terminals and receive signals over a wireless connection from a plurality of terminals. The terminal may transmit a connection request message including an identifier and a request to identify the new terminal to the network when the new terminal tries to access the wireless network. A base station or access point may receive or maintain information or a list regarding one or more new terminals attempting to access the wireless network. The base station or access point may receive a control command indicative of a selection of at least one terminal from the list. The base station or access point may connect the at least one terminal to the access point or network. | 08-23-2012 |
20120214500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION AND CORRESPONDING ASSISTING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The invention provides a method and apparatus for processing downlink communication and a corresponding assisting method and apparatus. According to an embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method for assisting a base station in processing downlink communication in a user equipment, which includes the steps of: estimating a downlink channel between the base station and the user equipment; determining a spatial correlation matrix between the base station and the user equipment according to the result of estimating the downlink channel; determining at least one pre-coding vector among a plurality of pre-stored pre-coding vectors based upon the spatial correlation matrix; and notifying the base station about the determined at least one pre-coding vector and spatial correlation matrix. The invention improves the performance of a system, improves the average throughput and the throughput of an edge user of the multi-user MIMO system and has a wider applicability scope then the original codebook and feedback mechanism. | 08-23-2012 |
20120220305 | FACILITATING EFFICIENT MULTIMEDIA BROADCASE/MULTICAST SERVICE IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio access network facilitates transmission of a Multimedia Broadcast/Multicast Service (MBMS) to user equipments in plural cells served by a radio base station. A radio network controller includes in a first message of a transport channel setup request either an indication that transport sharing is allowed or an identification of a common transport bearer. The radio base station configures a new transport channel mapped to the common transport bearer such that it is stable with respect to other common transport channels. During operation, the radio network controller provides the MBMS data over the common transport bearer and the radio base station retransmits the MBMS data over the common transport channels to the plural cells. If the MBMS data over the common transport bearer arrives outside of time-of-arrival windows of any common transport bearer, then the radio network controller adjusts the transmission accordingly. | 08-30-2012 |
20120220306 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - A combined base station controller ( | 08-30-2012 |
20120231802 | MULTIPLE SUBSCRIPTION RESOURCE ACCESS CONTROL - A particular method includes receiving multiple requests to access a signal processing resource of a device that supports multiple subscriptions during a first time period. During the first time period, a first subscription is granted access to the signal processing resource, and a second subscription is denied access to the signal processing resource. A remedial action policy and historical information related to subscription access to the signal processing resource may be used to determine whether to grant access to the signal processing resource to the second subscription during a second time period. When access to the signal processing resource is granted to the second subscription during the second time period, hysteresis may be used to determine whether to grant access to the first subscription during a third time period after the second time period in order to preserve paging performance of the first subscription. | 09-13-2012 |
20120231803 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING POSITION REFERENCE SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for generating and use of a position location reference signal that allows a receiver to receive position location signals from relatively weak signal generators when in the presence of a strong signal source. The position location reference signals from multiple sources can be synchronized to occur within a scheduled time slot of a time division multiplexed communication system. During the scheduled time slot, each signal source can configure a transmission that includes a media access control address that corresponds to a value reserved for position location signals. Each signal source also configures the transmission to include a position location reference signal that corresponds to the signal source. The position location signals from each of the signal sources is positioned to occur at a time within the data portion of the scheduled time slot that no neighboring signal source transmits its corresponding position location signal. | 09-13-2012 |
20120238280 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF POWER AND FREQUENCIES IN A FEMTOCELL NETWORK - Aspects of a method and system for dynamic adjustment of power, antenna direction and frequencies in a femtocell network are provided. In this regard, a communication system may comprise a plurality of femtocells, one or more base stations, and a femtocell management entity that coordinates operation of the plurality of femtocells. One or more parameters may be communicated from one of the plurality of femtocells and/or one or more base stations to the femtocell management entity. The femtocell management entity may be enabled to utilize the one or more parameters to determine configuration information for one of the plurality of femtocells and/or for one or more remaining ones of the plurality of femtocells. One of the plurality of femtocells may be enabled to receive the determined configuration information from the femtocell management entity. One of the plurality of femtocells may be configured utilizing the received determined configuration information. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238281 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR PROCESSING CALL ORIGINATIONS BY A FEMTOCELL SYSTEM - A system, method, and computer readable medium for processing a call setup in a network system are provided. A femtocell system receives a call origination from a user equipment located within a service area of the femtocell system and performs a service connection with the user equipment. The femtocell system creates a connection for an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem core network, transmits an INVITE message to a called telephone device via the Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem, and completes the call setup between the user equipment and the called telephone device. | 09-20-2012 |
20120238282 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a data call setup comprises receiving an origination message by a radio call control (RCC) and by a main call control (MCC), receiving an assignment request message by the MCC and by the RCC, and receiving a traffic channel assignment message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC. | 09-20-2012 |
20120244870 | UPLINK RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - An uplink radio resource allocation method allocates, at a radio base station, an uplink radio resource used for uplink user data transmission to a mobile station. The method includes: allocating, at the radio base station, the uplink radio resource, so that total received power in an particular cell of the radio base station is equal to a first target value assigned by a radio network controller; and allocating, at the radio station, the uplink radio resource, so that a ratio of first received power from a serving mobile station to second received power from a non-serving mobile station is equal to a second target value assigned by the radio network controller, a serving cell of the serving mobile station being the particular cell, a non-serving cell of the non-serving mobile station being the particular cell. | 09-27-2012 |
20120252470 | DISTRIBUTED ADAPTIVE RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO ENHANCE CELL EDGE THROUGHPUT - Embodiments of a system and methods for distributed adaptive resource allocation to enhance cell edge throughput are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252471 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO STATION, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio terminal and a communication control method are provided by which measurement information accompanied by detailed location information is efficiently measured and reported to a network, with a load on the terminal suppressed. The radio terminal, which can communicate with a radio station, requests a measurement instruction of the radio station, performs measurement according to the measurement instruction received from the radio station, and reports a result of the measurement and information regarding the location of the radio terminal to the radio station. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252472 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A user terminal performs wireless communication with a base station in a wireless communication system. The user terminal includes a generating unit configured to generate a call connection control signal including a control signal to be used when call connection is performed between the user terminal and the base station; a transmitting unit configured to transmit, to the base station, the generated call connection control signal; and a requesting unit configured to transmit a call connection request to the base station according to an operation for making a call. The call connection control signal transmitted from the user terminal is stored by the base station, and the stored call connection control signal is used by the base station according to the call connection request from the user terminal to perform the call connection between the user terminal and the base station. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252473 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING GATE COORDINATION ON A PER-CALL BASIS - Network resources for a call between a calling party and a called party are allocated. The network resources for the call are reserved based on a reservation request. The network resources are reserved before any one network resource from the reserved network resources is committed. The reserved network resources for the call are committed when a called party indicates acceptance for the call. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252474 | Sounding Reference Signal Configuration - The present invention is related to configuration of uplink sounding reference signal transmissions in a modern cellular telecommunication system. A terminal device of a cellular telecommunication system is configured to apply a sounding reference signal configuration used for transmitting a dynamically scheduled sounding reference signal from the terminal device to a base station. In connection with the scheduling of the transmission of the sounding reference signal, the present invention utilizes a downlink control message transmitted to the terminal device regardless of whether or not uplink data transmission is scheduled to the terminal device at the same time. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252475 | Communication Systems and Methods for Flexible Telematics at a Vehicle - A method for providing telematics to a vehicle includes the step of providing a user-removable telematics component with a Global Positioning System (GPS) device, a data pump, and a short range wireless personal area network transceiver. The telematics component is communicatively connected to an integrated communication device of the vehicle. The integrated communication device has a short range wireless personal area network transceiver and a memory storing a list that includes at least a phone number of at least one currently paired mobile communication device. At least a portion of the list is periodically received at the data pump, the portion of the list including the phone number of the at least one currently paired mobile communication device. The portion of the list is periodically transmitted out from the telematics component to an off-site telematics provider utilizing a communications path of the data pump. | 10-04-2012 |
20120252476 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - A base station apparatus wherein the delay time in a call connection procedure can be reduced by use of a software process. A base station apparatus, which wireless communicates with a mobile telephone terminal, includes: a radio resource managing unit for managing radio resources for use in wireless communications; and a call connecting unit. The call connecting unit, which is provided as a function block independent of the radio resource managing unit, performs a call connection related to the mobile telephone terminal. | 10-04-2012 |
20120258721 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING COMPONENT CARRIERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for operating component carriers in a wireless communication system. The method for operating component carriers according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the following steps: determining whether or not to reconfigure component carriers of user equipment, and transmitting, to the user equipment, a reconfiguration message containing information on uplink component carriers to be allocated to a cell; allocating a resource in the cell as an uplink component carrier resource; and receiving, from the user equipment, a message containing the result of the allocation of the uplink component carriers via the allocated uplink component carriers. | 10-11-2012 |
20120258722 | Resource Allocation Method and Device for Foreground Switch of J2ME Application - A resource allocation method and a resource allocation device for foreground switch of a J2ME (Java 2 Micro Edition) application are provided in the present invention. A JAVA application program receives a first message from a JAVA virtual machine when switching to background from foreground, wherein the first message carries information indicating that the JAVA application program needs to release partial resources; and the JAVA application program returns a first response message to the JAVA virtual machine so as to realize release of the resources, wherein the first response message carries information of resources to be released and/or information of resources to be reserved for restoring to an executing state. The user experience can be improved and the normal use of local applications can be ensured according to the technical solution provided by the present invention. | 10-11-2012 |
20120264440 | ENHANCEMENTS IN CHANNEL RELIABILITY IN SCENARIOS OPERATING ON SHARED BAND - The present invention proposes methods and devices for mobile communication deployed on shared bands, which enhance reliability of channels such as control channels. According to an aspect thereof, at a communication terminal, a list of channels useable for communication is maintained, information on the usability of a currently used channel is obtained, and it is switched to one of the channels of the list of useable channels if the currently used channel becomes unusable. The invention encompasses also corresponding computer products as well as methods, devices and computer products residing at a network node. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264441 | Multi-Cell Signaling of Channel State Information-Reference Signal and Physical Downlink Shared Channel Muting - This invention includes signaling schemes for communicating the PDSCH muting configuration from the eNodeB to its UEs so that they can measure inter-cell CSI if configured. The base station transmits to each served user equipment a number signal indicating a number of allowed muting configurations, parameters for each allowed muting configuration and an enable/disable signal. Each served user equipment mutes or does not mute a physical downlink shared channel according to one of the allowed muting configurations and the state of a corresponding bit of the enable/disable signal. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264442 | Network Controlled Throughput for Enhanced Uplink FACH - Systems and methods according to these exemplary embodiments provide for network control of interference associated with uplink transmissions by user equipments, UEs, operating in a random access state, e.g., the CELL_FACH state. A radio network controller, RNC, can determine, and then transmit, a limitation on uplink transmissions for such UEs, e.g., a maximum transport block size, TBS. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264443 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR STATUS DEPENDENT MOBILE SERVICES - The present invention introduces system, apparatus and method that reduce wastage of network resources and mobile phone resources. The mobile phone would indicate its status in a tracking area update message when it is connected to the device. The network can then understand from the status indication that the mobile phone is capable of delivering packets to the device, and would thus allow the server to initiate communications. An absence of the status indication would imply the mobile phone is not capable of delivering packets to the device, and the network would then disallow the server to initiate communications. | 10-18-2012 |
20120264444 | METHOD, DEVICE AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR SWITCHING NETWORK CONNECTION AUTOMATICALLY - A method, a device and a mobile terminal for switching network connection automatically are provided by the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: using one of the multiple available network connections for the mobile terminal as the current network connection, and setting the other network connections of the multiple network connections as the standby network connections; switching the mobile terminal to one of the standby network connections according to the priority order of the standby network connections when preset switching event which happens at present time is detected. Application of the method, device and mobile terminal provided by the embodiments of the present invention can provide automatic and quick switching to the standby network connections, thereby improving the switching efficiency without affecting the uninterrupted usage of the network for the user. | 10-18-2012 |
20120270555 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION THEREOF - A communication system for supporting carrier aggregation and a method and apparatus for updating system information thereof are disclosed. A method for providing system information in the communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes: when system information of said communication system changes, generating first information including information for indicating the change of system information; determining a first cell of a terminal related to the change of system information, wherein said first cell is one of cells to which said terminal connects, and corresponds to a carrier unit currently used by said terminal for keeping connection with a base station of said communication system; and transmitting said first information to said terminal through said first cell. | 10-25-2012 |
20120270556 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING PAGING AREAS - A method for allocating paging areas includes: determining a basic paging area currently visited by a User Equipment (UE); and allocating a paging area to this UE according to a history record of motion trace of UEs located in the basic paging area currently visited by this UE. An apparatus for allocating paging areas is disclosed. | 10-25-2012 |
20120270557 | DRX CONFIGURATION - A method performed by a mobile communication device of a communication network, the method including receiving allocation data defining an allocation of resources to allow the mobile communication device to communicate data with the communication network, the allocation data defining an allocation of resources for both a real time service and a non real time service. Storing a Discontinuous Reception/Transmission (DRX/DTX) pattern which includes i) duration data defining a duration of on periods in which the mobile device can communicate data with the communication network, and ii) interval data defining an interval between adjacent on periods. Using the DRX/DTX pattern to control times at which the mobile communication device can power down circuitry thereof. Communicating non real time data after the real time data in a same on period as the real time data. | 10-25-2012 |
20120276912 | COUPLED SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS MOBILE TERMINAL AND RELAY - A wireless communication system is provided. The wireless communication system includes a wireless relay and a mobile terminal. The wireless relay is coupled to a phone network. The mobile terminal is physically coupled to the wireless relay to make a voice communication with the phone network via the wireless relay. Further, the mobile terminal and the wireless relay exchange control data and voice data corresponding to the voice communication over a short-range wireless link based on one of a transparent mode and a translation mode. A signaling connection is established on an asynchronous connection-oriented logical (ACL) transport channel between the mobile terminal and the wireless relay for exchanging the control data, and a voice connection is established on a synchronous connection oriented (SCO) channel between the mobile terminal and the wireless relay for exchanging the voice data. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276913 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting data in a wireless communication network are provided. A base station having information of an idle mode user equipment transmits a connecting operation mode to the user equipment when the idle mode user equipment is connected to the base station. The user equipment transmits a small amount of data together with a connection request completion message to the base station. The base station transmits, over a network, the data received from the user equipment, without being interlinked with a mobility management entity, and the user equipment returns back to an idle operation mode after data transmission. Thus, the overhead required to support signaling of the base station for acquiring context information of the user equipment can be reduced in order to provide the user equipment with an efficient data transmission environment. | 11-01-2012 |
20120276914 | Method and System of Assigning a Channel without Paging - A method and system for setting up a communication with a given mobile station served by a RAN that defines one or more coverage areas. The RAN may receive an indication of a location of the given mobile station. The RAN may then use the location of the given mobile station to identify one or more wireless coverage areas associated with the given mobile station. The RAN may also receive a request to set up a communication with the given mobile station. In response, the RAN may assign a channel for the communication to the given mobile station in each identified wireless coverage area without first paging the given mobile station. | 11-01-2012 |
20120282935 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING RESOURCE ELEMENTS FOR THE PROVISION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - Methods, apparatus and computer program products define additional resource elements of a physical resource block (PRB) to be allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals in a manner that does not create issues relating to backwards compatibility for legacy mobile terminals. A method may include receiving a definition of a plurality of resource elements of a PRB to be allocated for provision of channel state information reference signals. At least some of the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals correspond in position to resource elements of the PRB that are interpreted by a different type of mobile terminal to be muted. The method also causes, channel state information reference signals to be received via the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals. | 11-08-2012 |
20120282936 | Methods of PDCCH Capacity Enhancement in LTE Systems - A method is provided for transmitting data scheduling information from at least one transmission point in a cell in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises, in a procedure for generating a PDCCH, the at least one transmission point inserting a DMRS into at least one resource element in at least one REG in at least one CCE that contains the PDCCH, wherein the PDCCH is intended only for at least one specific UE. | 11-08-2012 |
20120282937 | Network Entity for Mobile Communications Towards a Mobile Station - The present invention relates to a network entity for handling communications towards a mobile station over a communication network, the mobile station being capable of receiving a paging request from a mobile switching center of a pool of mobile switching centers, and, in response to the paging request, of transmitting a paging response over the communication network. The network entity comprises a receiver ( | 11-08-2012 |
20120282938 | RADIO BASE STATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION CONTROLLER, ACCEPTED-CELL-NUMBER DETERMINATION PROGRAM, AND ACCEPTED-CELL-NUMBER DETERMINATION METHOD - A radio base station system | 11-08-2012 |
20120282939 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE AND SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES MESSAGES - Methods and apparatus for enabling short message service (SMS) and supplementary services (SS) in a long term evolution (LTE) network via evolved packet system (EPS) mobility management (EMM) over the LTE control plane are described. In one embodiment, the radio resource control (RRC) connection signaling radio bearer (SRB) is used for SMS and SS transport over the LTE control plane between a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a mobility management entity (MME). EMM interfaces and primitives are defined for actions towards SMS and SS entities for enabling SMS and SS services in LTE via the LTE control plane media. Message formats for SMS and SS message transport are also disclosed for sending SMS and SS messages within EMM uplink (UL) non-access stratum (NAS) transport and downlink (DL) NAS transport messages. | 11-08-2012 |
20120289237 | ALLOCATING AN IP SUBNET ADDRESS IN A LOCAL NETWORK COMPRISING A PLURALITY OF DEVICES AND CONNECTED TO THE INTERNET - A local network is provided comprising a plurality of devices and connected to the Internet. The network is configured as a local IP subnet in which the devices each have a corresponding IP subnet address. One of the devices is a femtocell base station. A user terminal connected to the femtocell base station is allocated an IP subnet address so as to be able to initiate communications with another of the devices in the local network. | 11-15-2012 |
20120289238 | RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio network controller for a wireless communication system, in which a dedicated channel and an enhanced dedicated channel are switched and assigned for an uplink for each call, includes a throughput estimation unit that estimates a throughput, wherein the throughput is expected when the enhanced dedicated channel is assigned to a call to be transmitted by a mobile station to which the dedicated channel has been assigned and/or to a call to be transmitted by a mobile station that initiates a communication; a packet access scheme selection unit that selects the enhanced dedicated channel, when the throughput estimated by the throughput estimation unit is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold value; and a packet access scheme setting unit that sets the enhanced dedicated channel, when the packet access scheme selection unit selects the enhanced dedicated channel. | 11-15-2012 |
20120295628 | Mobile Terminal Device And Control Method Thereof - A cellular telephone device includes: an external connection unit that communicates with a PC; a wireless communication unit that wirelessly communicates with a base station; and a control unit that controls the external connection unit to send data received by the wireless communication unit to the PC or controls the wireless communication unit to send data received by the external connection unit to the base station, in which the control unit controls the wireless communication unit to send information relating to resource assignment corresponding to a data transfer rate of the external connection unit to the base station. | 11-22-2012 |
20120295629 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE IN HIERARCHICAL CELL STRUCTURE - A method for mitigating interference at a small base station in a hierarchical cell structure is provided. In the method, the small base station checks a sub-frame allocated to macro user equipment by using a downlink signal received from a macro base station when an interference candidate user equipment list is received. The interference candidate user equipment list contains information on the macro user equipment adjacent to a femto cell controlled by the small base station. Then the small base station allocates other sub-frame to femto user equipment located in the femto cell by avoiding the sub-frame allocated to the macro user equipment. | 11-22-2012 |
20120302249 | ASSIGNING CODE SPACE TO PORTABLE BASE STATIONS - In addition to other aspects disclosed, a portable base station requests assignment of a portion of a code space from a remotely located control station. The assignment is based upon the location of the portable base station. The portable base station is also capable of transmitting an identification signal using the assigned code space portion to uniquely identify the portable base station to one or more access terminals. | 11-29-2012 |
20120302250 | CONFIGURATION OF RANK INDICATOR REPORTING INSTANCES - A method for setting a periodicity and an offset in rank indicator (RI) reporting in a user equipment in a wireless communication system receives a radio resource control (RRC) signal from a base station, decodes a RI periodicity and offset configuration index, sets the periodicity and offset in accordance with said decoded periodicity and offset configuration index and reports a RI according to the set periodicity and offset. The periodicity is an integer and reporting a RI reports with equal the product of the periodicity and a period of reporting of the channel quality indicator (CQI) and the precoding matrix indicator (PMI). | 11-29-2012 |
20120309401 | Methods and Systems for a Generic Multi-Radio Access Technology - Generic devices, systems and methods for multiple radio access technologies (RATs) are described. A platform for allocating radio resources among a plurality of radio access technology (RAT) modules can include, for example, radio hardware configured to transmit and receive radio signals over an air interface using the plurality of RATs; and a radio planner connected to the radio hardware and configured to receive radio time reservation requests, each of which requests includes a priority value for the radio time reservation request, and to determine whether to grant or deny each of the radio time reservation requests based at least in part on the priority values. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309402 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REALIZING SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING SERVICE OR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING-LIKE SERVICE - The present invention discloses a method and device for realizing a semi-persistent scheduling or semi-persistent scheduling-like service, which includes: notifying a terminal of its SPS or SPS-like period, so that the terminal sends SPS service or SPS-like service data according to the period and by adopting a transmission mode with a closed loop rank 1; dynamically notifying the terminal of a precoding matrix indicator PMI required for its SPS or SPS-like service to support the transmission mode with the closed loop rank 1, so that the terminal uses a latest received PMI when sending the SPS service or SPS-like service data; and receiving, by a base station and based on the transmission mode with the closed loop rank 1, the SPS service or SPS-like service data sent by the terminal. Through the present invention, the SPS or SPS-like service can support a MIMO transmission mode with the closed loop rank 1. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309403 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION SIGNALLING - A mobile telecommunications system is described in which a base station allocates control channel elements for signalling resource allocation data for a number of mobile telephones. The CCEs are partitioned into at least two groups, one for uplink allocations and one for downlink allocations. In one embodiment, the group size is fixed whilst in another embodiment, the group size changes between sub-frames. In another embodiment, the group size is varied in a pseudo-random manner. | 12-06-2012 |
20120309404 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PERFORM MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus to perform measurements are disclosed. An example method disclosed herein for a user equipment (UE) to perform measurements comprises receiving configuration information from a network, the configuration information to configure the UE to perform logging of measurements in an idle mode, logging measurements in the idle mode, and sending an indication that logged measurements are available. | 12-06-2012 |
20120322453 | MOBILE GUIDED UPLINK INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Systems and methods can be implemented on a user device and eNBs to manage uplink interference. A user device associated with a serving base station may detect downlink interference from one or more interfering base stations that are different from the serving base station. The user device that detects downlink interference can determine an uplink radio resource set from a plurality of predefined uplink radio resource sets based, at least in part, on the detected downlink interference. The user device can then transmit to the serving base station a radio resource indication identifying the determined uplink radio resource set to facilitate uplink interference management. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322454 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR DISTRIBUTED OFDMA FEMTOCELL NETWORKS - Systems and methods for resource management in distributed femtocell networks include categorizing a clients into a first category that includes interference-insensitive clients and a second category that includes interference-sensitive clients and sub-categorizing the clients in the second category into a low-sensitivity sub-category and a high-sensitivity sub-category. A desired local reuse zone is determined based on a number of interference-insensitive clients and a common reuse zone size is determined based on transmissions from neighboring base stations. Positions for a local reuse zone, transition zone, and isolation zone within a frame are allocated based on the desired local reuse zone and the common reuse zone size. Probing is used on a coarse time scale to determine whether network conditions have changed and, if network conditions have changed, a fine time scale is used for probing to adjust zone sizes according to the changed network conditions. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322455 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PROCESSOR - An ASN coding unit of a mobile station apparatus generates mobile station component carrier capability information including information that defines a component carrier that supported by communication with a base station apparatus. A transceiver device transmits, to the base station apparatus, mobile station component carrier capability information. A control unit controls a communication with a base station apparatus, the control being made by using a component carrier allocated by a base station apparatus, the allocation being made based on mobile station component carrier capability information. | 12-20-2012 |
20120322456 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING AREA, WIRELESS BASE STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method including collecting position information indicating a position of an area to which a wireless communication service is not provided, transmitting the position information from the mobile terminal to a wireless base station using a random access procedure for setting up a communication channel between the wireless base station and the mobile station, and identifying the area which is within a cell range of the wireless base station and to which the wireless communication service is not provided. | 12-20-2012 |
20120329466 | Method and System for Measuring Background Noise of Machine - A method and system for measuring noise of a machine are disclosed by the present invention, and the method includes: acquiring a first noise interference set, searching for noise interferences which are less than a preset noise interference threshold from the first noise interference set to obtain a second noise interference set, and then calculating an average value of the second noise interference set; and determining whether the average value of the second noise interference set is less than or equal to a set threshold, and if the average value of the second noise interference set is less than or equal to the set threshold, the current noise of the machine is equal to the average value of the second noise interference set. With the present invention, a more accurate measurement value of the noise of the machine can be obtained. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329467 | Network Node, User Equipment and Methods Therein for Configuring Cells for Downlink Operations - A method in a network node ( | 12-27-2012 |
20120329468 | Mapping Reference Signal for Multi-Cell Transmission - Described is a method for the mapping of reference signals. The method includes generating a reference signal sequence for two or more cells, where each cell of the two or more cells has a cell bandwidth. The method also includes determining an offset for the reference signal sequence based at least in part on the cell bandwidth of each cell. Mapping the reference signal sequence to resource elements of physical resource blocks for the cells based at least in part on the offset is included in the method. Apparatus and computer readable media are also disclosed. | 12-27-2012 |
20120329469 | Method of Controlling A Communications Channel - A method of controlling a communications channel, comprising: receiving a real time digital signal; processing the real time digital signal to provide a control signal; and controlling the base station in response to the control signal. Where the processing comprises in succeeding time slots determining whether predefined signal content is present in the real time digital signal, increasing or decreasing a first value when predefined signal content is present and, respectively, decreasing or increasing the first value when predefined signal content is not present, and changing the control signal when the first value reaches a first target value. The method also relates to controlling a base station for a headset, where the base station and headset communicates via a wireless connection and where the base station communicates with a PC via a wired interface e.g. a USB interface. | 12-27-2012 |
20130005346 | MMS SYSTEM TO SUPPORT MESSAGE BASED APPLICATIONS - Sending apparatus, receiving apparatus, sending method, receiving method and sending and receiving system for supporting application based MMS. The body of an incremental MMS includes a dynamic data section of MMS, a static data indicator associated with the MMS, and a link tag between indicated static data and the dynamic data. The amount of the message quantity transmitted may be reduced because the changed section of the incremental MMS is sent directly via short message channel in dynamic data mode. In turn, the incremental MMS may be sent via short message channel instead of MMS channel due to the reduction of transmitted message, which further reduces the communication cost. | 01-03-2013 |
20130012215 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION NETWORK SWITCHING - Disclosed are a system and a method for switching between communication networks, by which a portable terminal can switch from a currently connected communication network to a target communication network within reduced time and with only minimum information. The communication network switching system includes a first communication network configured to transmit only minimum information for call setup among available information of a second communication network to a portable terminal when there is a request for a service of the second communication network by the portable terminal connected to the first communication network. The portable terminal connects to the second communication network and performs the service of the second communication network by using only the minimum information for call setup, thereby reducing delay time for initiating the second service. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012216 | System and Method for Indicating Local IP Access Support - A method of providing Local IP Access (LIPA) indication is proposed. In one novel aspect, an enhanced cell selection method is proposed using LIPA capability information. Based on LIPA capability related information, a UE is able to prioritize LIPA-capable cells and establish a corresponding packet data network (PDN) connection accordingly. In a first embodiment, LIPA information is statically configured in the UE. In a second embodiment, LIPA information is informed to the UE via broadcasting or unicasting Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012217 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RADIO RELAY TRANSMISSION FUNCTION - A radio base station apparatus includes a determining unit that dynamically determines, based on both quality information and traffic information, collected for each of a first link used for direct communication between a first radio terminal and the base station apparatus, a second link used for direct communication between a second radio terminal and a fixed radio relay apparatus, and a third link used for relay transmission between the base station apparatus and the relay apparatus, of sub-frames in a radio frame as radio resources, a number of sub-frames to be allocated to the each of the first, second and third links and an allocation timing therefor; and a notifying unit that notifies the relay apparatus of allocation information including the number of sub-frames to be allocated to the third link used for the relay transmission and the timing therefor in a period of at least once in the frame. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012218 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system comprises a base station and a relay station to relay data transmitted/received between the base station and a mobile station. The base station includes a first scheduler to perform scheduling of initial transmission of the data transmitted/received between the base station and the mobile station via the relay station, and a first manager to manage predetermined wireless resources which are periodically used, as wireless resources used for the initial transmission of the data. The relay station includes a second scheduler configured to perform scheduling of transmission of a message for confirming necessity of retransmission of the data and retransmission of the data and a second manager configured to manage wireless resources used for the transmission of the message and the retransmission of the data. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012219 | SIGNALING FOR PREAMBLE USED FOR RANDOM ACCESS - According to one embodiment, a method of requesting a random access connection between a mobile terminal and a base station includes: receiving, by the mobile terminal, information comprising at least one signature root sequence index, a cyclic shift parameter, and a number of signatures used for representing a boundary between a first signature set and a second signature set; preparing, by the mobile terminal, random access signatures according to the at least one signature root sequence index and the cyclic shift parameter, wherein at least one of the random access signatures is associated with the first signature set and the remaining of the random access signatures are associated with the second signature set; and selecting, by the mobile terminal, a random access preamble from the first signature set or the second signature set based on a message size and a radio condition. | 01-10-2013 |
20130012220 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Collaborative Context Data Sensing And Communications - An approach is provided for collaborative context data sensing and communications. A context platform determines context data from a plurality of devices. The context platform processes and/or facilitates a processing of the context data to determine scheduling information for causing, at least in part, a sensing, a transmission, or a combination thereof of additional context data by at least one of the plurality of devices. The context platform then determines the additional context data based, at least in part, on the scheduling information. | 01-10-2013 |
20130017835 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITAANM Takahashi; HirokiAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Takahashi; Hiroki Osaka-shi JPAANM Hamaguchi; YasuhiroAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Hamaguchi; Yasuhiro Osaka-shi JPAANM Yokomakura; KazunariAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Yokomakura; Kazunari Osaka-shi JPAANM Nakamura; OsamuAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Nakamura; Osamu Osaka-shi JPAANM Goto; JungoAACI Osaka-shiAACO JPAAGP Goto; Jungo Osaka-shi JP - A high spectrum efficiency is achieved even in a system where mobile station apparatuses with different units of assignment coexist. A base station apparatus, which performs radio communication with a mobile station apparatus, newly defines a minimum unit of assignment for each of the mobile station apparatuses, determines band assignment, and notifies each of the mobile station apparatuses of assignment information, when a mobile station apparatus with an RB (Resource Block) being a minimum unit of assignment and a mobile station apparatus with an RBG (RB Group) being a minimum unit of assignment coexist. In addition, the minimum unit of is newly defined by defining the number of RBs constituting an RBG for each mobile station apparatus. | 01-17-2013 |
20130023274 | SELECTION OF A RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY RESOURCE BASED ON RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY RESOURCE HISTORICAL INFORMATION - The disclosed subject matter provides for selecting a radio access technology resource based on historical data related to the radio access technology resource. Location information can be employed to determine a radio access technology resource. Historical information related to the radio access technology resource can then be employed to determine the suitability of the radio access technology resource. A set of radio access technology resources can be ordered or ranked to allow selection of a suitable radio access technology resource from the set. Incorporation of historical information can provide for additional metrics in the selection of a radio access technology resource over simple contemporaneous radio access technology resource information. In some embodiments timed fingerprint location (TFL) information can be employed to determine a location. | 01-24-2013 |
20130029675 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for direction communications in a wireless communication system. In the direct communication support method of a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, when a base station receives a direct communication request message from a first terminal to request a direct communication with a second terminal without going through the base station, the base station then allocates resources to be used for the direct communication and transmits resource allocation information to the first and second terminals. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029676 | Methods for Enhancing Performance of Open-Access and Closed-Access Femtocells - In a system including one or more femtocells within a service area of a macrocell, a method includes: (a) receiving from a base station information regarding available resources at each femtocell; (b) measuring a signal-interference-to-noise ratio (SINR) at a mobile station relative to the macrocell and each femtocell; and (c) selecting for the mobile station one of the femtocells for a hand-off, wherein the femtostation is selected based on the combined capacity of the macrocell and the femtocells after the hand-off. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029677 | MULTI-SITE MIMO COOPERATION IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - A method of serving a given data stream to a target mobile terminal, in a cellular communications network that includes a plurality of transmitting sites wherein each transmitting site including at least one antenna, is provided. The method includes designating at least two of the plurality of transmitting sites as cooperating sites; assigning tones to each transmitting site from a sub-band associated with the cooperating sites; dividing the data stream into at least two sub-data streams, each of the sub-data streams for transmission over selected tones; and interlacing tones of the cooperating sites in accordance with a selected one of a time switching and a frequency switching transmit diversity technique. Other techniques for multi-site MIMO cooperation are also provided. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029678 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - A combined base station controller ( | 01-31-2013 |
20130029679 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A base station apparatus including a reconnection request signal receiving unit configured to receive a reconnection request signal transmitted from a mobile apparatus, the reconnection request signal being for the mobile apparatus requesting reconnection to the base station apparatus, a status detection unit configured to detect whether a status of the mobile apparatus immediately before transmitting the reconnection request signal corresponds to a status where a frequency band measurement period is activated, the frequency band measurement period causing the mobile apparatus to measure a frequency band different from a frequency band for a radio access technology for use in radio communication between the mobile apparatus and the base station apparatus, a response signal generation unit configured to generate a response signal to the reconnection request signal, the response signal generation unit generating, if the status detection unit determines that the frequency band measurement period is activated, the response signal including an indication signal for causing the mobile apparatus to activate the frequency band measurement period and a response signal transmitting unit configured to transmit the generated response signal to the mobile apparatus is disclosed. | 01-31-2013 |
20130029680 | METHOD IN WHICH A TERMINAL COOPERATES WITH ANOTHER TERMINAL TO TRANSMIT DATA, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING THE DATA - According to the disclosure of the present description, a method in which a terminal cooperates with another terminal to transmit data to a base station is provided. The method comprises the following steps: if data to be transmitted to a base station exists, mutually exchanging data with another cooperative terminal which belongs to the same cooperative cluster; transmitting, to the base station, a request message for an allocation of an uplink resource for transmitting the data; receiving, from the base station, a permission message for the uplink resource; and, upon receipt of the permission message, transmitting the data and data of said other terminal using the uplink resource in accordance with the permission message. | 01-31-2013 |
20130035102 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING MAC-IS RESET AMBIGUITY FOR COMMON E-DCH TRANSMISSIONS - A method and system in which a UMTS base station determines if any UE has re-acquired a common Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) resource, and responsively transmits a indicator toward an RNC that is adapted to cause the RNC to recognize the beginning of a new transmission session so that the RNC may responsively perform appropriate actions such as flushing the TSN re-ordering queue, restarting a MAC-is re-ordering algorithm and the like. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035103 | METHODS FOR TRANSMIT ANTENNA SWITCHING DURING UPLINK ACCESS PROBING - Electronic devices may be provided that contain wireless communication circuitry. The wireless communication circuitry may include radio-frequency transceiver circuitry coupled to first and second antennas. An electronic device may send network access probe signals to a base station in a wireless network. If the base station responds with a corresponding acknowledgement, the electronic device and base station may establish a wireless communication link such as a cellular telephone link. In response to failure to receive the acknowledgement signal from the base station, the electronic device may increase the transmit power of a successive network access probe signal. The electronic device may switch between use of the first and second antennas when transmitting the network access probe signals. The electronic device may alternate between the first and second antennas or may use other antenna usage patterns. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035104 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING AN IDENTITY IDENTIFIER OF AN ELECTRONIC TERMINAL DEVICE - Method for providing an identity identifier of an electronic terminal device. According to the method, via an interface, the electronic device receives a request from the party to provide an identity identifier, which has at least a request identifier. Via a communication link between the electronic terminal device and a server device assigned to the first communication network, a key to encode an identity identifier assigned to the electronic terminal device is transmitted from the server device to the electronic terminal device. By means of the key, at least the identity identifier in the electronic terminal device is encoded. The at least encoded identity identifier is linked to the request identifier received in the electronic terminal device, transmitted from the electronic terminal device to the server device, and decoded in the server device. The decoded identity identifier, together with the linked request identifier, is provided for transmission to the party. | 02-07-2013 |
20130035105 | APPLICATION NOTIFICATION AND SERVICE SELECTION USING IN-BAND SIGNALS - In-band signaling may be used between two stations to determine the capabilities of the stations and/or send actionable information between the stations participating in the call. The in-band signals are indicative that the station that is transmitting the in-band signals can use in-band signals as a conduit to send and/or receive various types of information and are used to probe whether the receiving station can operate similarly. If the receiving station detects and reacts to the in-band signals, then both stations can pass control information and data as well as enhancements between each other, without any need of infrastructure upgrade and/or quality compromise to legacy phone users. Additionally or alternatively, out of band interfaces and watermarking may also be used. | 02-07-2013 |
20130065600 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONNECTION CONFIGURATION BY FEMTO BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING CONNECTION BY TERMINAL - Disclosed is a method for controlling connections between a terminal and one or more neighbor base station (BSs) by a serving BS with respect to the terminal. The method for controlling a configuration of connections between a terminal and one or more neighbor BSs includes: receiving, by the serving BS and from a control station, information regarding radio access technologies (RATs) which are supported and have been activated or deactivated by the one or more neighbor BSs from a control station; transmitting an activation request message from the serving BS to the control station in order to activate the radio access technology in the deactivated state if there is a need for activating the deactivated RAT to connect the terminal to the one or more neighbor BSs; receiving, by the serving BS and from the control station, an activation response message including information regarding the neighbor BSs and information regarding the at least one specific radio access technology which is activated according to the activation request message; and transmitting a connection request message from the serving BS to the terminal to allow the terminal to be connected to the one or more BSs according to the one or more activated radio access technologies using the at least one specific RAT. | 03-14-2013 |
20130072203 | Architecture, devices and methods for supporting multiple operators in a wireless basestation - Devices, systems, and methods are presented for a wireless Base Station (BS) capable of simultaneously providing service to subscribers of multiple Operators. Depending upon the particular deployment requirements or equipment capabilities, each Operator may be operating on the same or different frequencies (in which different frequencies may be adjacent, closely separated, or widely separated). The wireless BS will distinguish and logically separate and route the traffic between each subscriber device and its relevant Operator's Core Network, potentially supporting different logical or even different physical interfaces between the wireless BS and each Operator. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072204 | Architecture, devices and methods for allocating radio resources in a wireless system - Systems and methods are presented for a wireless Base Station (BS) to directly communicate with multiple Core Network data sources on one side and directly provide multiple corresponding Radio Access Networks (RANs) on the other side, while dynamically allocating a pool of at least three transceiver chains among a plurality of RANs. In this manner, communication capacity or communication system gain may be dynamically allocated among the plurality of RANs. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072205 | Systems, Methods, and Media for Reducing Femtocell Interference - Systems, methods, and media for reducing femtocell interference are provided. In some embodiments, systems for reducing femtocell interference are provided, the systems comprising: at least one hardware processor that: estimates a total path loss between a macrocell user (MU) and a mobile base station (MBS); estimates a path loss from the MU user to a femtocell access point (FAP); determines whether the MU can meet a first target signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR); determines whether a transmission from the MU will prevent a femtocell user (FU) of the FAP from achieving a second target SINR; and restricts the MU to using subcarriers not used by the FAP when it is determined that the MU cannot meet the first target SINR and/or it is determined that the transmission from the MU will prevent the FU from achieving the second target SINR. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072206 | METHOD FOR SETTING UP A CHANNEL BETWEEN FEMTO BASE STATIONS - A method in which a first femto base station sets up a channel with another femto base station. The method includes transmitting, from the first femto base station to a femto control station, information on a first smart meter to which the first femto base station is connected; transmitting, from the first femto base station to the femto control station, information on one or more other femto base stations which are neighbors of the first femto base station; receiving by the first femto base station from the femto control station, information on a second smart meter to which one or more other femto base stations are connected; and determining, by the first femto base station whether or not to set up a channel through the first smart meter and the second smart meter, if data to be transmitted to said other femto base stations exists. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072207 | SMART CHANNEL SELECTIVE REPEATER - A system and method for processing signals in a selected channel through a repeater wherein the repeater is dynamically adapted to the channel by receiving channel information from a local cell phone, such information including modulation and channel designation. | 03-21-2013 |
20130072208 | Method And Apparatus For Wireless Transmissions Using Multiple Uplink Carriers Technical Field - A method and an apparatus for wireless transmission using multiple uplink carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may transmit via a primary uplink carrier data, pilot and control channels for uplink transmissions on both uplink carriers, and transmit a data channel and a pilot channel via a secondary uplink carrier. Alternatively, the WTRU may transmit via a primary uplink carrier data, pilot, and control channels for uplink transmission on the primary uplink carrier, and transmit via a secondary uplink carrier data, pilot, and control channels for uplink transmissions on the secondary uplink carrier. Each uplink carrier may be associated with at least one specific downlink carrier such that the WTRU applies control information received on a downlink carrier to uplink transmissions on an uplink carrier associated with the downlink carrier on which the WTRU receives the control information. | 03-21-2013 |
20130079025 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING RADIO ACTIVITIES FOR MULTIPLE RAT MODULES SHARING ONE ANTENNA IN A COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communication apparatus is provided. A processor is coupled to a first radio access technology (RAT) module, a second RAT module and a radio transceiver shared by the first and second RAT modules. The first RAT module camps on a first serving cell belonging to a first wireless network and is in a packet transfer mode to perform data transfer in the first wireless network via the radio transceiver. The second RAT module camps on a second serving cell belonging to a second wireless network. The processor schedules the second RAT module to receive at least one neighbor cell's information in a portion of a plurality of predetermined frames during the data transfer of the first RAT module via the radio transceiver. | 03-28-2013 |
20130090121 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN SYSTEMS COMPRISING RELAYS - A method of allocating radio resources to communication links of a wireless communication system based on status parameters of each of the links, the communication system having a plurality of network nodes, a plurality of relays associated with the network nodes, and a terminal accessing the communication system. A first radio resource allocation may be determined by balancing the performance of a relay-to-network-node communication link of each relay against the performance of a corresponding terminal-to-relay communication link. A second allocation may be determined by balancing the performance of the relay-to-network-node communication link of each relay against the performance of a terminal-to-network-node communication link. A final allocation may be determined by calculating a weighted average value of the first and second allocations. | 04-11-2013 |
20130090122 | METHOD OF SETTING A PLURALITY OF PARAMETERS IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method of setting a plurality of wireless telecommunication parameters in a wireless telecommunication network ( | 04-11-2013 |
20130090123 | Method and Device for a Relay Node - A relay node ( | 04-11-2013 |
20130095840 | ENHANCEMENT OF DEDICATED RANGING IN RESPONSE TO PAGE MESSAGES FOR A MOBILE STATION - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure present methods and apparatuses for enhancing the dedicated ranging procedure. Certain embodiments improve probability of correct reception of a ranging code from a mobile station by accumulating two or more copies of the ranging code received from the MS on two or more different frames in a transmit opportunity. Certain aspects improve probability of correct reception of the ranging code by modifying timing of uplink transmission. | 04-18-2013 |
20130095841 | AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL - In one example, a Bluetooth enabled navigation device pairs with a mobile phone and then sends a plurality of tuning transmissions, each at a different transmission power gain amount, to a remote server using the mobile phone. These tuning transmissions are encoded using frequency tones that synthesize speech for transmission through the mobile phone and a voice channel of its wireless telecommunications network. The navigation device then tunes transmit power settings according to a received response to the tuning transmissions and uses the tuned transmit power settings for subsequent transmission to the remote server using this particular mobile phone. | 04-18-2013 |
20130102319 | RADIO CONTROL APPARATUS, SECOND TRANSMISSION STATION TRANSMISSION POWER DETERMINATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Transmission power of each base station of a secondary system is determined in such away that a transmission capacity of the secondary system is increased as much as possible while interference with a first radio system (primary system) is suppressed by properly controlling the transmission power of a plurality of second transmission stations. A second transmission station transmission power determination means is provided, which determines the transmission power used in each of the second transmission stations based on a first condition that satisfies an allowable value in relation to a system interference amount as an interference amount given to a first reception station as a predetermined reception station of the first radio system by all of the plurality of second transmission stations as transmission stations of a second radio system using a frequency band allocated to the first radio system or a frequency band allowed to be preferentially used. | 04-25-2013 |
20130115962 | BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND BASE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM - [Problems] Because it is not possible to reduce sufficiently the number of base stations that starts uselessly in spite of being in low traffic state, it is not possible to lower interference between adjacent cells and power consumption sufficiently. | 05-09-2013 |
20130115963 | DECOUPLING RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FROM AN ACCESS GATEWAY - Particular embodiments provide an access gateway that facilitates communication between a plurality of access technologies. The access gateway facilitates data communication with an access terminal through a bearer path. A radio resource manager is configured to provide radio resource management functions for the communications. The radio resource manager is decoupled from the bearer path and provides control of radio transmission characteristics for the bearer path to the gateway. Because the radio resource manager is not in the bearer path, the access gateway may be access technology agnostic. Thus, the access gateway does not need to have access-specific modules based on the radio technology for each bearer path. | 05-09-2013 |
20130115964 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SECONDARY SHARING | 05-09-2013 |
20130115965 | Method, Device, and System for Performing Assignment for a Call - The invention discloses a method for performing assignment for a call. The method includes: if a user initiates a call, assigning a target bearer for the call and obtaining an identifier of the target bearer; determining at least one target base station according to the identifier of the target bearer and an identifier of a base station accessed by the user, wherein the coverage of the target bearer of the at least one target base station overlaps with the coverage of a bearer, on which the call is initiated, of the base station accessed by the user, and obtaining identifier of the at least one target base station; and sending the identifier of the target bearer and the identifier of the at least one target base station to the user. The invention is capable of improving the success rate of the assignment. | 05-09-2013 |
20130115966 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A FEEDBACK SIGNAL IN A MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to wireless communication, and particularly, to a method and device for transmitting a feedback signal of a terminal in a multi-node system. The method for a terminal to transmit feedback information in a multi-node system including a plurality of nodes and a base station for controlling same includes: transmitting first information upon the request of resource allocation so as to give notice that there is information to be transmitted to the base station; receiving information from the base station at the request for the transmission of second information necessary for the resource allocation; and transmitting the requested second information to the base station. The feedback information may be transmitted to the base station together with the first information or the second information. | 05-09-2013 |
20130122917 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIME AND FREQUENCY TRACKING IN CLUSTERED FEMTOCELL DEPLOYMENTS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for synchronizing timing or frequency of a femto node in a cluster. A femto node can determine that one or more synchronization signals are associated with a master femto node in a cluster of femto nodes, where femto nodes are to synchronize timing or frequency to the master femto node. The femto node can obtain timing or frequency information from the one or more synchronization signals and synchronize a local timing or a local frequency based at least in part on the timing or frequency information. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122918 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT STATE TRANSITION - A user equipment and a method performed by the user equipment is provided. The method comprises receiving a network message from a network, inhibiting a sending of a user equipment message to the network and transitioning to a target state. The user equipment is adaptable/adapted and/or configurable/configured to receive a network message from a network, inhibit a sending of a user equipment message to the network and transition to a target state. The network message indicates the target state to which the user equipment is to transition. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122919 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND NETWORK DEVICE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of a radio network controller of a first communication scheme transmitting an instruction signal to a mobile station UE in a case where a radio access capability of the mobile station UE is contained in the received connection setup request signal, the instruction signal instructing the mobile station UE to make an attempt to set up a connection in a cell of a second communication scheme, and a step of the mobile station UE setting up the connection in the cell of the second communication scheme in response to the received instruction signal, wherein in the mobile station UE transmits a connection setup request signal not containing the radio access capability of the mobile station UE, in a case where the mobile station UE detects the predetermined trigger but the attempt to setup the connection in the cell of the second communication scheme has been made a predetermined number of times or more within a predetermined period of time. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122920 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND SCHEDULING AMONG BASE STATIONS - Various techniques are disclosed for wireless communications for providing a methodology and algorithm(s) to manage resources and schedule users in a coordinated way among a group of base stations, such as Femtocells, Picocells, self-organized Basestations, Access Points (APs) or mesh network nodes, or among the basestations in a two tiered networks, to improve the performance for individual user, individual Basestation (BTS), the overall systems or all of above. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122921 | DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION OF RADIO NETWORK RESOURCES BASED ON USER EQUIPMENT TYPE - Radio network resources are dynamically optimized based on the type of user equipment. A method, a radio network node, a core network node and a computer program product are provided for managing radio resources in a radio access network formed of cells and having terminals connected to it. A radio resource management action is performed based on determined terminal type information. In particular, the terminal type is a smartphone. The radio resource management action includes load balancing between cells and/or network tuning. | 05-16-2013 |
20130122922 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING IDENTIFIER FOR NO-MOBILITY MOBILE STATION IN IDLE STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting/receiving an identifier for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state in a wireless communication system. In a base station device for transmitting an identifier for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state, according to the present invention, a receiver receives information on mobility from at least one mobile station. A processor allocates, to the at least one no-mobility mobile station in an idle state, at least one identifier for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state on the basis of the information on mobility. A transmitter transmits the allocated identifier to the at least one no-mobility mobile station in an idle state. | 05-16-2013 |
20130130704 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VALIDATING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL MESSAGES - A method for validating radio resource control (RRC) messages includes determining whether an RRC message received by a wireless transmit-receive unit (WTRU) is valid based on: an RRC state for which the WTRU is configured, whether or not the WTRU needs a new transport format combination set, and whether or not the RRC message will configure the WTRU for a CELL_DCH state. A WTRU includes a rule application device configured to implement the method. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130705 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RF CHANNEL SELECTION IN A MULTI-FREQUENCY NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for RF channel selection in a multi-frequency network. A method includes identifying selected local operations infrastructures (LOIs) and their neighboring LOIs, generating a neighbor description message (NDM) that identifies the selected LOIs and their neighboring LOIs and associates a descrambling sequence identifier with each RF channel of the selected LOIs and their neighboring LOIs, and distributing the NDM over the selected LOIs. An apparatus includes a message decoder to receive an NDM that identifies RF channels of a first LOI and neighboring LOIs, and wherein each RF channel is associated with a descrambling sequence identifier, and processing logic to detect content acquisition failures, determine a list of RF channels and their associated LOIs that carry desired content, and select a selected RF channel that is associated with a selected LOI that carries the most additional content among the associated LOIs. | 05-23-2013 |
20130130706 | METHOD OF OPERATING A BASE STATION AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method of operating a base station ( | 05-23-2013 |
20130137443 | Method and Apparatus Having Improved Handling of State Transitions - A method, in a wireless communications device, for transitioning between communication states, the wireless communications device compliant for use in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), the method comprising: checking for radio bearer mapping information for the communication state being transitioned to prior to sending an update message, where the transition between communication states is not a transition from a paging state to a bidirectional communication state using shared channels; and transitioning to the state to be transitioned to using the checked radio bearer mapping information for that state and sending the update message. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137444 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF USING SMART ANTENNAS FOR BACKHAULING - A method and system for utilizing smart antenna in transmission of messages between nodes are disclosed. A wireless communication system includes a plurality of nodes, and each node is capable of being connected to each other node. At least a portion of the nodes are provided with a smart antenna configured to generate a plurality of directional beams. Each node maintains a list of other nodes and beam configuration information to be used in transmission of messages to other nodes. When a source node is required to transmit to a target node, the source node retrieves the beam configuration information and transmits with a directional beam directed to the target node. | 05-30-2013 |
20130137445 | Method and apparatus for allocating spectrum - A method and an apparatus for allocating spectrums are provided in the disclosure. The method includes: reconfigurable spectrums for a target group domain are calculated, wherein said reconfigurable spectrums contain one or more of a dedicated spectrum, a reusable spectrum and a loanable spectrum; during the system reconfiguration, spectrums are allocated to cells of the target group domain in a non-overlap region after spectrums are allocated to cells of the target group domain in an overlap region according to the reconfigurable spectrums. By use of the disclosure, the spectrum allocation can be implemented during the system reconfiguration, and interference can be effectively suppressed. | 05-30-2013 |
20130143581 | Adaptive Broadband Platforms And Methods Of Operation - A subscriber platform for broadband communication, according to various aspects of the present invention, includes an antenna, a plurality of transceivers, and a processor. The antenna supports communication via a plurality of directional beams. The plurality of frequency agile transceivers operate simultaneously, each transceiver being coupled to the antenna for communication via a respective directional beam. The processor is coupled to the plurality of transceivers. And, the transceivers are coupled to the antenna to communicate data among the directional beams as directed by the processor, communication including directional diversity and frequency diversity. | 06-06-2013 |
20130143582 | TRANSMITTING RADIO CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FROM A BASE STATION TO A RELAY NODE - The invention relates to a method of transmitting radio configuration parameters from a base station ( | 06-06-2013 |
20130150058 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION RESOURCES FOR CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM-BASED DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Provided is a method of controlling communication resources for cellular mobile communication system-based device-to-deice (D2D) communication. The method includes selecting, at a base station, at least two devices, which are performing cellular communication in the same cell, as D2D candidates, measuring environment-based information on the selected D2D candidates to select at least one D2D pair, and allocating uplink (UL) resources or downlink (DL) resources to the D2D pair. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150059 | FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for Frequency Allocation (FA) in a mobile communication system which separates a Radio Frequency (RF) unit and a digital unit are provided. A method of a digital central office including a plurality of channel cards includes processing signals of a plurality of cells corresponding to a plurality of RF units through the channel cards, measuring loads of the cells through the channel cards, determining FA per cell by considering the measured loads per cell, and operating the channel cards according to the determined FA per cell. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150060 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method that support a next-generation mobile communication system and are capable of controlling in an adaptive manner to interference in a heterogeneous network. Provided is a room base station apparatus ( | 06-13-2013 |
20130150061 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE GROUP COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE USING THE SAME - Provided are a device-to-device (D2D) group communication method and a device using the same. The method includes transmitting a scheduling request for D2D group communication to a base station, receiving first radio resource information for a status report of D2D data to be transmitted from the base station, transmitting a D2D buffer status report to the base station through a first radio resource, receiving second radio resource information including D2D resource allocation information necessary for the D2D group communication from the base station, and transmitting control information for the D2D group communication including a D2D group identifier (ID) as a device ID and D2D user data to two or more communication partner devices belonging to the D2D group. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150062 | SENDING UPLINK DATA WITHOUT SYNCHRONIZATION - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) sending a first data signal via an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) is provided. The WTRU may reconfigure physical channel parameters based on a reconfiguration message. The WTRU may subsequently send a second data signal without performing a synchronization procedure. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150063 | REMOTE ANTENNA CLUSTERS AND RELATED SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS, AND METHODS SUPPORTING DIGITAL DATA SIGNAL PROPAGATION BETWEEN REMOTE ANTENNA UNITS - Distributed antenna systems supporting digital data signal propagation between remote antenna clusters, and related distributed antenna systems, components and methods are disclosed. The distributed antenna systems facilitate distributing digital data signals to provide digital data services remotely to distributed remote antenna units. The digital data signals may be propagated between remote antenna units within a remote antenna cluster for digital data signals transmitted to wireless client devices in the distributed antenna system and for digital data signals received from wireless client devices in the distributed antenna system. Received digital data signals from wireless client devices can be propagated from remote antenna unit to remote antenna unit in a remote antenna cluster until the digital data signals reach a wired network device for communication over a network. The remote antenna units may be configured to support high-frequency digital data signal to support larger channel bandwidths and in turn higher data rate transfers. | 06-13-2013 |
20130150064 | RRC MESSAGES AND PROCEDURES - A method and apparatus for radio resource control (RRC) messaging. A method in a Node B includes transmitting a RRC change command including a plurality of commands to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), and receiving an RRC change response from the WTRU, wherein the RRC change command includes a command for performing a measurement gap configuration procedure and a command for performing a measurement gap activation procedure. | 06-13-2013 |
20130157669 | Resource Utilization in Wireless Networks - Downlink common control information communicated in a first network (such as a macro network or a small cell) between a first/macro access node and a user equipment UE is mapped to an uplink resource. The first/macro access node and UE then tune to the mapped uplink resource to send or receive dedicated control information about the UE concerning a second network (an underlay network such as a femto CSG or D2D network). In one embodiment the DCI may be within a downlink assignment indicated by P-RNTI, RA-RNTI, or SI-RNTI; and the mapping uses a control channel element which carries the P-RNTI or the RA-RNTI or the SI-RNTI. In another the mapped uplink resource is a format | 06-20-2013 |
20130157670 | Device-To-Device Discovery In Cellular Communications - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., a computer readable memory) for implementing a cellular oriented mechanism such as Random Access (RA) mechanism to support device-to-device (D2D) discovery procedure and D2D connection setup for a direct D2D communication of cellular devices such as UEs, e.g., in LTE wireless systems. The network can provide D2D uplink resource(s) to UEs for setting the D2D communication based on a RACH preamble (e.g., mapped according to a predefined procedure from the discovery signal) received by the network from the UE. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157671 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPUTING A SCHEDULED LOAD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for adjusting a scheduled load for one or more user equipment (UE) in a wireless network. A comparison of each of one or more control parameters related to signals received from one or more UEs to a corresponding threshold can be determined. The control parameters can correspond to an in-cell load, rise-over-thermal, etc. The scheduled load of a base station can be adjusted based in part on the comparison. This adjustment can include adjusting the scheduled load by a step-size increase value or step-size decrease value, which can be computed based in part on a target tail probability for the one or more control parameters. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157672 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, FEMTOCELLS AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION USING THE SAME - A method for resource allocation for use in a wireless communication system including at least one first femtocell and one neighboring second femtocell is provided. At least one first mobile communications device camps on the first femtocell. The method includes the steps of determining a first group corresponding to the first femtocell and the second group corresponding to the second femtocell according to at least one signal-to-interference ratio (SIR) of the first and second femtocells measured by the first mobile communications device and a threshold, wherein the first mobile communications device is included in the first group and the second group simultaneously, and the first and second groups forms an allocation group when the measured SIR of the first and second femtocells is less than the threshold, and sequentially performing a resource-allocation procedure on each group of the allocation group according to a specific allocation order. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157673 | NETWORK OPERATOR-NEUTRAL PROVISIONING OF MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques are disclosed for provisioning mobile devices in a network operator-neutral manner in communication networks. For example, a method comprises a mobile device that is operator neutral attaching to a first operator network, and the operator neutral mobile device establishing a provisioning bearer in the first operator network. | 06-20-2013 |
20130157674 | BANDWIDTH EXTENSION USAGE OPTIMIZATION - An apparatus, method, system and computer program product is configured for optimizing usage of bandwidth extension. Codecs to be used in a communication connection between communication network nodes are negotiated. The negotiating includes indicating a capability of a communication network node to expand bandwidth by indicating support of the communication network node for a wideband codec towards another communication network node; and indicating a lack of codec transparency for the wideband codec at the communication network node. | 06-20-2013 |
20130165131 | ANDSF Provisioning - A PUE in communication with an ANDSF server through an access network includes a network interface unit of the PUE from which a registration request is sent to the ANDSF server through the access network and which receives a successful authentication result and a set of configuration instructions from the ANDSF server. The PUE includes a processing unit of the PUE which determines one or more observation triggers from the set of configuration instructions. Upon fulfillment of the observation trigger, the processing unit activates one or more interfaces supported by the PUE, which the set of configuration instructions requires to be monitored. The processing unit determines consolidated areas, wherein each consolidated area includes those geographical points with given network characteristics for one or more accessible networks. The consolidated areas data are stored in the memory and submitted by the network interface unit to the ANDSF server through the access network. | 06-27-2013 |
20130165132 | SPECTRUM EMISSION LEVEL VARIATION IN SCHEDULABLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A wireless communication entity schedulable in a wireless communication network, including a controller ( | 06-27-2013 |
20130165133 | METHOD, CONTROLLER NODE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RELEASING RESOURCES - It is presented a method, performed in a controller node being responsible for resource utilisation for at least part of a mobile communication network. The method comprises the steps of: obtaining a utilisation value, being a value of resource utilisation in the controller node; determining a release rate value and an inactivity timer value based on the utilisation value; and releasing resources having been assigned by the controller node for communication with at least one mobile terminal, and having been inactive for a period longer than the inactivity timer value, the resources being released at a rate being less than or equal to the release rate value. A corresponding controller node, computer program and computer program product are also presented. | 06-27-2013 |
20130172000 | Cooperative Relay System - The invention relates to apparatuses, methods, systems, computer programs, computer program products and computer-readable media. | 07-04-2013 |
20130172001 | METHOD FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK, NETWORK ELEMENT OF A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A Method for inter-cell interference coordination in a cellular communication network ( | 07-04-2013 |
20130178218 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIMULCASTING WITHIN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for simulcasting within a communication system is provided herein. During operation, each base site will be equipped with a plurality of radios capable of transmitting on various frequencies. Base sites within the communication system will be capable of communicating on a predetermined number of channels, which may differ among base sites. A number of channels will be shared by the base sites. When a simulcast is desired, the participants are located, and a common channel is determined for communication. Thus, call participant location information is used to determine the best channel to use to meet the group's coverage needs. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION SERVICE TO MOBILE STATION BY MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS IN COOPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for providing a service to a Mobile Station (MS) by a plurality of Base Stations (BSs) operating in cooperation in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring, by a master BS, a first cooperative cell including at least one slave BS, sending a resource request message for requesting resource allocation to the at least one slave BS included in the first cooperative cell, receiving, from each of the at least one slave BS, a resource request response message including resource approval control results for the resource allocation request, changing member BSs constituting the first cooperative cell based on the resource request response message, and allocating resources to an MS that is served in the first cooperative cell. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178220 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA CHANNEL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION INFORMATION IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT SCHEME - An apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving downlink data channel signal transmission information in a cellular radio communication system using a Cooperative Multi-Point (COMP) scheme are provided. In the downlink data channel signal transmission information transmission method, a Base Station (BS) transmits downlink data channel signal transmission information including information related to Resource Elements (REs) scheduled for a downlink data channel signal transmission to a User Equipment (UE), and transmits downlink data channel signal non-transmission information including information related to REs through which a downlink data channel signal is not transmitted among the REs scheduled for the downlink data channel signal transmission to the UE. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178221 | Method and Apparatus for Managing Transmit Power for Device-To-Device Communication - A method and apparatus for managing transmit power for device-to-device communication is provided. According to an embodiment of the invention, a UE uses a component carrier of one cell to engage in D2D communication. In parallel with its D2D communication, the UE uses one or more other component carriers of one or more other cells to engage in cellular communication. The UE configures its D2D transmit power as well as its cellular transmit power so that its total transmit power does not exceed the UEs maximum power limit, and so that the transmit power on a component carrier of a cell does not exceed the maximum power limit for the cell that provides the component carrier. | 07-11-2013 |
20130178222 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL UPLINK CHANNEL SELECTION - First and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels are available for use by a wireless device in transmitting data to a network. In various examples, the device selects between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to various different criteria. Examples include selecting between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to the type of data to he transmitted and according to the identity of the device, and various combinations of these. | 07-11-2013 |
20130183987 | E-PDCCH Design for Reducing Blind Decoding - A user equipment (UE) is provided. The UE comprises a processor. The processor is configured to receive an extended physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) in an E-PDCCH region that has been partitioned into at least two partitions. A first partition contains control channel elements (CCEs) with a first set of aggregation levels, and a second partition contains CCEs with a second set of aggregation levels. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183988 | LTE SINGLE-CARD DUAL-STANDBY MULTI-MODE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING CONCURRENCY OF ITS CS SERVICE AND PS SERVICE - The present invention is applicable to the field of communications technologies, and provides an method, the method includes: when a CS service and PS service of a local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal are concurrent, detecting, by a local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, whether a peer communication terminal that is performing voice communication with it is in a voice silent period; when detecting that the peer communication terminal is not in the voice silent period, receiving, by the local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, downlink data in an LTE system, and suspending, by the local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, sending of uplink data in the LTE system at the same time; and when detecting that the peer communication terminal is in the voice silent period, sending the uplink data and receiving the downlink data, by the local LTE single-card dual-standby multi-mode terminal, in the LTE system. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183989 | MULTICHANNEL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND CHANNEL USING METHOD - A base station judges whether backup channel of the base station has therein a channel which is not an operating channel of another base station configuring an adjacent cell by the channel management unit, and, if there is at least one channel which is not an operating channel of the another base station, performs fairness processing according to a prescribed etiquette to have one of the channels as an operating channel of the base station, and, if not, determines a base station which requests a release of an operating channel from the another based on the basis of a degree of satisfaction defined as a function of an offered communication traffic within a cell, a transmission rate depending on a propagation environment between the base station and a wireless communication terminal and an actually allocated operating channel number, and performs negotiation processing to cause a release of an operating channel. | 07-18-2013 |
20130183990 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A radio communication system according to the present invention is a radio communication system including mobile stations and a base station which performs radio communication with the mobile stations, and includes:
| 07-18-2013 |
20130183991 | METHOD AND BASE STATION SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING ACCESS TO A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention pertains to a method for providing access to a mobile communication network comprising at least one base transceiver station, wherein the communication network is being visited by a piece of user equipment having a home operator in a home network. The method comprises at the base transceiver station: receiving a channel request from said user equipment, creating a virtual machine associated with said home operator of said user equipment, establishing a channel using said virtual machine, and allocating channel resources of said at least one base station to accommodate said channel. The invention also pertains to a base station system to carry out the method of the invention. | 07-18-2013 |
20130190001 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for providing location information in a wireless communication network. The method includes initiating a transmission of the UE's location information to the network when a positioning status of the UE becomes available or when the UE needs to provide the positioning status to the network. | 07-25-2013 |
20130196673 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND CELLULAR SCHEDULING AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile wireless communications may include a housing, a cellular transceiver carried by the housing and configured to operate based upon power levels, and a wireless local area network (WLAN) transceiver carried by the housing. The cellular transceiver may be configured to send timing information to the WLAN transceiver. The WLAN transceiver may be configured to schedule WLAN communications based upon the timing information and the selected power level of said cellular transceiver. | 08-01-2013 |
20130196674 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED SCRAMBLING SEQUENCES - Methods and apparatus for identification of macro-cells and subordinate transmission nodes. In one embodiment, the methods and apparatus are configured for use within a long term evolution (LTE/LTE-A) network, and include a scrambling technique which can facilitate advanced capabilities in which the subordinate nodes possess unique cell identities from the macro-cell. The use of unique scrambling sequences allows subordinate node switching and other advanced multi-antenna techniques in heterogeneous networks. The disclosed methods and apparatus further allow for distinction and detection of signals transmitted from low-power RRHs, femto-cells, etc. and advantageously achieve greater interference randomization gain. | 08-01-2013 |
20130203426 | OPTIMIZING BLOCK RECEPTION FOR SIMULTANEOUS USE OF AT LEAST TWO SIM CARDS - There is described a method for optimizing block reception for products that do support a simultaneous use of at least two SIM cards. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203427 | Method and device for selecting one or more resources for use from among a set of resources - A method for selecting one or more resources for use from among a set of resources comprises obtaining ( | 08-08-2013 |
20130203428 | INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An interference alignment method and apparatus in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a serving Base Station (BS) for uplink interference alignment in a wireless communication system includes estimating a channel for at least one served Mobile Station (MS), estimating an interference channel for at least one neighboring MS, exchanging information about an interference channel with at least one neighboring BS, determining a precoding vector of each of the at least one served MS for configuring interference from all of the at least one neighboring MS as one spatial dimension, and transmitting the determined precoding vector to each of the at least one served MSs. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203429 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprises a processor configured to determine whether a scheduled transmission is to be initiated in a frequency band in which at least one device uses contention based communication and a transmitter configured to transmit a reservation message to release a resource from the contention based communication in response to a determination that the scheduled transmission is to be initiated. | 08-08-2013 |
20130203430 | METHODS FOR CELL SELECTION BALANCING, COMPUTER PROGRAMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS - The invention relates to a method ( | 08-08-2013 |
20130210446 | SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSIONS IN A MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method of communicating in a mobile telecommunication network ( | 08-15-2013 |
20130217398 | Transceiver Arrangement - An arrangement for a transmitter and/or receiver which is adapted to allow carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system, comprising a plurality of radio frequency (RF) blocks, each of which is inherently adapted to operate substantially across (in the region of) one of the particular groups of frequency ranges. The number of groups may be 5 or less. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217399 | PARTIAL CHANNEL MAPPING FOR FAST CONNECTION SETUP IN LOW ENERGY WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system comprising a controller, a scanner, and a transceiver. The controller is configured to identify a number of channels in which a beacon signal may be wirelessly transmitted. The number of channels is less than a total number of channels available for receiving transmissions. The scanner is configured to scan each of the number of channels for a first beacon signal. The transceiver is configured to receive the first beacon signal from one of the number of channels. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217400 | METHOD AND BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM FOR ACTIVATING COEXISTENCE WORK MODE - A method for activating coexistence work mode and a base station, user equipment and system using the method. The method for activating coexistence work mode includes: a user equipment in a first communication system transmits an activation mode request, which requests for entering the coexistence work mode, to the base station in the first communication system; in the coexistence work mode, using different transmission resource, the user equipment performs a first communication with the base station and performs a second communication with a device of a second communication system which is different from the first communication system, respectively; the user equipment activates the coexistence work mode based on configuration information of the coexistence work mode, wherein, the configuration information of the coexistence work mode is preset for the user equipment by the base station, and is conserved in the user equipment. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217401 | POSITIONING USING ENHANCED PILOT SIGNAL - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment, a method of transmitting signals is provided. Signal waveforms are transmitted from at least two respective sectors. The at least two respective sectors are from at least two different sets of a superset of sectors. The transmitted signal waveforms include signal waveforms at least nearly mutually orthogonal at least along a particular signal dimension. An advantage of such an embodiment, for example, is reduced signal interference. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217402 | Method, Device, and Base Station for Resource Coordination Processing - The present invention provides a method, a device, and a base station for resource coordination processing, and a user equipment, where the method for resource coordination processing includes: determining an avoided uplink resource, where the avoided uplink resource is an uplink resource which is set between a local cell and a neighboring cell and used to instruct the neighboring cell to perform interference avoidance or shared resource coordination; and scheduling the user equipment according to the avoided uplink resource. The method and device can implement resource coordination and scheduling between neighboring cells, and effectively avoid interference between neighboring cells. | 08-22-2013 |
20130217403 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RESOURCE CONTROL METHOD - A resource used by a wireless terminal device to communicate with a terminal device in an internal network is appropriately managed. In a communication system | 08-22-2013 |
20130225184 | System and Method for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Timing for Device-to-Device Communication Overlaid on a Cellular Network - An embodiment of a system for operating a communications controller for a group of user equipments engaged in a DMC link in a wireless communications system is provided. The communications controller is configured to allocate a set of subframes in one periodic group of subframes to the group of UEs for the DMC link, signal the set of allocated subframes to the group of UEs, and transmit parameters related to a group of HARQ processes of the DMC link. In an embodiment, the communication controller uses HARQ processes for cellular UE transmission that are determined independently from HARQ processes of the group of HARQ processes for the DMC link, and the parameters are configured to enable the group of UEs to manage the group of HARQ processes for the DMC link. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225185 | SCHEDULING GENERIC BROADCAST OF LOCATION ASSISTANCE DATA - Various techniques are provided for Location Services (LCS) Assistance Data broadcast, for example for implementation in LTE and LTE-A systems. The embodiments described herein may use the LPP/LPPe positioning protocol, by making use of existing unsolicited Provide Assistance Data (PAD) messages. Embodiments avoid the need to define and implement a separate broadcast Assistance Data protocol. Additional exemplary embodiments for scheduling and verifying of the broadcast Assistance Data messages are described herein. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225186 | RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a case where, although a radio base station (eNB | 08-29-2013 |
20130225187 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFACING AMONG MOBILE TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND CORE NETWORK IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method, apparatus and a computer readable record media storing instructions for executing the same method for interfacing among a hybrid type synchronous or asynchronous terminal to a core network in a next generation mobile telecommunications system. The hybrid type synchronous or asynchronous radio network determines the operating type of the core network when the core network has a connection thereto, and sends the determined core network operating type information and information related to the core network to the hybrid type synchronous or asynchronous terminal, thereby allowing the synchronous or asynchronous terminal to smoothly perform a data interfacing operation with the core network. | 08-29-2013 |
20130225188 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MEASURING A DOWNLINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and device for measuring a downlink in a wireless communication system. According to the present invention, provided is a method for properly and accurately measuring a downlink when an inter-cell interference adjustment is applied. | 08-29-2013 |
20130231120 | NETWORK VETTING OF WIRELESS MOBILE DEVICE INITIATED DISCONNECT - Technology is discussed for allowing a wireless mobile device, such as a User Equipment (UE), to coordinate with a Radio Access Network, such as an Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN), to tear down a power intensive messaging connection, such as a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection, to met needs of both the UE and the E-UTRAN. The UE can initiate the tear down process based on information at the UE about the potential need of the UE for the RRC connection and/or the state of the UE's battery charge. The E-UTRAN can then determine whether to grant the request based on the potential overhead involved. The determination can be important to the E-UTRAN because of the large overhead associated with frequent disconnection and re-establishment of the RRC connection. Upon receipt of an affirmative response, the UE can tear down the RRC connection to save battery power. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231121 | TELEVISION BAND (TVBD) CHANNEL QUIETING ACROSS DIVERSE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - A method and system is disclosed for communicating data using diverse radio access technologies (RATs) in a wireless communication system. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may transmit data over a first channel using a first radio access technology (RAT) and a network node may receive information that indicates that the WTRU is operating on the first channel using the first RAT. The network node may determine, based on the RAT being used by the WTRU, that the WTRU should move to a second channel prior to a quiet period on the first channel. The network node may transmit a first command to the WTRU that indicates that the WTRU should move to the second channel. The WTRU may move from the first channel to the second channel in response to receiving the first command and the WTRU may transmit data over the second channel using the first RAT. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231122 | Communicating Control Information Including an Index - Within a wireless network, a control segment is communicated between a base station and a mobile station, where the control segment is for assigning resources for communication of data in the wireless network. The control segment includes an index that maps to information to enable determination of the assigned resources. | 09-05-2013 |
20130231123 | PER-CELL TIMING AND/OR FREQUENCY ACQUISITION AND THEIR USE ON CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a system timing is estimated, derived from timing of one or more cells, a timing offset is determined for a plurality of cells relative to the estimated system timing, and signals received form the plurality of cells are processed using the timing offsets. In addition, a method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a carrier frequency is estimated, derived from a frequency of one or more cells, a frequency offset is determined for a plurality of cells relative to the estimated system timing, and signals received form the plurality of cells are processed using the frequency offsets. | 09-05-2013 |
20130237235 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of notifying, by a radio base station eNB, a mobile station UE during communication in a subordinate cell #1 of “CSI-RS/Muting configuration information” indicating a transmission method of CSI-RS; and a step B of performing, by the mobile station UE, a reception process on the basis of the “CSI-RS/Muting configuration information”. | 09-12-2013 |
20130244672 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - The communication system comprises a base station (BS), a femtocell and a core network. The femtocell deployed within the signal coverage of the BS establishes a first wired connection with an internet service provider (ISP) network and a first wireless connection with a user equipment (UE). The core network establishes a second wired connection with the ISP network and a third wired connection with the BS. The core network is configured to determine that a voice data transmission service is about to be provided to the UE, and transmit a first radio access bearer (RAB) setup request message to the BS to enable the BS to establish a second wireless connection with the femtocell according to the first RAB setup request message so that the UE performs a voice data transmission with the core network via the first wireless connection, the second wireless connection and the third wired connection. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244673 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SIMULTANEOUSLY MONITORING GSM CHANNELS - Methods and apparatuses of simultaneously monitoring GSM channels are provided. One feature pertains to a method of monitoring radio channels in a wireless communication device that includes associating with a serving base station by establishing, at least periodically, a communication link with the serving base station. A method can also include receiving a signal having a bandwidth using a first receiver, where the signal includes a plurality of channels each associated with a first technology type network, and the plurality of channels includes a first channel associated with the serving base station and at least a second channel associated with a non-serving base station. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244674 | MOBILE TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, CONTROL METHOD FOR A MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR A RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile terminal in accordance with one of the 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project) standards is provided including a receiver that receives an incoming message comprising a predetermined information element from a base station. The mobile terminal also includes a memory that stores a value of the predetermined information element as a received element value. The mobile station also includes a controller that stores the received element value in place of a previously stored element value corresponding to a previously received information element. The mobile station also includes a transmitter that transmits, to the base station, an outgoing message comprising identification information identifying the incoming message received by the receiver. | 09-19-2013 |
20130244675 | METHODS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE OPERATORS IN A WIRELESS BASESTATION - Methods for a wireless Base Station (BS) capable of simultaneously providing service to subscribers of multiple Operators. Depending upon the particular deployment requirements or equipment capabilities, each Operator may be operating on the same or different frequencies (in which different frequencies may be adjacent, closely separated, or widely separated). The wireless BS will distinguish and logically separate and route the traffic between each subscriber device and its relevant Operator's Core Network, potentially supporting different logical or even different physical interfaces between the wireless BS and each Operator. | 09-19-2013 |
20130252621 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE SELECTION TO REDUCE INTERFERENCE THAT RESULTS FROM DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods are disclosed for selecting resources for direct device to device (D2D) communications in a cellular communication network. In one embodiment, a downlink resource is selected as a resource for a direct D2D communication link between a first wireless device and a second wireless device if a base station serving each of the first and second wireless devices is equipped with an interference cancellation receiver and both the first and second wireless devices are less than a predefined threshold radio distance from their serving base station. An uplink resource is selected as a resource for the direct D2D communication link if the base station serving each of the first and second wireless devices is equipped with an interference cancellation receiver and at least one of the first and second wireless devices is more than the predefined threshold radio distance from its serving base station. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252622 | RADIO BASE STATION, BASEBAND PROCESSING APPARATUS, SEMICONDUCTOR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station providing a service to a radio terminal by using plural component carriers includes a scheduler preferentially allocating, to the radio terminal, one of the component carriers that has a transmission power dynamic range whose lower limit value is lower than lower limit values of transmission power dynamic ranges of a rest of the component carriers; and a transmitter transmitting a radio signal to the radio terminal by using the allocated component carrier. | 09-26-2013 |
20130252623 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER DATA CALL - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a data call setup comprises receiving an origination message by a radio call control (RCC) and by a main call control (MCC), receiving an assignment request message by the MCC and by the RCC, and receiving a traffic channel assignment message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC. | 09-26-2013 |
20130260773 | Cell Monitor System for 4G Cellular Networks - An apparatus that includes a base-band input port and a processor and a method for operating the same are disclosed. The base-band input port receives digital base-band communications includes a plurality of communication channels utilized in communications between an RF module and a plurality of user equipment (UE) in a cell serviced by that RF module. The processor demodulates specific channels in the digital base-band communications and extracts therefrom information specifying a unique identity for each of the UEs and a temporary identification used for communicating with that UE. The processor also extracts scheduling information identifying when one of the UEs is scheduled to upload information to the RF module and the communication channels over which the information is to be uploaded. The processor does not demodulate others of the communication channels. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260774 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF TRANSMITTING A BEARER RESOURCE REQUEST MESSAGE FROM A UE TO A MME FOR SETTING UP AN EPS BEARER IN A LTE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method and system of transmitting a bearer resource request message from a UE over a plurality of relay node to a mobility management entity for setting up an EPS bearer in an LTE Network. In one embodiment this is accomplished by receiving the bearer resource request message at the MME_UE from the UE, wherein the bearer resource request message is corresponding to the UE's original bearer resource request, inspecting the received message by the MME_UE and thereby creating bearer resource request for the plurality of MME of relay nodes, wherein the MMEs are identified by the Relay Node IDs, broadcasting the bearer resource request to all MME_RN corresponding to the relay nodes by the MME_UE and collating the responses received from all the MME_RN's, such that UE's EPS bearer can be admitted and thereby forwarding the response as an S1-AP message towards UE and RNs. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260775 | VOICE DATA RF GPS INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - An integrated circuit (IC) includes a baseband processing module, a GPS receiver, and an RF section. The baseband processing module is coupled to process voice signals and data signals. The global positioning satellite (GPS) receiver module is coupled to process GPS signals. The radio frequency (RF) section id coupled to: transceive the voice signals as RF voice signals; transceive the data signals as RF data signals; and convert GPS RF signals into the GPS signals. | 10-03-2013 |
20130260776 | METHOD AND DEVICE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of operating a base station such that the method comprises determining whether there are any mobile devices that are not associated with the base station that require protection from interference caused by downlink transmissions of the base station and setting a maximum permitted transmission power for the base station based on the result of the step of determining. A base stations operating according to this method is also disclosed. | 10-03-2013 |
20130267236 | SMALLCELL BASE STATION AND CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR THE SAME - A smallcell base station and a channel assignment method for the same are introduced. In response to a connection mode-related service request make by a user equipment (UE) for performing a communication service, a channel assignment processor of the smallcell base provides a forward access channel (FACH) for functioning as a communication route of the UE, assigns to the UE the FACH for functioning as a wireless transmission channel between the smallcell base and the UE in the connection mode when no dedicated channel (DCH) is available, and discontinues other communication services so as to release a DCH to the UE when the communication service has higher priority. Accordingly, the smallcell base need not keep a DCH for use in accessing during the connection mode, thereby making good use of channel resources. | 10-10-2013 |
20130267237 | Method and Apparatus for Transceiving Channel Availability Query and Response in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transceiving channel availability query and response in a wireless communication system. According to the present invention, a scheme is provided to enable devices which operate in TVWS to request/response information on an available channel in a plurality of geographical locations in a more accurate and efficient manner. | 10-10-2013 |
20130267238 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step of transmitting, by an operation and maintenance server EM, “MDT config” to a radio base station eNB; a step of selecting, by the radio base station eNB, a target mobile station UE on the basis of the “MDT config”; a step of inquiring, by the radio base station eNB, of a mobility management node MME or a subscriber management server HSS about whether the target mobile station UE is approved for performing an MDT measurement process; and a step of instructing, by the radio base station eNB, the target mobile station UE to perform the MDT measurement process when the target mobile station UE is approved for performing the MDT measurement process. | 10-10-2013 |
20130273923 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO ENABLE DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) DISCOVERY IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - An apparatus and method of allowing user equipment (UE) to transmit information directly with other user equipment, using a device-to-device (D2D) mode is disclosed herein. A D2D UE (dUE | 10-17-2013 |
20130273924 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND/OR CONTROLLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY SIGNALS - A wireless device transmits a device-to-device discovery signal using the same transmission resource that is used for transmitting uplink retransmissions to a base station by a second wireless device. The device-to-device discovery signal is transmitted at a power that is determined in accordance with a control signal received by the wireless device from the base station. In an example, the wireless device transmits the device-to-device discovery signal on an uplink control channel established for use for sending uplink control signals to the base station. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273925 | MANAGEMENT OF A MULTI-APPLICATION MOBILE CARRIER TREE - Efficient utilization and management of integrated mobile base station carrier trees is provided herein. Such trees provide an organizational structure for allocating calls in a code division, tone division, time division and/or like mobile infrastructure. Calls can be allocated to portions of the carrier tree as a function of characteristic(s) associated with the call. Accordingly, like calls are grouped within the carrier tree with like calls. In addition, portions of the carrier tree can be re-allocated to different types of traffic to meet fluctuations in traffic demand. Further, calls can be re-packed from existing segments of the carrier tree to other segments to maintain calls having common characteristics in contiguous groups, and to maintain idle segments another contiguous group(s). Accordingly, the wireless carrier tree can be packed and managed more efficiently, providing greater throughput and reduced contention for resources. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273926 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION SCENARIO - A method, apparatus, and computer program for supporting simultaneous multi-use of resources of a backhaul link between a relay base station and another base station of a cellular radio network. The relay base station is configured to forward transmission resources of the backhaul link to at least one communication device located in a cell of the relay base station. The communication device(s) is/are then configured to utilize the resources of the backhaul link for device-to-device connections. | 10-17-2013 |
20130273927 | BASE STATION AND FREQUENCY BAND ALLOCATION METHOD - A communication unit includes a plurality of antennas and controls, in transmitting signal using the plurality of antennas, the transmission directivity of the plurality of antennas based on a known signal from the communication terminal. A radio resource allocation unit allocates, to the communication terminal, an uplink frequency band for use in transmission of the known signal from a plurality of unit frequency bands lined in a frequency direction. In newly allocating the uplink frequency band to the communication terminal, the radio resource allocation unit newly determines the uplink frequency band based on elapsed time since the last use of the unit frequency band as the uplink frequency band. | 10-17-2013 |
20130281101 | TIME SHIFTING OF CO-CHANNEL DATA TRANSMISSIONS TO REDUCE CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE - A cellular communications system in which transmission of control signals for plural different remote stations is so displaced in time that the transmission of control signals for one remote station does not interfere with the transmission of control signals for another remote station, the displacement being sufficient to prevent contemporaneous reception of control signals by the remote station intended for the other remote station. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281102 | UNSCHEDULED MESSAGES - A communication device for communicating with a plurality of terminals, the communication device being configured to determine that a network event will affect the plurality of terminals and could trigger each of those terminals to attempt to transmit information relating to the network event to the communication device and arrange so that only a subset of the plurality of terminals will attempt to transmit in response to the network event. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281103 | CHANNEL FREQUENCY REUSE FOR NARROW BEAM VIDEO STREAMING BASED UPON MOBILE TERMINAL LOCATION INFORMATION - Transmitting signals to at least one wireless terminal by a wireless network having a channel frequency reuse pattern. A transceiving device within the wireless network selects a channel in contradistinction to the channel frequency reuse pattern to service transmission of a signal to the at least one wireless terminal. | 10-24-2013 |
20130281104 | Supporting Dynamic Multipoint Communication Configuration - An apparatus, method and computer program product for supporting dynamic multipoint communication configuration stations comprise include defining at least two different communication transmission sets for cellular-based communication between base station and terminal, wherein the communication transmission sets are related to a downlink reference signal configuration; and assigning a communication transmission set for use in a current transmission related to the cellular-based communication. | 10-24-2013 |
20130288691 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING MULTIPLE PAIRING CRITERIA - A system including first and second mobile devices is disclosed. The first mobile device has a first and a supplemental interactive pairing criteria associated therewith, and the second mobile device has a second interactive pairing criterion associated therewith. The first mobile device includes a processor configured to perform and/or initiate the following. Upon the second mobile device being geographically positioned within a predetermined geographic distance from the first mobile device, an automatic query is issued to determine whether the first and second interactive pairing criteria at least partially coincide with one another. Based upon a determination that the first interactive pairing criterion and the second interactive pairing criterion at least partially coincide with one another, the second mobile device is interrogated using the supplemental interactive pairing criterion. The second mobile device includes a processor configured to perform and/or initiate receiving an interrogation using the supplemental interactive pairing criterion. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288692 | LOCATING A MOBILE STATION AND APPLICATIONS THEREFOR - A location system and applications therefor is disclosed for wireless telecommunication infrastructures. The system is an end-to-end solution having one or more location systems for outputting requested locations of handsets or mobile stations (MS) based on, e.g., CDMA, GSM, GPRS, TDMA or WIFI communication standards, for processing both local mobile station location requests and more global mobile station location requests via, e.g., Internet communication between a distributed network of location systems. The following applications may be enabled by the location system: 911 emergency calls, tracking, navigation, people and animal location including applications for confinement to and exclusion from certain areas, friend finder applications, and applications for allocating user desired resources based on the user's location. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288693 | Method and System for Radio Resource Control - A method and system for radio resource control are provided in the present document. The method includes: in a process of establishing a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection, a user equipment sending a RRC connection request message to a base station, and carrying information used for indicating an current access property in the RRC connection request message; and the base station judging whether to permit the user equipment to establish the RRC connection according to the information used for indicating the current access property. It enables the user equipment to report more accurate information related to call establishment types, so as to assist a network side to perform more flexible and precise admission control. | 10-31-2013 |
20130288694 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An object of the present invention is to provide a base station device and a communication system allowing flexible use of frequency resources and capable of improving use efficiency of frequency resources while increasing a data rate. In the present invention, a cell | 10-31-2013 |
20130288695 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A radio communication system | 10-31-2013 |
20130295942 | Method for Establishing Network Connections Between Stationary Terminals and Remote Devices Through Mobile Devices - A technique is provided for a seamless and transparent handoff from a user's mobile device to the user's stationary terminal of a network address of a remote device for the purpose of establishing a direct communication channel between the stationary terminal and a remote device, where the remote device first contacted the user's mobile device to initiate communications with the users. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295943 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING CELL BROADCAST MESSAGES - Methods, apparatus, and computer readable storage media are described. The apparatus may receive a next cell broadcast message or a schedule message according to schedule information in first-received cell broadcast message. The schedule information may indicate timing of the next cell broadcast message or the schedule message. The first cell broadcast message may be received before timing information associated with a cell broadcast channel is known, including after a reselection procedure or after termination of a voice call. The schedule information may relate to a discontinuous reception schedule defined in a missed schedule message. Presence of the schedule information in the first cell broadcast message may be indicated in a page parameter of a header of the first cell broadcast message or in a block identifier of the first cell broadcast message. A network entity is described that adds the schedule information to the first cell broadcast message. | 11-07-2013 |
20130295944 | BASE STATION AND METHOD OF OPERATING A BASE STATION - The invention relates to a base station ( | 11-07-2013 |
20130295945 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR ADDRESSING MOBILE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In wireless communication system each MS is assigned a globally unique address. The method and system use one of these globally unique addresses to identify the MS. The efficient method of signaling this large size MS address (MS ID) is proposed. The ‘n’ bit MS ID is divided into ‘p’ parts wherein ‘p’ is greater than 1. The MS is addressed or identified using ‘x’ parts from a set of ‘p’ parts of MS ID, wherein ‘x’<=‘p’. Further, methods to determine and signal the number of parts i.e. value of ‘x’ and which ‘x’ parts out of ‘p’ parts to be used for addressing is also proposed. The decision to determine the number of parts i.e. value of ‘x’ and which ‘x’ parts out of ‘p’ parts to be used for addressing the MS may be static, semi static or dynamic. | 11-07-2013 |
20130303176 | USING POINTERS TO TAGGED FREQUENCIES TO INDICATE CANDIDATES FOR USE IN REDIRECTION OR RESELECTION - Embodiments include a method by which a network equipment efficiently directs a device attempting a connection to a congested or limited-capacity portion of a network to another resource (e.g., cell, frequency, and/or RAT) where the attempt is more likely to be successful. This method utilizes a connection reject message that comprises a small amount of information pointing to information broadcast in system information (SI) messages. The reject message may be used with existing or, alternately, enhanced SI messages comprising tags that resolve the pointer information in the reject message. Embodiments also include methods by which a device redirects to a resource based on the information contained in the reject and SI messages. Other embodiments include methods by which a device deprioritizes a resource during cell reselection based on information contained in the reject and SI messages. Embodiments include wireless communication devices, network equipment, or computer-readable media embodying these methods. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303177 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION METHOD IN CELLULAR WIRELESS NETWORK, AND APPARATUS WITH THE SAME - Interference mitigation methods in a small cell wireless network are provided. In the methods, negotiations between different stations are provided for interference mitigation. By such negotiations, UL-DL configurations are chosen in considering interference between neighboring stations and the interferences therefrom are effectively mitigated. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303178 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system controls a transmission timing in each cell so that a control channel of a first cell and a data channel of a second cell temporally overlap each other. The wireless communication system includes a base station of the first cell. The base station of the first cell includes a first control unit and a first communicating unit. The first control unit notifies a base station of the second cell information used to specify a resource of the control channel of the first cell. The first control unit sets a resource of the control channel of the first cell. The first communicating unit notifies the mobile station of the first cell of information for decoding the first resource and transmits a control signal to the mobile station of the first cell by using the first resource. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303179 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system controls a transmission timing in each cell so that a control channel of a first cell and a data channel of a second cell temporally overlap each other. The wireless communication system includes a base station of the first cell. The base station of the first cell includes a first control unit and a first communicating unit. The first control unit notifies a base station of the second cell of information used to specify a resource of the control channel of the first cell. The first communicating unit transmits a control signal to a mobile station of the first cell by using a first resource of the control channel of the first cell. | 11-14-2013 |
20130303180 | Multi-Channel State Information Feedback with Cell-specific Adaptive Granularity - It is described a user equipment for a cellular communication network providing a plurality of cells, the user equipment including a receiver unit for receiving a first and second transmissions via a first and a second communication channel. The first communication channel uses a first cell and the second communication channel uses a different, second cell of said plurality of cells. A feedback unit is configured for providing a first and second channel state information feedback components for the respective communication channels with a separate, cell specific granularity. Further described is a base station of the cellular communication network. | 11-14-2013 |
20130310055 | LIMITING FAILURE RATE BY SERVING THROUGH MULTIPLE CHANNELS - Systems, methods, and devices use a wireless device's capability to transmit and/or receive data over multiple communication pathways to improve data transmission quality. In the various embodiments, the same continuous data stream may be transmitted and/or received via different communication pathways. Different communication pathways may be established using different antennas of a wireless device, different wireless networks, different wireless communications protocols, and/or additional wireless devices. The continuous data stream may be transmitted and/or received via different communication pathways in a manner that enables the continuous data stream to be reconstructed from one or more of the different communication pathways. Additional communication pathways may be established based on user input indicating a voice call is high priority and/or approving the expenditure of additional resources. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310056 | INTER-CARRIER DIFFERENTIATION USING ALLOCATION AND RETENTION PRIORITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for allocating services to a first subscriber of a first home service provider when the first subscriber is visiting a network associated with a visited service provider. A node of the visited network receives a request from the visiting first subscriber to receive a first service from the visited network. In response to the request, the visited network determines whether there are sufficient available resources of a first set of resources to provide the requested first service. When the available resources are insufficient to provide the requested service, then at least one pre-existing service supported by the first set of resources is preempted so that sufficient resources from the first set of resources are made available to provide the requested service, and the requested service is provided to the visiting first subscriber. | 11-21-2013 |
20130310057 | Fast Communication Recovery in Dual Network Radio Resource Management - Various embodiments are disclosed of a method and apparatus for fast communication recovery in wireless mobile devices arranged to perform dual network radio resource management. In one embodiment, a wireless mobile device includes a transceiver configured to communicate with each of first and second networks. After establishing and maintaining a link with the first network, the wireless mobile device may tune a transceiver to the second network to monitor for traffic, subsequently tuning back to the first network. After turning the transceiver back to the first network, the wireless mobile device may perform one or more attempts to restore the link to the first network. The number of attempts to restore the link is dependent upon an amount of time the transceiver is tuned to the second network. | 11-21-2013 |
20130316716 | Device Triggered Channel Selection - A telecommunication device having a network interface module that is operable to detect an action at a network-driven application of the telecommunication device, which uses broadband Internet access to carry out its primary application functions. The network interface module then determines whether the detected action initiates a data transfer request corresponding to an application-specific rule identifying a timing sensitivity of the network-driven application. Then, based on this determination, the network interface module identifies and triggers a transition to a designated radio resource control (RRC) connected mode channel for a data transfer of the network-driven application to another network device, to improve a user's quality of experience (QoE) by reducing latency associated with the data transfer. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316717 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER CALL ORIGINATION AND TERMINATION - A system, method, and computer readable medium for a mobile origination comprises receiving an origination request message by a main call control (MCC) from a radio call control (RCC), receiving an assignment request message by the RCC from the MCC, receiving a traffic channel assign message by a channel element control (CEC) and by the MCC from the RCC, receiving a call setup message by a selector distribution unit (SDU) from the MCC, and receiving a link active message by the CEC from the SDU. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316718 | Multiple Subscription Resource Access Control - The various embodiments include methods for managing how a MSMS communication device that is accessing an arbitrary combination of multiple telephony networks processes paging collisions. The embodiment methods promote improving a subscription's page blocking rate by causing a MSMS communication device to implement a retransmission remedial action for a blocked subscription. In the various embodiments, the MSMS communication device may implement the retransmission remedial action by increasing a blocked subscription's priority during a subsequent retransmission interval to increase the likelihood that the blocked subscription will receive a repeated page message from its mobile network during this retransmission interval. In some embodiments, the blocked subscription's current priority may be based on the number of retransmission intervals that are presently occurring. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316719 | METHOD OF PROCESSING REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - The present invention provides a method of processing reference signal configuration information, a base station and a terminal. The method includes: sending, by a base station, first reference signal configuration information and at least one piece of second reference signal configuration information to a terminal, such that the terminal performs detection of downlink channel state information according to the first reference signal configuration information and the at least one piece of second reference signal configuration information, wherein the first reference signal configuration information includes configuration information of a reference signal sent by antenna port(s) identified by a first number of ports, and the second reference signal configuration information includes configuration information of a reference signal sent by at least one antenna port of other antenna ports than the antenna port(s) identified by the first number of ports among the antenna ports configured by the base station. | 11-28-2013 |
20130316720 | Method and Apparatus for State/Mode Transitioning - A user equipment implements a method of processing indication messages, such as SCRI (signaling connection release indication) messages. For at least one RRC (radio resource control) state, if the current RRC state of the UE is a result of a previously sent indication, the UE inhibits itself from sending a further indication message. | 11-28-2013 |
20130324138 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL CODING TYPE CONTROL - A method and apparatus for performing channel coding type control are provided, where the method may include: obtaining a code block size to be used during channel encoding (or decoding) for a Transport Format (TF); comparing the code block size with at least one predetermined threshold to generate at least one comparison result; selecting a specific channel coding type from a plurality of channel coding types according to the at least one comparison result; and utilizing the specific channel coding type during channel encoding (or decoding) for the TF. It is an advantage that the method can utilize code-block-size-dependent channel coding types during channel encoding (or decoding), so the channel coding gain can be increased, and therefore the goal of improving the system capacity and reducing the power consumption can be achieved. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324139 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR DECT ULE PAGING AND BROADCAST - An ultra low energy (ULE) digital enhanced cordless telecommunication (DECT) base station that includes a scheduler that is arranged to dynamically determine a schedule of transmissions of broadcast messages and of paging messages to be received by DECT ULE devices; a dummy bearer generator arranged to generate dummy bearers in response to the schedule; wherein each summy bearer comprises a multiple usage field and a usage indicative field; wherein the usage field is indicative of a selected usage of the multiple usage field; wherein the selected usage purpose is selected out of at least a conveyance of a broadcast message and a conveyene of a paging message; a configuration module that is arranged to generate location information indicative of a location of at least one bit allocated within at least one dummy bearer for indicating, when flagged, of a presence of a paging message or a broadcast message aimed to at least one of the DECT ULE devices; and a transmitter that is arranged to transmit to the DECT ULE devices the dummy bearers and the location information. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324140 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for transmitting channel state information in a wireless communication system. This specification discloses a UE including: a reception unit for receiving coordination mode activation information indicating an ICIC mode to restrict a measurement of a channel state, and receiving CSI request information requesting aperiodic transmission of the CSI, a UE configuration control unit for switching a state of the UE to the ICIC mode based on the coordination mode activation information and for configuring one or more serving cells in the UE, a measurement unit for measuring a channel state for a subset in an activated serving cell from among the configured one or more serving cells based on the CSI request information, an information generation unit for generating CSI regarding the measured channel state, and a transmission unit for transmitting the generated CSI to the BS. | 12-05-2013 |
20130324141 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RRC CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT IN MTC - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for RRC connection establishment in an MTC (Machine Type Communication) system. A method for RRC connection establishment of a BS according to the present invention comprises a step of determining a load status of a core network and a step of transmitting wait time information to an MTC UE by using an RRC connection reject message or RRC connection release message if the core network is found to be overloaded. At this time, the wait time information is recognized and used by a UE allowing a delay in establishing RRC connection; but the information is not recognized by a UE not allowing a delay in establishing RRC connection. | 12-05-2013 |
20130331110 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station performs an association between frequency range and combinations of a plurality of base stations including an local base station to notify a terminal of the association. According to the notified association, the terminal, for each frequency, calculates quality of communication with one base station or quality of communication with the combination of the plurality of base stations. The base station and the control station determine the base station/the plurality of base stations that communicate with the terminal, the wireless resource and the transmission scheme, based on the result. Further, the base station selects whether to notify an entirety of or a part of the association to the terminal using positional information of the terminal. Since the association information that is unnecessary for the terminal is not communicated, it is possible to further lighten the load of control. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331111 | WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless mobile communication method is provided. If a wireless mobile communication service arrives at a core network, the core network sends a paging signal to at least one macro base station and at least one Femto gateway. After the macro base station receives the paging signal, the macro base station pages the at least one mobile station within the coverage of the macro base station. The Femto gateway blocks the paging signal sent from the core network, so that the at least one Femto base station covered by the Femto gateway does not page the mobile station. After a destination mobile station receives the paging signal, the destination mobile station establishes a signaling connection, so that a call to a destination mobile station is established. | 12-12-2013 |
20130331112 | SUBSCRIBER STATION, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The present invention relates to a subscriber station, resource allocation method, and non-transitory computer readable medium thereof. The subscriber station using in a femtocell network comprises a receiving interface and a processor. The receiving interface receives a frame of the femtocell network. The processor, electrically connected to the receiving interface, blindly decodes a first logical frequency resource unit (LRU) of a frequency partition of the frame to obtain an allocation message, determines the allocation message is relative to the subscriber station, and proceeds a data transmission in the femtocell network according to the allocation message. | 12-12-2013 |
20130337820 | Radio Resource Allocation for Cellular Wireless Networks - A cellular wireless network employs a method of allocating radio resources to femtocells so that the transmissions from femtocells do not occupy the same radio resource blocks as those used by a macrocell for signalling. | 12-19-2013 |
20130344878 | FEMTOCELL BASE STATION SYNCHRONIZATION - There is provided a method of determining a timing estimate for use in synchronizing a femtocell base station to a macrocell base station, the method in the femtocell base station comprising determining an uplink timing estimate from a signal transmitted from a mobile device to the macrocell base station, the mobile device being served by the macrocell base station; determining a downlink timing estimate from a signal transmitted from the macrocell base station; and determining a timing estimate for use in synchronizing the femtocell base station to the macrocell base station from the downlink timing estimate and the uplink timing estimate. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344879 | CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a cellular communication system allowing direct communication between terminals within a cell or simultaneous transmission and reception of signals between a base station and the terminals through a repeater to be made by introducing a universal link, and a communication method thereof. The communication method of the cellular communication system includes: transmitting, by a base station, universal link setting information and a transmission control signal to a first terminal within a cell, transmitting, by the base station, the universal link setting information and a reception control signal to a second terminal within the cell, and directly transmitting/receiving, by the first and second terminals, signals through the universal link. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344880 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, GATEWAY, METHOD OF CONTROLLING GATEWAY, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - A gateway communicating with a base station, includes a receiver that receives an incoming message including identification information of the base station and one or more parameters indicating an environment of the base station. The gateway also includes a memory that stores correspondence information including a cell identifier in association with at least one of the received identification information and the received one or more parameters. The gateway also includes a controller that determines the cell identifier, corresponding to a cell of the base station, based on the correspondence information and the incoming message, and generates an outgoing message, including the determined cell identifier, to be sent to a core network device. The gateway also includes a transmitter adapted to transmit the outgoing message. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344881 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SOUNDING SIGNAL ALLOCATION AND SOUNDING ASSISTED BEAMFORMING - A communication device and methods are disclosed. A transmission directionality of a plurality of antennas is controlled based on a received previously known signal transmitted from a communication terminal, when a signal to the communication terminal is transmitted. A first upstream radio sub-resource for transmitting the received previously known signal is allocated to a first communication terminal to which a downstream radio resource is to be allocated, and a first upstream radio resource for a first previously known signal comprises the first upstream radio sub-resource. A second upstream radio sub-resource for transmitting the received previously known signal is allocated to a second communication terminal to which a downstream radio resource is not to be allocated, a second upstream radio resource for a second previously known signal comprising the second upstream radio sub-resource. | 12-26-2013 |
20130344882 | FEMTO PARAMETER PROFILES BASED UPON NEARBY ACCESS POINT - Operating parameters for a femto access point (FAP) are efficiently and accurately defined. During provisioning of the FAP, the system obtains operating parameters utilized by a nearby FAP expected to have a substantially similar radio environment as the provisioning FAP. Moreover, weighting is applied to the nearby FAP to determine which set of operating parameters to utilize at the provisioning FAP. Accordingly, pre-existing operating parameters, optimized by the nearby FAP are employed to augment initial network listen measurements performed at the provisioning FAP, and thus improve speed and accuracy of initial FAP parameter provisioning. | 12-26-2013 |
20140004866 | INTERFERER ACTIVITY SIGNALING FOR TIME DOMAIN (TDM) INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION (ICIC) | 01-02-2014 |
20140004867 | METHOD OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140011504 | ANTENNAE SYSTEM - Embodiments of the invention relate to wireless communications networks, and more specifically to an antenna apparatus for cellular wireless systems. In some embodiments, a method of transceiving signals in a wireless communications network is described. The method includes receiving, by user equipment, a signal in a time slot and a frequency band from a transceiver system, the transceiver system configured to transceive at least one other signal from one or more base stations in at least one other time slot and at least one other frequency band via at least two antenna systems. The frequency bands at least partially overlap and transmissions of the signals are in at least a portion of the wireless communications network. | 01-09-2014 |
20140011505 | METHOD OF GROUP BASED MTC MESSAGING THROUGH CELL BROADCAST AND APPARATUSES USING THE SAME - The present disclosure proposes a method and apparatuses of implementing MTC group trigger messages through a Cell Broadcasting Service (CBS). The method includes a MTC (Machine Type Communication) server transmitting to a MTC Inter-working Function (MTC-IWF) a trigger payload. The trigger payload would be delivered by the MTC-IWF to a group of MTC devices through Cell Broadcasting Center (CBC) and network nodes. The trigger payload may include a group trigger message indicator which distinguishes the group trigger message from a normal warning message. In response to receiving the content of the trigger payload, the network would page a group of MTC devices. From the group trigger message indicator embedded in the paging message, each MTC device would be able to receive a group trigger message through new system information block of the broadcast information. | 01-09-2014 |
20140011506 | INSERTING VIRTUAL CARRIER IN CONVENTIONAL OFDM HOST CARRIER IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A network element for use in a mobile communications system and a method of using a network element for communicating data to/from mobile communications devices in a mobile communications system. The network element can provide a wireless access interface for communicating data to/from the mobile communications devices, the wireless access interface including: on a downlink a host carrier, the host carrier providing plural resource elements across a first frequency range; transmit data for a first group of mobile communications devices, wherein the data is distributed within the plural resource elements across the first frequency range; a virtual carrier via the wireless access interface, the virtual carrier providing one or more resource elements within a second frequency range which is within and smaller than the first frequency range; and transmit data for a second group of mobile communications devices via the virtual carrier. | 01-09-2014 |
20140011507 | System and Method to Enable Resource Partitioning in Wireless Networks - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate improved resource partitioning and interference management in a wireless communication system. Techniques are described herein for the transmission and use of various types of signaling, such as Access Request commands, Reverse Link Special Resource Utilization Message (R-SRUM) signaling, Forward Link Special Resource Utilization Message (F-SRUM) signaling, and the like, for managing interference associated with range extension, restricted association networks, and other jamming scenarios. As described herein, downlink resource coordination and interference management are accomplished through the use of Access Request or R-SRUM signaling conducted in a unicast or broadcast fashion, and uplink resource coordination and interference management are accomplished through the use of F-SRUM signaling. As further described herein, a clean communication channel such as a Low Reuse Preamble (LRP) channel can be utilized for interference management signaling and/or leveraged for determining timing of various signaling messages. | 01-09-2014 |
20140018085 | Mechanisms to Support UE Power Preference Signaling - Disclosed herein is a method at a User Equipment (UE) comprising determining that a current radio resource configuration is of a normal type, and responsive to the determining, prohibiting the UE from sending a Power Preference Indication (PPI) for a radio resource configuration of the normal type. Also disclosed is a method at a UE comprising: determining that a current radio resource configuration is of a power optimized type, and responsive to the determining, prohibiting the UE from sending a PPI for a radio resource configuration of the power optimized type. Also disclosed is a UE including a processor, the UE configured to: determine that a current radio resource configuration is of a normal type, and responsive to the determining, refrain from sending a PPI for a radio resource configuration of the normal type. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018086 | Method and system for notification of scrambling code identification signalling group - Disclosed in the present disclosure is a method for notification of scrambling code identification signalling group, and the present disclosure comprises: a network side transmits a scrambling code identification signalling group to a receiver; the receiver generates a corresponding scrambling code sequence of a demodulation pilot according to the scrambling code identification signalling group, generates a pilot symbol sequence according to the scrambling code sequence of the demodulation pilot, and performs channel estimation according to the pilot symbol sequence. The present disclosure also provides a system for implementing the notification of scrambling code identification signalling group. According to the technical solution in the disclosure, the receiver can obtain, according to the scrambling code identification signalling group transmitted from the network side, the scrambling code sequence of the demodulation reference signal and/or demodulation pilot which is the same as that of the network side, and thus interference can be avoided. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018087 | INSERTING VIRTUAL CARRIER IN CONVENTIONAL OFDM HOST CARRIER IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A mobile communications system for communicating data to and/or from mobile communications devices. The mobile communications system comprises one or more base stations, each of which includes a transmitter and a receiver operable to provide a wireless access interface for communicating data to and/or from the mobile communications devices, the wireless access interface providing on a downlink a host carrier, the host carrier providing a plurality of resource elements across a first frequency range for communicating data; and a first and second mobile communications devices. The wireless access interface provided by the base stations is arranged to provide a virtual carrier, the virtual carrier providing one or more resource elements within a second frequency range which is within and smaller than the first frequency range, and the second mobile communications device is operable, upon detection of the virtual carrier, to receive downlink communications via the virtual carrier. | 01-16-2014 |
20140018088 | Dynamic Paging Concatenation - Methods and systems for managing paging-channel resources, and in particular, dynamically adjusting the page-concatenation level based on PCO in a sector, are disclosed herein. An exemplary method involves (a) at an access network configured to page mobile stations via a paging channel of a sector in the access network, determining a paging channel occupancy (PCO) level for the sector; (b) using the determined PCO level as a basis for selecting a page-concatenation level to be used to page mobile stations in the sector, wherein the page-concatenation level is selected from a plurality of available page-concatenation levels; and (c) applying concatenation to pages to mobile stations in the sector according to the selected page-concatenation level. | 01-16-2014 |
20140024384 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD OF BASE STATION FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION LINK BETWEEN TERMINALS - A communication method of a terminal and a communication method of a base station for a direct communication link between terminals are disclosed. A base station schedules a reference terminal to transmit a ranging code, and schedules target terminals to receive the ranging code. The reference terminal measures the ranging code received from the target terminals, and transmits a ranging code measurement result to the base station. The base station selects a terminal from among the target terminals to form the direct communication link with the reference terminal among the target terminals based on the ranging code measurement result. | 01-23-2014 |
20140024385 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK DEVICE, RADIO TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 01-23-2014 |
20140038621 | HANDLING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE - A user equipment is able to transmit, to a wireless access node, an indication of in-device coexistence (IDC) interference between the wireless interfaces. The user equipment can include a counter to track a number of transmissions having the indication of IDC interference. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038622 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT COMMUNICATION OF SMALL DATA AMOUNTS WHILE IN IDLE MODE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with enabling communication of small data amounts while maintaining a RRC idle mode of operation for a UE. In an example, a UE is equipped to obtain a temporary radio bearer for communication of data, that meets one or more criteria for small data transmission, over a user plane in a UMTS or LTE based network, and transmit the data, over the user plane, using the temporary radio bearer while maintaining the UE in an RRC idle mode. A UTRAN entity may receive, over the temporary radio bearer assignment, the data from a UE in an idle mode, and send the data to a SGSN using a common small data connection. The SGSN may then send the data to a PGW. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038623 | Techniques for Sending or Receiving Channel State Information Reports Associated with a Coordinated Multi-Point Scheme - Examples are disclosed for sending or receiving channel state information (CSI) reports associated with coordinated multi-point (CoMP) schemes. The examples include user equipment (UE) constraining CSI feedback to one or more transmission points implementing a CoMP scheme with the UE. The examples also include a transmission point such as an evolved node B (eNB) triggering CSI feedback and receiving a CSI report in response to the trigger. The CSI report generated based on the UE constraining CSI feedback. Constraining CSI feedback may include the UE generating fewer CSI reports, reusing information between CSI reports or increasing an amount of time allowed for processing and generating CSI reports. Other examples are described and claimed. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038624 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and controlling method thereof are disclosed, which facilitates a terminal to be used in further consideration of user's convenience. The present invention includes receiving a call signal for requesting an establishment of a second session from a second counterpart via a wireless communication unit while a first session with a first counterpart is established and transmitting user data to the second counterpart using an available radio resource of a standby session for waiting for the establishment of the second session. Accordingly, if an incoming call is received from a different counterpart in the course of a call to a prescribed counterpart, a prescribed data is sent to the different counterpart to inform that the call cannot be connected. | 02-06-2014 |
20140038625 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CLEAR TO SEND (CTS)-TO-SELF INDICATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for transmitting a clear to send (CTS)-to-self indication. According to certain aspects, a method for wireless communications by a wireless device is provided. The method generally includes scheduling a first antenna at the wireless device for communication using one of a first radio access technology (RAT) or a second RAT, scheduling one or more other antennas at the wireless device configured for communication using the first RAT, for communication using the second RAT in order to enable one of transmit diversity on the second RAT or simultaneous communication on the first and second RATs, and transmitting an idle-mode indication to force the first RAT to an idle mode | 02-06-2014 |
20140045507 | CODE RATE ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for transmitting physical hybrid automatic repetition request indicator channel (PHICH) signals using adaptive code rates are provided. In accordance with one implementation, various PHICH code rates may be supported by configuring a different number of resource element groups (REGs) to transmit the PHICH signal. The information regarding the REGs may be transmitted to a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) message or in an uplink grant message or in a medium access control (MAC) control element. Correspondingly, the UE may detect the PHICH signal with adaptive code rate on the indicated REGs. Furthermore, channel state information (CSI) may be transmitted from the UE to a base station to indicate the measured PHICH quality, such that the base station may determine appropriate PHICH code rate for the UE based on the CSI information. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045508 | CODE RATE ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for transmitting physical hybrid automatic repetition request indicator channel (PHICH) signals using adaptive code rates are provided. In accordance with one implementation, various PHICH code rates may be supported by configuring a different number of resource element groups (REGs) to transmit the PHICH signal. The information regarding the REGs may be transmitted to a user equipment (UE) in a radio resource control (RRC) message or in an uplink grant message or in a medium access control (MAC) control element. Correspondingly, the UE may detect the PHICH signal with adaptive code rate on the indicated REGs. Furthermore, channel state information (CSI) may be transmitted from the UE to a base station to indicate the measured PHICH quality, such that the base station may determine appropriate PHICH code rate for the UE based on the CSI information. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045509 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USER EQUIPMENT - A method and apparatus in a user equipment is described for handling failures to receive messages in response to re-transmitted requests. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045510 | Coordinated Multipoint Transmission and Reception (CoMP) - A communications method implemented in a transmission point (TP) used in a coordinated multipoint transmission and reception (CoMP) system is disclosed. The communications method includes transmitting, to a user equipment (UE), an indication of a channel state information (CSI) process in a CSI pattern comprising a set of CSI processes, wherein the UE is configured with the CSI process for at least one of the other CSI processes in the CSI pattern, and wherein a reported rank indication (RI) for the CSI process is the same as an RI for said at least one of the other CSI processes. Other methods, apparatuses, and systems are also disclosed. | 02-13-2014 |
20140045511 | CONTENT SHARING AMONG MOBILE TERMINALS - A method for realizing content sharing among mobile terminals comprises: receiving an index of access content sent by a requesting mobile terminal; looking up a shareable content index table for the index of the access content; and sending identification information of a mobile terminal having the index of the access content to the requesting mobile terminal if the index of the access content is found, so that the requesting mobile terminal obtains the requested access content from the mobile terminal having the index of the access content via wireless communication. | 02-13-2014 |
20140051453 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station (eNB | 02-20-2014 |
20140057639 | METHOD FOR ACHIEVING FAST DORMANCY OF USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN CELL_PCH OR URA_PCH STATE IN UMTS - A method and a system which enables a User Equipment (UE) in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UTMS) to achieve fast dormancy in least possible time are provided. The method reduces the signalling burden on UE and Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) by eliminating the need of SCRI procedure by introducing cause value as ‘end of user data’ in Cell update cause Information element which can be used in cell update message in a Paging Channel (Cell_PCH) state and a UTRAN registration area (URA_PCH) states indicated to the network. The method reduces the time and signalling to transition the UE to an idle mode time and the method is energy efficient. | 02-27-2014 |
20140057640 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - Provided is a method for configuring coordinated multipoint transmission (CoMP) of the present invention. The method includes: providing a transmission mode to support CoMP and, at a base station (eNB), configuring the transmission mode to support CoMP to a user terminal (UE) by radio resource control (RRC) signaling. According to the method of the present invention, it becomes possible to configure CoMP so that the LTE system can support the CoMP function. | 02-27-2014 |
20140066079 | WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE AND ADJUSTMENT METHOD - A wireless terminal device includes a transmitter, a receiver, a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory, the processor being configured to measure a transmission processing time and a reception processing time, the transmission processing time being a time for the transmitter to carry out transmission processing, the reception processing time being a time for the receiver to carry out reception processing, and adjust a transmission timing of the transmitter on the basis of the transmission processing time and a reception timing of the receiver on the basis of the reception processing time. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066080 | Controlling User Equipment Nodes for Enhanced Uplink and User Equipment Nodes Configured for Enhanced Uplink - Methods for controlling uplink transmission of data to a network node of a communications system a user equipment node are disclosed. The methods include receiving parameters to configure enhanced uplink in CELL_FACH state, determining whether the user equipment node is able to communicate on an E-DCH in CELL_FACH state and determining whether additional defined conditions have been satisfied, and performing a cell update operation to obtain an E-RNTI value responsive to determining that the user equipment node is not able to communicate on an E-DCH in CELL_FACH state. The methods may also include transmitting uplink data on an E-DCH transport channel to the network node responsive to determining that the user equipment node is able to communicate on an E-DCH in CELL_FACH state and determining that the additional defined conditions have been satisfied. Related user equipment nodes are also disclosed. | 03-06-2014 |
20140066081 | COORDINATED MULTIPOINT RECEPTION PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a coordinated multipoint reception processing method and apparatus, and a base station. The method includes: performing demodulating and decoding an uplink signal received by k collaboration sets of M collaboration sets, to obtain k cyclic redundancy check CRC results, where the uplink signal is sent by a user equipment UE, the collaboration set is a serving sector where the UE is located or a set formed by the serving sector and any one or more collaborative sectors, M≧2, and 1≦k≦M; and if the k CRC results include at least one correct CRC result, performing processing on a signal obtained by a CRC result of the at least one correct CRC result. According to the embodiments of the present invention, in a base station, detection performance is improved under actual channel estimation. | 03-06-2014 |
20140073334 | INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A device establishes a connection with a user equipment (UE) via a macrocell associated with the device, and provides, to a femto device within range of the macrocell, information identifying resource blocks to allocate to the UE when the UE enters into a femtocell generated by the femto device. The femto device provides the information to the UE when the UE enters into the femtocell. The device also maintains the connection of the UE with macrocell, via the allocated resource blocks identified in the information, when the UE enters into the femtocell. | 03-13-2014 |
20140073335 | Method And Apparatus Of Virtualized Resource Sharing In Cellular Networks - According to a disclosed method in a base station having one or more physical sectors, instructions received from a core network cellular network operators that are parties to a sharing agreement and specify an amount of radio resources that are to be temporarily shared under the sharing agreement. In the sharing state, the physical sector instantiates at least two concurrently running protocol stacks dedicated to respective cellular network operators that are parties to the sharing agreement, thus defining virtualized sectors. | 03-13-2014 |
20140080493 | Disconnection of Resources of A Radio Access Network with A Low Network Load - The techniques described herein relate ascertaining resources of a radio access network that can be switched off during low network utilization, wherein the method comprises ascertaining an overlap of at least one sector of a base station of the radio access network by at least one sector of a surrounding base station of the radio access network. At least one candidate sector is determined to be switched off as a function of the ascertained overlap, wherein the candidate sector is essentially completely covered by the at least one sector of the surrounding base stations. The techniques may include selection from among the candidate sectors a combination of sectors that are to be switched off, and switching off the candidate sectors of the selected combination. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080494 | DIRECT COMMUNICATION METHOD OF TERMINAL, METHOD OF CONTROLLING D2D COMMUNICATION, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - Provided are a direct communication method of a terminal, a method of controlling device-to-device (D2D) communication, and a terminal device. The direct communication method of a terminal includes receiving downlink control information (DCI) from an evolved node base-station (eNB), extracting D2D transmission (Tx) or reception (Rx) grant information including a D2D pairing identity (ID) given to the terminal according to each D2D pair from the DCI, and performing data transmission or reception with a counterpart terminal according to Tx or Rx conditions set according to the D2D pairing ID. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080495 | System and Method for Peer-to-Peer Communication in Cellular Systems - Systems and methods are provided for delivering both PMP communications, for example standard cellular communications via a base station, and also delivering P2P communications, for example, communications between two mobile stations, using the same spectral resources for both types of communication. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080496 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER FOR COORDINATING PAGING OCCASIONS ON A COMMON PAGING CHANNEL - A method of paging a plurality of users by synchronizing user equipment (UE) specific paging and Point-to-Multipoint (PtM) user group paging to reduce power consumption when the UE is in a discontinuous reception state. The UE identities are defined such that paging occasions and common paging channels are synchronized for multiple users within a PtM user group. | 03-20-2014 |
20140080497 | METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a Central Node (CN), a method in a Remote Node (RN), and a method in a wireless communication system for allocating reference signals to be used for uplink transmission are disclosed. According to one aspect reference signals are allocated with a method comprising the steps of: determining in a CN a number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by a Remote Node RN; indicating to the RN the number of reference signals N to be used for uplink transmission by the RN; configuring an uplink transmission by the RN with at most the number of reference signals N; and performing by the RN the uplink transmission with at most the number of reference signals Non transmit antennas comprised in the RN. The present disclosure further discloses a CN and a RN relating to the methods. | 03-20-2014 |
20140087742 | POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE(S) FOR DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS, AND RELATED POWER UNITS, COMPONENTS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - A power distribution module can be installed in and connected to a power unit for providing power to a power-consuming DAS component(s), such as a remote unit(s) (RU(s)) as a non-limiting example. The RU may include an antenna, and may sometimes be referred to as a remote antenna unit or RAU. Power from the power distribution module is distributed to any power-consuming DAS components connected to the power distribution modules including but not limited to remote units. The power distribution modules distribute power to the power-consuming DAS components to provide power for power-consuming components in the power-consuming DAS components. In a first configuration, the power distribution module uses two power links to provide power to a single RU. In a second configuration, the power distribution module uses two power links to provide power to two RUs. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087743 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE ACCESS OF EQUIPMENT FOR A NETWORK OF THE MACHINE-TO-MACHINE TYPE TO THE RESOURCES OF A CELLULAR TELEPHONY NETWORK - The present invention concerns a method for controlling access by an equipment for a network of the machine-to-machine type to the resources of a cellular telephony network, said equipment comprising means for wireless communication with another equipment for a machine-to-machine network. The method is characterised in that it comprises the following steps: | 03-27-2014 |
20140087744 | LINK ADAPTATION TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION BASED CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a link adaptation transmission and reception method in device-to-device (D2D) communication based on cellular mobile communication. An operation method of a terminal in the link adaptation method according to the present invention includes receiving information related to a first transmission through a D2D link, performing transmission for an opposite terminal using the information related to the first transmission, and determining information related to a second transmission after the transmission based on reception from the opposite terminal. Using the link adaptation method according to the present invention, an adaptive modulation and coding scheme may be provided at the time of data transmission on a D2D link while minimizing control of a base station, thereby reducing the complexity of a cellular network due to the D2D communication. | 03-27-2014 |
20140087745 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, RADIO STATIONS AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to method for communicating in a network between a primary station and at least one secondary station on a downlink control channel, wherein the primary station transmits an indication related to a resource allocated to one of the secondary stations in accordance with a semi persistent schedule, wherein at least two messages, which include at least part of the indication, are transmitted in one subframe. | 03-27-2014 |
20140094182 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communications apparatus and method provide logic for establishing communications sessions in accordance with one or more connection rights. In one implementation, a communications apparatus may include a control circuit configured to establish, through an information processing apparatus, a communications session with an additional communications apparatus associated with one or more first connection rights. The established communications session may be associated with one or more second connection rights that differ from the first connection rights, and the control circuit may be further configured to generate an instruction to transmit data in accordance with the second connection rights. | 04-03-2014 |
20140094183 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - There is provided a mechanism for allocating communication resources of a cellular communication network to a D2D communication. After an eNB has configured a number of resource pools indicating a set of resources usable in the D2D communication, D2D clusters which share a same resource pool are enabled to obtain resources for their respective D2D communication. By detecting the current resource utilization state in the allocated resource pool by measurement on the UE side, it is decided whether suitable resources are available or not. An overload situation is signalled to the eNB if no suitable resource can be detected. | 04-03-2014 |
20140099965 | Methods and Apparatus for Optimizing Paging Mechanisms Using Device Context Information - Methods and apparatus enabling a wireless network to optimize paging channel operation, based on mobile device context information. In one embodiment, the wireless network is a cellular network (e.g., LTE-Advanced), and both base stations and cellular user devices dynamically exchange and maintain a paging agreement. The paging agreement limits the paging channel operation, thereby minimizing unnecessary scanning and usage of irrelevant radio resources. Such paging mechanisms are limited to the air interface between the base station and the mobile device, and are compatible with existing legacy devices and network entities. Networks with appropriately enabled user devices may improve their resource utilization. Base stations may advantageously reclaim freed-up cellular resources to support other services. | 04-10-2014 |
20140099966 | NETWORK NODE, TERMINAL, BANDWIDTH MODIFICATION DETERMINATION METHOD AND BANDWIDTH MODIFICATION METHOD - The objective of the present invention is to suppress deterioration of call quality caused by transcoding without interrupting a call even if a codec used by one of the terminals during communication is changed. A modification determination unit, in the case of detecting a modification of a codec used by one terminal of two terminals, determines whether or not to constrain the bandwidth of the first codec using a first codec of the other terminal and a second codec after modification by the first-mentioned one of the terminals. A signaling generation unit transmits, to the other terminal, signaling for limiting the bandwidth if the bandwidth is to be limited. | 04-10-2014 |
20140106761 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for selecting a scheduling group of base stations is provided for use in a communication system. The method includes receiving, at the control apparatus, received signal power information for a signal received by a terminal; receiving cell edge terminal information on the terminal located at a cell edge; determining a combination of base stations that maximize throughput based on the received signal power information and the cell edge terminal information; and mapping the determined combination of the base stations to the integral scheduler. | 04-17-2014 |
20140106762 | FORMAT ADAPTATION OF A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR DISCONTINUOUS DATA TRANSMISSION - In a radio communication system ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140113639 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - For downlink communication with a communication terminal using a downlink radio resource allocated to this communication terminal by a radio resource allocating unit, if this communication terminal does not transmit a first known signal using an associated uplink radio resource associated with this downlink radio resource but it transmits the first known signal using a nonassociated uplink radio resource which is not associated with this downlink radio resource and which includes the frequency band of this downlink radio resource in a frequency direction, a communication unit controls the transmission directivity of a plurality of antennas based on a second known signal if the aforementioned communication terminal transmits the second known signal in the frequency band of the aforementioned downlink radio resource in an interval between a time period of this downlink radio resource and a time period of the aforementioned nonassociated uplink radio resource. | 04-24-2014 |
20140113640 | Method and Apparatus for use in a Communications Network - A method is provided for use in a communications network in which a plurality of accesses are available to a user entity for accessing a network resource, comprising: determining a set of active rules, each rule specifying respective preferences, at least relatively, for at least some of the plurality of accesses, with potential for conflict between the rules of the set concerning which access is most preferred; deriving from the set of active rules a new rule specifying respective preferences, at least relatively, for at least some of the plurality of accesses; and selecting an access for use by the user entity based on the new rule. | 04-24-2014 |
20140113641 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A WIRELESS TERMINAL - A wireless terminal is provided, including a main control unit, a radio frequency power amplifier, and an antenna, where: the main control unit is coupled to the radio frequency power amplifier, and an output end of the radio frequency power amplifier is coupled to the antenna; the main control unit is configured to initiate a procedure for establishing a physical channel, and send a first gain control instruction to the radio frequency power amplifier, where when there is no uplink data to be transmitted through the physical channel link within a first preset time, the first gain control instruction is an instruction for reducing a gain; the radio frequency power amplifier determines its gain level according to the first gain control instruction; and the antenna is configured to transmit a radio frequency signal amplified by the radio frequency power amplifier. | 04-24-2014 |
20140120925 | MOBILE STATION WITH MULTI-SIM AND TUNE AWAY METHODS - Apparatus and methods are disclosed to provide for a multi-SIM wireless user equipment configured for autonomous tune-away operations enabling simultaneous communication on multiple subscriptions using a shared RF chain while maintaining a voice call. A multi-SIM user equipment may be capable of communicating with a first subscription and a second subscription via a transceiver. The user equipment may be engaged in circuit switched communication utilizing a first channel corresponding to the first subscription associated with a first USIM; and the transceiver may be autonomously tuned away from the first channel and tuned to a second channel corresponding to the second subscription associated with a second USIM, while the circuit switched communication is ongoing, and autonomously tuned back to the first channel. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120926 | METHOD OF OPERATING BASE STATION AND TERMINAL IN CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR OPERATING MULTIPLE BEAMS - Provided is an operation method of a cellular telecommunication system for operating multiple beams. In an operation method of a base station, a beam identifier (ID) is allocated to each of the multiple beams, and a terminal reports a beam ID of a selected beam to the base station. When the operation method of the cellular telecommunication system is used, the base station can rapidly sense the entry of the terminal into a specific beam area. Even when the terminal moves between beam areas, it is possible to rapidly make a beam area change with a minimum overhead without performing random access again or performing a complex procedure such as a handover procedure. | 05-01-2014 |
20140120927 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING X2 CONNECTION BETWEEN BASE STATIONS, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for establishing an X2 connection between base stations, including: obtaining, by a base station, a cell identifier of a neighboring base station through a self-organized network SON receiver; obtaining, by the base station, according to the cell identifier, address information of the neighboring base station; and establishing, by the base station, an X2 connection with the neighboring base station according to the address information of the neighboring base station, and thereby implementing fast optimization of a network. | 05-01-2014 |
20140128085 | COMMON SEARCH SPACE CONFIGURATION OF A CARRIER - Measures for a common search space configuration of a standalone carrier may exemplarily include measures for configuring a common search space for an enhanced physical downlink control channel of a carrier, and measures for scheduling a master information block of common control signaling on a physical broadcast channel of the carrier, wherein said master information block indicates a configuration of the common search space which defines a set of pairs of physical resource blocks in the common search space. | 05-08-2014 |
20140128086 | METHODS FOR BASE-STATION-TO-BASE-STATION CONNECTION MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure relates to a base station in a cellular communication network and methods of operation thereof. In one embodiment, a base station determines that the base station is transitioning to an unavailable state. The base station then notifies one or more radio network nodes with which the base station conducts base-station-to-node communication that the base station is unavailable. Thereafter, in one embodiment, the one or more radio network nodes cease communication attempts with the base station. In this manner, the radio network nodes can avoid spending additional resources on attempts to re-establish communication connections to base stations that tend to be offline more often (e.g., low-power base stations (LP-BSs)). | 05-08-2014 |
20140128087 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A POSITIONING SOLUTION - Embodiments of the invention provide a method for selecting a positioning solution. The method includes receiving information of a channel allocated to a terminal, and selecting, based on the information of the channel, a solution from a set of positioning solutions for the terminal. The method of the present invention is robust and automatically adapts itself to different traffic scenarios. | 05-08-2014 |
20140141789 | System and Method for Device-to-Device Operation in a Cellular Communications System - A method for operating a first device-to-device (D2D) device in a cellular communications system includes receiving geo-location information from a first entity in the cellular communications system, the geo-location information including location information for cellular users of the cellular communications system and resources of the cellular communications system available to the cellular users, selecting one of the resources to avoid causing interference to a cellular transmission, the resource being selected in accordance with the geo-location information, and transmitting to a second D2D device over the selected resource. | 05-22-2014 |
20140141790 | Direct Transition to CELL DCH - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for reducing the time delay associated with the initialisation of a data transfer in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications Systems (UMTS) terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN). A Radio Network Controller (RNC) initiates a data transfer by transmitting a downlink paging message to a User Equipment (UE), wherein the UE is capable of being in the states URA PCH, CELL PCH or CELL DCH. The paging message comprises information for transferring the UE from the URA PCH or the CELL PCH state directly to the CELL DCH state by means of delay reducing information indicated in the paging message. | 05-22-2014 |
20140148177 | Method for Network-Coordinated Device-to-Device Communication - Various communication systems may benefit from network coordination. For example, a system of the long term evolution (LTE) of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) that utilizes device-to-device communication may benefit from various methods, devices, and systems for network-coordinated device-to-device communication. For example, a method may include determining a penalty for using a subframe for device-to-device communication based on radio conditions. The method may also include applying the penalty in selecting radio resources for a user equipment for device-to-device communication. | 05-29-2014 |
20140148178 | MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICES AND METHODS OF OPERATION - A mobile terminal includes two subscriber identification module (SIM) interfaces, a transceiver, and a scheduling module. The transceiver is configured to provide communication with mobile communication networks identified by subscription information respectively provided through the two subscriber identification module (SIM) interfaces. The scheduling module controls the transceiver in receiving paging information from a mobile communication network. The scheduling module maintains concurrent paging reception with the mobile communication networks identified by subscription information respectively provided through one of the two subscriber identification module (SIM) interfaces by factoring in periodic occurrences of paging indicators and paging messages. | 05-29-2014 |
20140155074 | Method, User Equipment and System for Maintaining a Large Number of Connections - The present invention provides a method for maintaining a large number of connections. The method comprises: when there is no data transmission between a User Equipment (UE) and a network, a network device deletes a radio bearer and reserves UE context information related to link restoration and a default bearer; when data needs to be transmitted between the UE and the network, the network device establishes a bearer connection with the UE according to the reserved UE context information related to link restoration. At the same time, the present invention provides a UE and system for maintaining a large number of connections. By using the method, the UE and the system of the present invention, a large number of UE connections can be maintained effectively, the network load can be reduced and the connection recovery process can be accelerated. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155075 | SYSTEM FOR CONNECTING RADIO ACCESS NODES OF A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - The system comprises a plurality of radio access nodes, or cells, each of said cells providing a coverage area to a plurality of user equipments, characterised in that each of said radio access nodes is splitted into:
| 06-05-2014 |
20140155076 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR CELL MEASUREMENT AND MEASUREMENT CONTROL - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods and devices for cell measurement and measurement control. In the embodiments of the present invention, the base station may provide the information of the neighboring micro cell to the UE, so that the UE may identify that the neighboring cell of the serving cell includes a micro cell, and ignore the measurement starting condition when performing measurement on the micro cell, so as to timely complete measurement on the neighboring micro cell and be handed over to the neighboring micro cell to be served, thereby improving an effect of load sharing of the micro cell. | 06-05-2014 |
20140155077 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A WIMAX FEMTOCELL BASE STATION AND FEMTOCELL BASE STATION - A method for operating a WiMAX femtocell base station, wherein the femtocell base station has an active operational mode, in which the radio interface subsystem of the femtocell base station is fully power supplied, is characterized in that a power saving mode with reduced radio interface activity is provided, wherein the femtocell base station is enabled to transit between the active operation mode and the power saving mode. Furthermore, a corresponding femtocell base station for deployment in a WiMAX network is disclosed. | 06-05-2014 |
20140162666 | Coordinated Evacuation Of Spectrum - A method for coordinating spectrum evacuation is described which is useful for spectrum sharing, authorized/licensed shared access, secondary access, dynamic spectrum access, cognitive radio, general authorized access, etc. whereby access to a spectrum can be increased via buying usage right from a higher priority, primary or incumbent user, and/or via opportunistic access to unoccupied/unused spectrum. Enabling efficient spectrum evacuation guarantees limited impact to system performance while ensuring that the other user gets the spectrum back when needed. The method includes selecting a first subset of UEs for transitioning from a first bandwidth to a second bandwidth. During a first time period, the method includes, for each UE in the first subset, instructing the UE to transition using dedicated signaling. Later, during a second time period, the method includes instructing a second subset of UEs to transition using broadcast signaling. Apparatus and computer readable media are also disclosed. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162667 | RADIO RESOURCE DISTRIBUTION DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A RADIO RESOURCE DISTRIBUTION DEVICE - A radio resource distribution device may be provided. The radio resource distribution device may include: a communication condition determination circuit configured to determine a condition under which a radio communication device is to perform communication with a radio communication network; an availability determination circuit configured to determine at least one available radio resource out of a plurality of radio resources, that is available for the communication; and a radio resource determination circuit configured to determine a radio resource for the communication out of the at least one available radio resource based on the determined condition; wherein the plurality of radio resources includes: at least one first radio resource assigned to an operator of the radio communication network; and at least one second radio resource assigned to a holder of the second radio resource, and assigned by the holder of the second radio resource to the operator of the radio communication network. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162668 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING IN CELLULAR BASED DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for scheduling in a cellular-based device-to-device (D2D) communication. The method of scheduling a cellular resource used in a base station for a D2D communication between terminals may include grouping, by a proximity coordinator, a cellular resource of an adjacent base station based on cell information of a base station, managing a resource to be allocated to the terminal and a resource allocated previously to the terminal based on the grouped resource, and allocating the grouped resource to the terminal based on information associated with the resource to be allocated and the previously allocated resource when a request for D2D communication between terminals located in different cells is received. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162669 | APPARATUS AND A METHOD FOR SELECTING A FREQUENCY BAND IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method and apparatus. In the method, an apparatus, for example, a base station, receives radio interface capabilities from a mobile node. The apparatus receives a subscriber frequency band priority profile identifier from a mobility management entity node. The apparatus finds an entry from a frequency band priority data structure using the subscriber frequency band priority profile identifier and the at least one radio interface capability and obtaining at least one frequency band priority from the entry. The apparatus applies the at least one frequency band priority to control the mobility of the mobile node. | 06-12-2014 |
20140162670 | CODEBOOK FOR EIGHT TRANSMIT ANTENNAS AND MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE CODEBOOK - A transmitter and a receiver of a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication system may use two codebooks to share channel information. When the transmitter uses eight transmit antennas, two codebooks may be defined. When the receiver generates two precoding matrix indicators from two codebooks, a combination of the two precoding matrix indicators may indicate a single precoding matrix. Precoding matrix candidates may also be defined. | 06-12-2014 |
20140171091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LAYER 3 CONFIGURATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - Methods, systems and apparatus are provided for camping, assisted serving cell addition or removal, and discontinuous reception (DRX) in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In other aspects, enhancements to Layer 1 channels and uplink timing alignments are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In further aspects, assisted serving cell Layer 2 architecture and transport channels are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In further aspects, collaborated HARQ solutions are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. | 06-19-2014 |
20140171092 | PAGING INDICATOR TRANSMISSION METHOD, SYSTEM AND RECEPTION DEVICE FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A paging indicator transmission method for a mobile communication system includes the following steps. In step S | 06-19-2014 |
20140171093 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. Currently active CPEs request bandwidth using unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. | 06-19-2014 |
20140179327 | RELAYING DEVICE - A relaying device includes an uplink interface that continuously receives an audio signal in communication, a wireless apparatus interface to which a repeater acting as a wireless relaying apparatus is connected, a voice buffer that buffers the audio signal, and a control unit. The control unit performs a VOX processing of detecting whether or not a level of the audio signal is equal to or higher than a preset threshold. When the level of the audio signal is equal to or higher than the threshold, the control unit starts buffering the audio signal in the voice buffer, and requests the repeater to reserve a channel. After receiving, from the repeater, a reply indicating that a channel has been reserved, the control unit reads the buffered audio signal from the voice buffer, and transfers this audio signal to the repeater. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179328 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING AND ACQUISITION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for handling a control channel for carrier aggregation in wireless communications. The method includes determining which component carrier to listen to, detecting the downlink control channel, processing mapping information related to downlink and uplink transmissions and operating discontinuous reception with respect to carrier aggregation. The method also includes detecting a component carrier, determining the component carrier type and locating the anchor component carrier, if necessary, where the anchor component carrier carries the carrier aggregation information. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179329 | LOCALIZED AND DISTRIBUTED TRANSMISSION - The available transmission resources on a downlink-shared channel are divided into resource blocks, each resource block comprising a predetermined number of sub-carriers during a predetermined time period. The resource blocks are subdivided into localized resource blocks and distributed resource blocks. A user requiring sufficient resources can be allocated a plurality of said localized resource blocks. A user who would require only a small number of said localized resource blocks can instead be allocated subunits of a plurality of said distributed resource blocks. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179330 | CLUSTER HEAD ASSISTED METHOD FOR CONVERTING USER TERMINAL FROM D2D COMMUNICATION TO CELLULAR COMMUNICATION - The present invention discloses a cluster head assisted method for converting a user terminal from device-to-device (D2D) communication to cellular communication. When quality of a D2D link between a user terminal and a cluster head is lower than a predetermined threshold, if the user terminal has to leave the cluster but still expects to continue an original the service, the user terminal performs cell search and random access, and establishes a radio resource control (RRC) connection with a target base station of a cellular network. Switching from D2D communication to cellular communication is implemented with the assistance of the cluster head, and a communication manner after the switching is provided. The present invention implements mobile switching from D2D communication in distributed cluster communication to cellular communication, which can reduce route search delay and save wireless resources. | 06-26-2014 |
20140179331 | RADIO STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLING TRANSMISSION TIMING IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio station, a radio terminal, and a method for transmission timing control in a radio communications system are provided that facilitate uplink-signal synchronization management in a plurality of cell groups. The radio station ( | 06-26-2014 |
20140187251 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR GSM SPECTRUM REFARMING FOR LTE SMALL CELLS - One embodiment of the method includes allocating, using a network management entity, at least one of a plurality of physical resource blocks (PRBs) of a first wireless access technology for utilization by a second wireless access technology. A spectrum of the first wireless access technology is embedded within a spectrum of the second wireless access technology. The method further includes communicating, using the network management entity, a message to a controller of the first wireless access technology identifying the PRBs not allocated for utilization by the second wireless access technology. | 07-03-2014 |
20140187252 | DISTRIBUTED POLICY ARCHITECTURE - A mobile device may select between multiple networks in order to offload network traffic from one network to another. Policies under which network selection happens are established by network operators. A hierarchy of policy servers are established where a central policy server with policies established by a network operator can delegate authority for network switching to a local policy server with policies established by the same or a different network operator. The central policy server can establish criteria under which network switching or network selection is delegated to a local server. Policies from the local policy server can include information about local network conditions. A mobile device can use the policies from the central server and local server to select a network. | 07-03-2014 |
20140194130 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT CO-EXISTENCE OF MACRO AND SMALL CELLS - A femto base station (BS) maintains two different timings: a femto BS downlink timing and a femto BS uplink timing. A femto base station's uplink reference timing is based on the macro uplink timing being used by one or more UE devices in the local vicinity of the femto BS. In some embodiments, the femto BS synchronizes its femto uplink timing to the macro uplink timing being used by the closest UE device transmitting uplink signals to the macro BS. In other embodiments, the femto BS determines its femto base station uplink timing based on one or more uplink signals from UE devices in its vicinity transmitting to the macro BS. In various embodiments, femto cell uplink signals and macro cell uplink signals are received at a femto cell BS in synchronization. This approach facilitates frequency division multiplexing (FDM) in the uplink between a macro cell and a femto cell. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194131 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNALING RELEASE CAUSE INDICATION IN A UMTS NETWORK - A method and system for processing signaling release indication cause between user equipment and a wireless network, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring, at the user equipment, whether a signaling connection release indication should be sent to the wireless network; appending, at the user equipment, a cause for the signaling connection release indication to the signaling connection release indication; sending the appended signaling connection release indication to the wireless network; receiving the signaling connection release indication at the wireless network; and filtering said cause to determine whether to raise an alarm. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194132 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION USING TERMINAL ACCESSIBILITY IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a base station to manage resources in order to perform beamforming in a wireless access system, the method being characterized by comprising the steps of: receiving cluster information from a cluster head; and determining, on the basis of the received cluster information, terminals to be scheduled in a cluster including the cluster head, wherein the cluster information comprises location and channel gain information for the terminals belonging to the cluster including the cluster head. | 07-10-2014 |
20140194133 | ALLOCATING RESOURCES AND TRANSMITTING DATA IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS COMPRISING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION APPLICATIONS - A method of communicating data in a wireless telecommunications system between plural base stations and plural terminal devices using plural Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex, OFDM, sub-carriers spanning a first frequency bandwidth. The method includes: communicating data between a first base station and a first terminal device using a first group of the OFDM sub-carriers distributed across the first frequency bandwidth, communicating data between a second base station, geographically separated from the first base station, and a second terminal device using a second group of the OFDM sub-carriers distributed across a second frequency bandwidth, and communicating control-plane data between the first base station and the first terminal device using a combination of the first and second groups of the OFDM sub-carriers. Guard regions may be provided in the frequency domain between frequencies of transmissions associated with the first base station and frequencies of transmissions associated with the second base station. | 07-10-2014 |
20140200010 | HYBRID INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT FOR MIXED MACRO-FEMTO BASE STATION DOWNLINK - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus is a first BS. The apparatus determines a first channel between a second BS and a first UE served by a third BS, determines a second channel between the first base station and the first UE, and determines a first direction vector to be used by the second base station for sending a data transmission. The apparatus transmits a set of resource blocks to a second UE served by the first base station with a second direction vector determined based on the first channel, the second channel, and the first direction vector to be used by the second base station. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200011 | LTE/HSDPA Carrier Aggregation - It is provided an apparatus, including deciding means adapted to decide, based on an availability indication received directly from a slave base station of a second radio access technology, if data to be transmitted to a user equipment are to be transmitted by the slave base station; distributing means adapted to distribute, based on the decision by the deciding means, the data to the slave base station for a transmission to the user equipment; transmitting means adapted to transmit the data to the user equipment according to a base station functionality of a first radio access technology if the data are not to be distributed to the slave base station. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200012 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system includes a base station and a mobile station communicating with the base station. The base station includes a selection unit and a first transmitting unit. The selection unit selects an item of identification information for identifying a data series from a plurality of data series corresponding to resources used to transmit a signal that the mobile station uses to measure reception quality. The first transmitting unit transmits the item of identification information. The mobile station includes a receiving unit, a measurement unit, and a second transmitting unit. The receiving unit receives the item of identification information that the first transmitting unit has transmitted. The measurement unit measures the reception quality using a signal of the data series identified by the item of identification information. The second transmitting unit transmits information indicating the reception quality that the measurement unit has measured to the base station. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200013 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING SECURE COMMUNICATIONS OVER A CELLULAR NETWORK - A process for communicating utility-related data over at least one network is described. the process includes: collecting utility-related data at a hub device during a first predetermined period of time; securing the utility-related data at the hub device using digital envelopes during the first predetermined period of time; initiating by the hub device an autonomous wake up process during a second predetermined period of time; sending the secure utility-related data over a first network to a designated server via at least one User Datagram protocol (“UDP”) message during the second predetermined period of time; and receiving an acknowledgement of receipt message of the at least one UDP message from the designated server; wherein the first and second predetermined periods of time typically do not overlap, but may overlap. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200014 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, METHOD IMPLEMENTED THEREIN, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A mobile station apparatus ( | 07-17-2014 |
20140200015 | BASE STATION AND TERMINAL CONNECTION METHOD FOR THE BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a base station, and to a terminal connection method for the base station. The terminal connection method for the base station according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: a step of connecting to a terminal; an information extracting step of extracting information for determining a timeout value of the connection of the terminal when the connection to the terminal is completed; and a time-out setting step of setting a time-out value of the terminal according to the extracted information. According to the one embodiment of the present invention, the base station may efficiently utilize resources and overhead expenses for connection setup may be reduced. | 07-17-2014 |
20140200016 | Method and Arrangement for Handling Measurements Under Dynamically Configured Patterns - The present disclosure relates to a method in a measuring node and a measuring node for handling measurements performed on signals received over a wireless interface in a wireless communication system. The method comprises performing ( | 07-17-2014 |
20140206367 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZATION OF WIRELESS MULTIPOINT ELECTROMAGNETIC COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - An apparatus is provided. The apparatus comprises: transceiver hardware that is capable of receiving data utilizing multiple simultaneously-received polarization diverse or spatial diverse channels and includes at least one receiver wireless element that is orthogonal frequency division multiplexing-capable and at least one transmitter wireless element; and circuitry capable of working in association with the transceiver hardware. In operation, the circuitry capable of causing the apparatus to: modulate transmit data; add a cyclic prefix to the transmit data; transmit at least one transmit signal including at least a portion of the transmit data to a node, where the apparatus includes a cellular mobile device and the node includes a cellular base station that is multiple-input-multiple-output capable; allow linkage between the cellular mobile device and the cellular base station utilizing a link; and based on a link quality of the link, allow linkage between the cellular mobile device and another cellular base station utilizing another link. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206368 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS BACKHAUL COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NODES - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of wireless backhaul communication between wireless communication nodes. For example, a wireless communication controller may control a wireless communication node to communicate with one or more other wireless communication nodes via one or more backhaul links of a backhaul network over a first frequency band, and to communicate with a control station via a control link over a second frequency band, the first frequency band is higher than the second frequency band. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206369 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT DIRECTED RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL IN A UMTS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for improved battery performance of user equipment in a wireless network having multiple radio resource control (RRC) states, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring, at the user equipment, application data exchange; determining when no application on the user equipment is expected to exchange data; and initiating, from the user equipment, a transition to a less battery demanding radio resource control state or mode. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206370 | PAGING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Paging in a wireless network is described. A user equipment (UE) in idle mode is paged by sending a message on a control channel having an allocation of resources for a shared channel and a radio network temporary identity (RNTI) associated with other UEs including the UE. The paging message may include an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) or a Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity (TMSI). | 07-24-2014 |
20140206371 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPORTING LOGGED MEASUREMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of reporting logged measurements of an user equipment in a wireless communication system is provided. The user equipment in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connected mode receives from a base station a Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT) configuration. The user equipment transitions from the RRC connected mode to an RRC idle mode and logs measurements based on the MDT configuration. The user equipment transmits to the base station a logging indicator indicating an availability of the logged measurement. | 07-24-2014 |
20140206372 | METHOD, TERMINAL, AND SYSTEM FOR REALIZING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, device, and system for realizing device to device communication. The communication method includes: acquiring a wireless network temporary identifier used for device to device communication; receiving transmission grant information scrambled through the wireless network temporary identifier used for the device to device communication; and performing the device to device communication according to descrambled transmission grant information. In the present invention, by sending, to the terminal, the wireless network temporary identifier used for performing the device to device communication and the transmission grant information, the terminal may realize the D2D communication according to the wireless network temporary identifier used for performing the device to device communication and the transmission grant information, thereby satisfying a requirement of D2D data transmission between terminals. | 07-24-2014 |
20140213266 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR CALL TERMINATION PROCESSING BY A FEMTOCELL SYSTEM - A system, method, and computer readable medium for terminating a call in a network system are provided. A femtocell system receives a notification to terminate a call that includes a user equipment serviced by the femtocell system. The femtocell system conveys a clear command to a base transceiver station of the femtocell system, transmits a release message to the user equipment, receives a clear completion message, and deletes a connection allocated for the call. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213267 | RADIO CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a radio connection re-establishment method, including: starting a first timer if a first preset number of out-of-synchronization indications are obtained continuously, where the first preset number and/or a duration of the first timer corresponds to a cell of highest signal quality measured by a user equipment UE; and triggering a radio resource control RRC re-establishment procedure if a second preset number of synchronization indications are not received before timeout of the first timer. The radio connection re-establishment method in the present invention reduces overhead. | 07-31-2014 |
20140213268 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - In order to appropriately set CA, a mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps where: a mobile station UE notifies a radio base station eNB of a “CA band combination” that is supported by the mobile station UE among “CA band combinations”; and the radio base station eNB determines whether or not to set carrier aggregation for the mobile station UE on the basis of whether or not “NS” corresponding to a band used in carrier aggregation is included in the “NS” specified by the received “CA band combination”. | 07-31-2014 |
20140220987 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING TRIGGER MESSAGE - The disclosure provides a method and a system for sending trigger message. The method comprises the following steps: after receiving a trigger message, a Machine Type Communication Inter-Working Function (MTC IWF) sends a load status request signaling to a mobility management unit; after receiving the load status request signaling, the mobility management unit feeds a load status response signaling back to the MTC IWF; and the MTC IWF determines the sending of the trigger message according to the load status response signaling fed back by the mobility management unit. The disclosure obtains the load status of network through the information interaction between the MTC IWF and the management unit of mobility, and can control the sending of the trigger message well, especially in network congestion, thereby preventing the network congestion from worsening. | 08-07-2014 |
20140220988 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station is classified into one of plural classes based on the reception quality from a base station. The allocations of resource blocks are executed at the base station so that a resource block used for the transmission of a data signal component for a mobile station in a class is not commonly used as a resource block for the transmission of a data signal component for another mobile station belonging to the same class but is commonly used as a resource block used for the transmission of a data signal component for a mobile station belonging to another class. A mobile station, based on the allocation of resource blocks, demodulates a data signal component corresponding to the mobile station after cancelling a data signal component corresponding to a low-quality mobile station. | 08-07-2014 |
20140220989 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station | 08-07-2014 |
20140220990 | METHOD TO MINIMIZE INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A LTE DEPLOYMENT - In the method, a user device detects interferences a single dominant interferer of a neighbour base station, said user device provided with at least two antennas and said user device connected to a main base station, said main base station introducing a pattern of transmission gaps for certain Resource Elements in the Resource Element mapping function by switching off the transmission, being said certain Resource Elements in the Resource Element mapping function introduced for the PDSCH complex symbols. | 08-07-2014 |
20140220991 | Gateway and Control Device, and Communication Controlling Methods for the Same - In order to implement handover to a femto cell without making any modification to UEs, a gateway ( | 08-07-2014 |
20140235256 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MACHINE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to make it possible to reduce the cost required for a machine communication terminal when the network domain of the machine communication system employs an LTE system. With the radio communication method of the present invention, a radio base station apparatus allocates downlink signals to a machine communication terminal in a predetermined cycle and transmits the allocated downlink signals to the machine communication terminal, and the machine communication terminal receives downlink signals from the radio base station apparatus in the predetermined cycle and demodulates the downlink signals received in the predetermined cycle. | 08-21-2014 |
20140235257 | Controlling Fast Dormancy - A user equipment, UE, in a radio communication network is given a threshold time value that the UE uses to decide whether it should trigger a fast dormancy request to a network node or not. The determination of the threshold time value can be adapted so that it minimizes UE battery consumption when the load in the network node is low and at other times minimizes the load on the network node. That is, if the UE estimates that a predicted time interval until reception of a data burst is less than threshold time value it will not trigger a fast dormancy request, and if the estimated time interval is larger than the threshold time value it will trigger a fast dormancy request. Since the network typically controls state switching, there is a large benefit for the UE to comply with the scheme, otherwise the network may not obey the UEs wish to be down switched by the fast dormancy request. | 08-21-2014 |
20140243002 | Methods of Inter-Cell Resource Sharing - A method for communication in a wireless telecommunication network is provided. The method comprises transmitting, by a first cell, to a first UE, a first signal on a resource block configured to be shared by more than one cell; and transmitting, by a second cell, to a second UE, a second signal on the same resource block, wherein a specification of a location of the resource block is included in configuration information available to the first cell and the second cell. | 08-28-2014 |
20140243003 | RRC MESSAGES AND PROCEDURES - A method and apparatus for radio resource control (RRC) messaging. A method in a wireless communication system includes receiving, at a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) an RRC change command including a plurality of commands from a Node B and receiving, at the Node B, an RRC change response from the WTRU, wherein the RRC change command includes a command for performing a measurement gap configuration procedure and a command for performing a measurement gap activation procedure. | 08-28-2014 |
20140248888 | Method and Apparatuses for Configuring a Communication Channel - There is provided a method for configuring a communication channel between a base station and a user equipment within a cellular network system. The cellular network system includes at least one cooperation area. The base station is assigned to the at least one cooperation area, and the user equipment is served by the base station. The method includes applying, by the base station, a vertical sectorization and thereby creating the at least one cooperation area, determining, by the base station, the location of the user equipment in relation to the at least one cooperation area, and configuring, by the base station, the communication channel between the base station and the user equipment by using coordinated multipoint processing, if the determined location of the user equipment corresponds to a predetermined location. | 09-04-2014 |
20140248889 | MANAGEMENT OF SPECTRUM EMISSION REQUIREMENTS - A user equipment ( | 09-04-2014 |
20140248890 | SERVICE AWARE INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Methods, arrangement and network nodes for supporting inter-cell coordination of scheduling of radio resources subjected to inter cell interference. The methods involve identifying one or more radio resources which are subjected to inter-cell interference between a first cell and a second cell. The methods further involve deriving a respective service value related to service that could be provided in the respective first and second cell by use of the one or more radio resources. Further, transmissions in the one or more radio resources are controlled based on comparison of the service values, thus enabling inter-cell service value-based scheduling of the one or more radio resources, prioritizing services having the highest value per radio resource. | 09-04-2014 |
20140256333 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF EXCHANGING IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION FOR MOBILE STATIONS - A system is provided for allowing mobile stations to exchange identification information using a predetermined communication path for the purpose of obtaining identification information to use in establishing a different communication path for communicating. | 09-11-2014 |
20140256334 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR HANDLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method in a radio network node for handling a Device-to-Device, D2D, communication is provided. The D2D communication is wireless, and the radio network node is comprised in a wireless communication system. After receiving ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140256335 | Radio Parameter Control Apparatus, Radio Base Station, Radio Parameter Control Method, and Non-Transitory Computer Readable Medium - A radio parameter control apparatus decides a radio parameter from which a throughput of UE is improved. A radio parameter control apparatus includes: a radio quality prediction unit ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140256336 | Methods and Network Nodes for Determining an Indication of Interference Mitigation and for Scheduling a Transmission - A method and a radio network node ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140256337 | Slow Congestion Control - A method for power control stabilization in the uplink of a cellular CDMA communication system applying a fast inner loop power control comprises determining ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140256338 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS - The embodiments of the present invention provide a method for cellular communications, comprising the following steps: network side equipment receiving service request of user equipment (UE); network side equipment selecting communications resource of two or more base stations for the UE; the base station communicating with the UE. The present invention also provides network side equipment and user equipment (UE). The mobile communication system can simultaneously serve UE by providing multiple base stations and/or base station having various communication modes by means of the scheme set forth in the present invention. In addition, regardless of the network side equipment and UE, they can dynamically load adapted access technology, so that the user can access to different communication systems anytime and anywhere, and meanwhile the system can dynamically and adaptively be adjusted, according to the existing resource of the network, to providing service of wider bandwidth, higher rate for users. | 09-11-2014 |
20140274079 | COMMUNICATIONS METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND HANDOVER RELATED MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus for allocation of resources for handover related measurements in a communications system including user equipment (UE) devices, a macro base station and small base stations (e.g., femtocells) are described. Some embodiments are well suited for systems where the number of femtocells may equal or outnumber the number of UE devices. In some embodiments a macro base station allocates periodic communications resources for transmission of pilots by UEs or femtocells. The macro base station configures either femtocells or active UEs to transmit pilots using the allocated communications resources based on the relative number of femtocells to active UEs in the coverage area of the macro base station, devices which are lower in number transmitting the pilots. Transmitters (UE devices or femtocells) transmit pilots along with identification information using the allocated resource(s) and receivers measure the pilot signals. The pilot signal measurements may be used to make handover decisions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274080 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QUEUED ADMISSIONS CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and services network element are provided that provide for queued admissions control in a wireless communication system by receiving a bearer establishment request associated with a user equipment, determining that a cell where the user equipment is located is congested, in response to determining that the cell is congested, creating a bearer establishment request record (BERR) associated with the user equipment and the bearer establishment request, wherein the BERR comprises priority information associated with the BERR, and adding the BERR to a queue, wherein the queue is associated with a cell serving the user equipment, wherein the BERR is positioned in the queue based on the priority information, and wherein bearer establishment requests associated with BERRs in the queue are submitted based on a position of the BERRs in the queue. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274081 | COORDINATED VIRTUAL DEVICES USING DISPARATE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES - Methods and systems for coordinated operation of a plurality of user equipments are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method is provided that includes receiving at a first user equipment via a first radio access technology, first data from a base station. The method also includes transmitting, by the first user equipment to a second user equipment station via a second radio access technology, the first data received from the base station. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274082 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING NETWORK ACCESS IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - An apparatus may include a processor circuit and an adaptive access module operable on the processor circuit to schedule broadcast of random access resources to access a radio network and to adaptively adjust an initial backoff window size for access signaling to the radio network during an access period. Other embodiments are disclosed and claimed. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274083 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RE-TRANSMISSION OF RECONFIGURATION MESSAGES - The present disclosure presents an improved method and apparatus for re-transmission of reconfiguration messages. For example, the disclosure presents a method for detecting that a reconfiguration complete message is transmitted from a user equipment (UE) to a network and initiating a reconfiguration re-transmission timer upon the detection. In addition, such an example method, may include determining that the UE has not received a layer two acknowledgement (L2 ACK) message for the transmitted reconfiguration complete message from the network prior to expiration of the reconfiguration re-transmission timer and triggering a cell update message to the network in response to the determination that the UE has not received the L2 ACK message. As such, improved re-transmission of reconfiguration messages may be achieved. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274084 | CONTENT STORAGE AND PROCESSING IN NETWORK BASE STATIONS AND METHODS FOR CONTENT DELIVERY IN A MESH NETWORK - A system includes a base station having a local storage device and a local processor, and providing a cell in a network for one or more clients communicatively connected to the base station. A content distribution module of the system is configured to store a local copy of a digital content item. A remote copy of the digital content item is stored on a remote computing device. A content request module of the system is configured to receive a request for the digital content item. A content serving module of the system is configured to identify at least one secondary source other than the remote computing device and the base station that stores a secondary copy of the digital content item, determine which of the local, remote and secondary copies of the digital content item may be delivered in a least amount of time, and deliver that copy. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274085 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL BY USING MODULATION ORDER OF INTERFERENCE SIGNAL - Methods and apparatus are provided for receiving a serving signal from a base station by a user equipment. A signal that includes the serving signal and an interference signal is received. A Log Likelihood Ratio (LLR) of the received signal is calculated according to each of a plurality of modulation orders applicable to the interference signal to obtain a plurality of LLR values. A modulation order of the interference signal is determined, based on the plurality of LLR values. The serving signal is reconstructed, based on the determined modulation order. | 09-18-2014 |
20140274086 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTEGRATING SESSION INITIATION PROTOCOL COMMUNICATION IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS PLATFORM - A system and method for facilitating signaling and media communication at a communication platform that includes receiving a communication request to a resource, wherein the communication request specifies a destination endpoint; establishing signaling and media communication in a session with the destination endpoint of the communication request; registering a callback resource to a signaling event of the session; monitoring signaling messages of the session; detecting the signaling event in the signaling messages of the session; and triggering the callback resource upon detecting the signaling event. | 09-18-2014 |
20140287769 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing communication by a cellular base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes performing channel contention for occupying a channel of an unlicensed band, if the channel of the unlicensed band is occupied, the cellular base station transmits a first message including information about a time period in which the channel of the unlicensed band is usable, to at least one first User Equipment (UE) that performs communication in the channel of the unlicensed band using a first communication scheme, and communicating with a second UE using a second communication scheme different from the first communication scheme in the channel of the unlicensed band during a time period corresponding to the time period information. The second communication scheme corresponds to a cellular communication scheme, and the first message is transmitted to the at least one first UE based on the first communication scheme. | 09-25-2014 |
20140287770 | DETERMINATION OF UE LOCATION IN A CELL - A radio base station and a method therein are provided for determining where in a cell a UE, being served by the radio base station, is located. The method includes receiving at least a first and subsequently a second Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) value from the UE, and comparing the received first and second RSRP values. The method further includes selecting a first threshold value based on the comparison indicating increasing RSRP values corresponding to the UE moving towards a cell-centre area, or selecting a second threshold value based on the comparison indicating decreasing RSRP values corresponding to the UE moving towards a cell-edge area. Further, the method includes determining whether the UE is located in the cell-centre area or the cell-edge area using the selected threshold value. | 09-25-2014 |
20140295858 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ACCESS FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of a system and method for distributed channel access for device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless network are generally described herein. User equipment (UE) may transmit a connection identifier (CID) code at a beginning of a contention window to request channel access for a D2D transmission to a receiving device. Links for D2D transmissions from a transmitting device to a receiving device are identified by a CID that is mapped to a CID code. The UE may receive a bandwidth grant from the receiving device during the contention window, along with bandwidth grants for other CIDs, in an order based on a priority level of the CID. The UE may transmit data after reception of the bandwidth grants in time-frequency resources indicated in an associated one of the bandwidth grants. In some embodiments, spatial-reuse and variable resource size allocation are supported. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295859 | METHOD OF SELECTING A PLURALITY OF CELLS AND METHOD OF DISTRIBUTED-TRANSMITTING DATA FOR ENHANCING TRANSMISSION RATE OF MOBILE DATA IN WIRELESS OVERPLAY NETWORK - A method of selecting a plurality of cells and a method of distributed-transmitting data to enhance mobile data transmission rate in a wireless overlay network are disclosed. A cell selection method which selects a cell for distributed-transmission of data in a wireless overlay network of a plurality of cells may include receiving, by a base station, a request for distributed data transmission from a mobile terminal, and selecting a plurality of wireless communication devices for distributed-transmission of data to the mobile terminal among adjacent wireless communication devices to the mobile terminal based on received signal strength (RSS) information on the mobile terminal with respect to the adjacent wireless communication devices, available resource information on the adjacent wireless communication devices and a service profile of the mobile terminal. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295860 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING A RADIO LINK ON A SMALL CELL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for monitoring a radio link on a small cell in a wireless communication system. The method includes the UE receives a RRC message for configuring a second cell to the UE. The method also includes the UE transmits a complete message in response to the RRC message for configuring the second cell. The method further includes the UE monitors a radio link with the second cell and reports a radio link failure to the first eNB when the radio link failure is detected on the second cell, if the second cell is controlled by a second eNB. In one embodiment, the method includes (i) the UE stops uplink transmission(s) to the second cell after detection of the radio link failure, and/or (ii) the UE deactivates the second cell after detection of the radio link failure. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295861 | NETWORK SYSTEM AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD THEREOF - A network system and a resource allocation method thereof are provided. The network system includes a base station and a mobile station. The base station retrieves mobile station information from the mobile station via a network connection, and decides a communication allocation between the base station and the mobile station according to the mobile information. The communication allocation records one or a combination of a common base station identification and a dedicated base station identification. After the base station transmits the communication allocation to the mobile station, the mobile station communicates with the base station according to the communication allocation via one or a combination of the common base station identification and the dedicated base station identification. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295862 | CHANNEL SELECTION FOR UPLINK ACCESS - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to transmit uplink information. The WTRU may have information such as data or control information to transmit to a network. The (WTRU) may request a common enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource from the network. The WTRU may receive an indication from the network to fallback using a random access channel, e.g. a Release 99 Random Access Channel (R99 RACH), a Release 99 Physical Random Access Channel (R99 PRACH), etc. The indication may be received via an acquisition indicator (E-AI). The indication may be a value of the E-AI. The WTRU may determine whether a condition is met. The WTRU may transmit the uplink information over the R99 PRACH if the condition is met. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295863 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communications apparatus includes a processor configured to identify positions where wireless communication with a mobile communications apparatus is possible, the positions being included in a coverage area of the communications apparatus; and obtain from a database that is inaccessible to the mobile communications apparatus, frequency information that indicates frequencies that can be used for the wireless communication at the identified positions; and an announcing unit configured to announce in the coverage area and by a radio signal, correspondence information that is based on the frequency information obtained by the obtaining unit and that correlates the positions and the frequencies that can be used. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295864 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR TERMINAL REPORTING - The invention relates to a method for performance reporting in a wireless network, wherein at least one terminal is associated to a terminal report server by means of information in the terminal. Prior to initiating the performance report, information on operator identity is retrieved. The operator identity is combined with information identifying the associated terminal report server to compile a fully qualified domain name. Connectivity information to the terminal server report is requested and received from a domain name server, whereupon a performance report session to the terminal report server is initiated using the received connectivity information. The invention also relates to a terminal wherein the inventive method is applied. | 10-02-2014 |
20140295865 | SCHEDULING OF DELAY-SENSITIVE TRAFFIC - The present disclosure concerns a method, uplink traffic control device and computer program product. The method comprises determining that predictive scheduling is to be applied for the mobile station. Thereafter an uplink transmission scheme is determined for the predictive scheduling. Thereafter periodic messages comprising uplink transmission grants, according to the uplink transmission scheme, are sent to the mobile station, said messages further comprising a request for a downlink channel quality indicator, CQI, report. | 10-02-2014 |
20140302861 | COMBINED BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - A combined base station controller ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140302862 | Method for Managing Information of Timing Difference Between Micro Cell and Macro Cell - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a convergent node, and a micro cell base station for managing information of a timing difference between a micro cell and a neighboring macro cell of the micro cell. A convergent node receives information related to the timing difference. The information is sent by a micro cell base station and includes the timing difference. Alternatively, the information includes a frame timing of the micro cell and a frame timing of the neighboring macro cell. If the timing difference is greater than a preset first threshold value of the timing difference, the convergent node to the micro cell base station sends instruction information for adjusting a frame clock value of the micro cell, or sends the micro cell base station reconfiguration information for reconfiguring at least part of timing difference parameters of the micro cell. | 10-09-2014 |
20140308965 | HYBRID COORDINATION FUNCTION (HCF) ACCESS THROUGH TIERED CONTENTION AND OVERLAPPED WIRELESS CELL MITIGATION - A method and system reduce interference between overlapping first and second wireless LAN cells in a medium. Each cell includes a respective plurality of member stations and there is at least one overlapped station occupying both cells. An inter-cell contention-free period value is assigned to a first access point station in the first cell, associated with an accessing order in the medium for member stations in the first and second cells. The access point transmits a beacon packet containing the inter-cell contention-free period value, which is intercepted at the overlapped station. The overlapped station forwards the inter-cell contention-free period value to member stations in the second cell. A second access point in the second cell can then delay transmissions by member stations in the second cell until after the inter-cell contention-free period expires. | 10-16-2014 |
20140308966 | COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND SYSTEM, ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE, TERMINAL, AND CORE NETWORK DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communications method, a communications system, an access network device, a terminal, and a core network device. For all UEs accessing the access network device, before relay node selection is performed, it is determined which UEs are capable of serving as candidate relay nodes, so as to perform a relay node selection operation only on the UEs that are capable of serving as candidate relay nodes when performing the relay node selection, thereby saving operation overhead, reducing time and resources overhead during the relay node selection, and improving transmission efficiency. | 10-16-2014 |
20140315560 | DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF WIRELESS SPECTRUM FOR UTILIZATION BY WIRELESS OPERATOR NETWORKS - Certain embodiments herein are directed to determining an allocation of wireless spectrum, which may include one or more frequencies for communicating content, among operator networks that provide wireless (for example, cellular) services to their customers. Information associated with a supply of wireless spectrum and a demand for wireless spectrum may be analyzed to determine an allocation of the wireless spectrum. Various techniques may be used to determine the allocation, such as various types of auctions, mathematical or statistical techniques, and/or heuristic approaches that may consider various factors. Upon determining an allocation of the wireless spectrum, configuration information associated with the wireless spectrum may be determined and sent to one or more devices associated with respective operator networks, where the configuration information may be used to configure the operator network to utilize the allocated wireless spectrum. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315561 | Inter-System Interference in Communications - An inter-system interference estimation method is disclosed for both primary and secondary radio systems. In the case of a primary system (such as a GSM system), inter-system interference estimation is based on a comparison of cell level measurement statistics before and after secondary spectrum usage in neighbouring cells. In the case of a secondary system (such as an LTE system), inter-system interference estimation is based on a measurement on secondary spectrum before starting transmission on the secondary spectrum. Based on both of the above mentioned inter-system inter-cell interference estimations, a cell-level decision on the secondary spectrum usage is made, and optimization of radio resource allocation inside the systems may be carried out. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315562 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING INTER-CELL D2D COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - A method for performing inter-cell D2D communication includes: receiving a first signal which is a D2D communication request signal including information on a D2D terminal selected from D2D terminals within a cell to which a base station belongs; determining whether the selected D2D terminal is a D2D terminal within the cell using information on the selected D2D terminal; transmitting a second signal, for requesting inter-cell D2D communication to a base station belonging to a neighboring cell, if the selected D2D terminal is a D2D terminal belonging to the neighboring cell; receiving a third signal for approving the inter-cell D2D communication, from the base station cell as a response to the second signal; and transmitting, to the D2D terminal within the cell, information on a resource allocated for communication between the D2D terminal within the cell and the selected D2D terminal according to the third signal. | 10-23-2014 |
20140315563 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AGGREGATED CQI - A method and device for sending an aggregated CQI are provided by the disclosure. The method includes a terminal side receiving CSI-RS configuration information and/or interference measurement information sent from a base station side, the terminal side determining a sending sequence of aggregated CQI of each aggregated CSI-RS configuration resource and/or interference measurement resource according to a receiving sequence of the CSI-RS configuration information and/or interference measurement information, wherein each aggregated CSI-RS configuration resource and/or interference measurement resource is aggregated of at least one configuration CSI-RS configuration resource and/or interference measurement resource corresponding to the CSI-RS configuration information and/or interference measurement information, the terminal side sending the aggregated CQI to the base station according to the sending sequence. The disclosure resolves the problem in related art that the base station side cannot acquire the channel state of the terminal side accurately due to the fact that the base station side cannot acquire the CSI-RS configuration resource and/or interference measurement resource fed back by the terminal side corresponding to the aggregated CQI, thereby the interference between cells is reduced, and the throughput of system is improved. | 10-23-2014 |
20140323140 | MOCN CELL COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present disclosure discloses an MOCN cell communication method and an apparatus and relates to the communications field, which are used to solve a problem in the prior art that a part of UEs in an MOCN cell cannot correctly display names of their serving communication operators. The method provided by the present disclosure includes: determining the number n of communication operators of an MOCN cell and configuring n BCCHs for the MOCN cell, where the n BCCHs are in one-to-one correspondence with the communication operators and are used to broadcast in the MOCN cell PLMN information of the communication operators; and sending, to UEs in the MOCN cell, PLMN information of serving communication operators of the UEs through the n broadcast control channels. The present disclosure is applicable to the communications field and used to implement MOCN cell communication. | 10-30-2014 |
20140329531 | SERVICE CONTINUITY DURING LOCAL BREAKOUT IN A FEMTOCELL - Service continuity is provided when a user equipment (UE), employing local breakout mechanisms at a femto access point (FAP) for a communication session, moves out of the femto coverage area. In particular, a network change detection component can be employed to detect when the UE, attached to the FAP, changes its connection from the femto network to the macro network. Further, an active communication session can exist between the UE and a device/service/application on a local Area network (LAN) connected to a FAP, and/or the Internet, which utilizes local breakout at the FAP. When the UE moves out of the femto network, a context management component can be employed to seamlessly resume the communication session, via the macro network. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329532 | Method and Apparatus for Allocating Radio Network Temporary Identifier - A method and a device for allocating a radio network temporary identifier are provided. According to the utilization of radio network temporary identifier resources, a gateway sends an update message for radio network temporary identifier resources to a micro cell, or a micro cell notifies a gateway of updating an allocation situation of radio network temporary identifier resources of the micro cell so as to avoid waste or insufficiency of resources. | 11-06-2014 |
20140329533 | HSUPA CARRIER ACTIVATION NOTIFICATION - A radio access network ( | 11-06-2014 |
20140335872 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RE-ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION - A method for re-establishing a connection by a user equipment (UE) is described. The method includes establishing a first connection between the UE and an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN). The method also includes establishing a second connection between the UE and the E-UTRAN. The method also includes informing the E-UTRAN of a failure of the second connection when a failure of the second connection is detected. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335873 | ENHANCED GSM CELL ACQUISITION - Embodiments of the present invention include devices, systems and methods for prevention of dropped calls. For example, a method for wireless communication is described. A wireless communication device begins an acquisition. A scan of absolute radio frequency channel numbers for supported bands is performed using a wideband receiver. The absolute radio frequency channel numbers that include a frequency correction channel are identified. A synchronization channel is decoded using data corresponding to the identified one or more frequency correction channels. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335874 | METHOD FOR DETECTING PCI COLLISIONS - A computer implemented method of operating a base station of a wireless communication network, wherein the method comprises:
| 11-13-2014 |
20140335875 | DEVICE TO DEVICE BEACON, USER EQUIPMENT DISCOVERY, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Device discovery may be important in a variety of communication systems including, for example, wireless communication systems. Thus, certain embodiments may provide a device to device beacon design that may provide for efficient interference management and resource allocation. For example, a method may include preparing a proximity communication request including information about a device to device communication state of a discovered user equipment or resource usage of the discovered user equipment. The method may also include transmitting the proximity communication request to a base station. | 11-13-2014 |
20140335876 | RADIO OPERATIONS IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A method comprises, in a carrier aggregation system having multiple component carriers, utilizing an air interface based collision avoidance procedure on at least one component carrier that is associated to a cellular radio access technology to check that a radio resource in the at least one component carrier is available; and thereafter communicating on the radio resource using the cellular radio access technology only if the check reveals that the radio resource is available. | 11-13-2014 |
20140342745 | GATING SCHEME FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OVER UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatuses are described in which an unlicensed spectrum is used for Long Term Evolution (LTE) communications. One method includes performing a clear channel assessment (CCA) for an unlicensed spectrum in a current gating interval to determine whether the unlicensed spectrum is available for a transmission in a next transmission interval, and gating OFF the transmission in the unlicensed spectrum for the next transmission interval when the determination is that the unlicensed spectrum is unavailable. | 11-20-2014 |
20140342746 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - It is possible to efficiently transmit and receive signals including control information between a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. A control channel is constituted of one or more first elements. The mobile station apparatus sets a search space for performing decoding detection of the control channel within a control channel region in which each of the first elements is constituted of resources in one physical resource block, and a search space for performing decoding detection of the control channel within a control channel region in which each of the first elements is constituted of second elements in a plurality of different physical resource blocks. Each of the second elements is resources obtained by dividing one physical resource block. The mobile station apparatus performs decoding detection of the control channel using the first elements in the set search spaces. | 11-20-2014 |
20140342747 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for performing device-to-device (D2D) communication by a first terminal and a second terminal in a wireless communication system. The method includes: receiving a D2D communication setup response message including resource region information for the D2D communication from a base station; determining, based on the resource region information, whether to switch an operation frequency band of the first terminal from a first frequency band to a second frequency band; and performing the D2D communication with the second terminal at the first frequency band or the second frequency band according to the determined result, wherein either the first frequency band or the second frequency band may be used for transmission in the D2D communication and the other may be used for reception in the D2D communication. | 11-20-2014 |
20140349660 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK SUPPORTING MACHINE-TO-MACHINE (M2M) AND USER EQUIPMENT (UE) TRAFFIC - A system and method that differentiates between Machine-to-Machine (M2M) traffic and User Equipment (UE) traffic when scheduling radio Resource Units (RUs) to M2M terminals and UEs in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network. Prior to allocation of RUs, the available RUs are divided into two disjoint sets—a UE-specific set (dedicated for UE users) and an M2M-specific set (dedicated for M2M terminals). A hybrid scheduler allocates RUs to M2M terminals from the M2M-specific set only. Any unallocated RUs from the M2M-specific set and the RUs assigned to the UE-specific set are then allocated to the UEs. New M2M-specific Quality of Service Class Indicators (QCIs) are defined as well for classifying M2M traffic only. These new QCIs are disjoint from the existing QCIs, which classify the UE traffic only. The M2M-specific QCIs separate M2M traffic classification from UE traffic classification so as not to impact UE human users' Quality of Experience (QoE). | 11-27-2014 |
20140349661 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATING CELLULAR NETWORKS OPERATION - A SON element which is operative to carry out at least two different SON functions is provided, wherein each of the SON functions is associated with at least one SON related action, and wherein a SON related action, initiated by triggering a SON function, would have been adversely affected by another SON related action, initiated by triggering another SON function, had the SON element not affected a modification in operating conditions of the cellular network, wherein the SON element is operative to: (a) assign priorities to the different SON functions; (b) assign different weights to the SON related actions; and (c) coordinate execution of SON related actions, that when executed are carried out in a way that does not breach the priorities hierarchy and the weights' order assigned to the SON related actions, thereby improving operation of the cellular network. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349662 | ADVANCED CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALLBACK CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT WITH IDLE MODE SIGNALING REDUCTION - Systems and methods are provided that may reduce the battery consumption footprint of a user equipment (UE) in a communications network, such as an LTE network, as well as reduce over the air signaling over the LTE network, and reduce call set-up latency for circuit switched fallback (CSFB) calls. When Idle Mode Signaling Reduction (ISR) is active in the communications network, and when the coverage area of the communications network, such as the LTE network, overlaps with the coverage area of one or more legacy radio access technology (RAT) networks, such as 2G and 3G networks, a module within the UE allows the UE to directly establish a CSFB call over one of the legacy RAT networks instead of initially servicing the CSFB call over the LTE network. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349663 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD, ACCESS POINT, AND STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a wireless transmission method, an access point, and a station. The method includes: sending, by the access point, a first message to a first station, where the first message includes a channel service period allocated by the access point to the first station, and the first message is used to indicate that the first station sends data to a relay station of the first station in the channel service period; and receiving, by the access point, the data from the relay station of the first station. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349664 | Methods and Apparati Which May Reuse Resources in Neighboring Cells - A method including configuring one or more reference signals and/or channels in a carrier bandwidth including one or more physical resource units; and causing information on the configuration of said one or more reference signals and/or channels to be provided to another base station using a same or overlapping carrier bandwidth. | 11-27-2014 |
20140349665 | METHOD FOR DATA COMMUNICATION, SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION AND RELATED DEVICES - A data communication method, a communication system, and related devices are configured to establish a transaction identifier (TI) in a user equipment (UE). The data communication method includes the following steps. A mobility management entity (MME) receives a request message and obtains ability information of the UE. If the UE has an ability to access a Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network/GSM/EDGE Radio Access Network (UTRAN/GERAN), the MME generates the TI. A communication system and related devices are also provided. Thus, the TI is effectively established in the UE, so as to ensure normal processing of the UE. | 11-27-2014 |
20140357285 | Cell Selection in Dynamic Spectrum Arbitrage System - A dynamic spectrum arbitrage (DSA) system may include a dynamic spectrum policy controller (DPC) and a dynamic spectrum controller (DSC) that together dynamically manage the allocation and use of resources (e.g., spectrum resources) across different networks. A wireless device may be configured to intelligently select and use these allocated resources. For example, the wireless device may be configured to traverse an ordered list of preferred of networks to identify and select a first cell site in a first telecommunication network, establish a first communication link between the wireless device and the selected first cell site, receive network information identifying a geographic region in which the wireless device is allowed to use resources of a second telecommunication network, determine whether the wireless device is in the geographical region, and establish a second communication link to a second cell in the second telecommunication network based on the received network information. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357286 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting data in a wireless communication system for supporting multi-cells formed of a plurality of sub-cells. The method includes the steps of: connecting at least one virtual transmission port to each of the plurality of sub-cells; determining the transmission mode for a terminal on the basis of channel states between at least two of the plurality of sub-cells and the terminal; and transmitting data for each sub-cell to the terminal through at least one virtual transmission port connected to a corresponding sub-cell on the basis of the determined transmission mode. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION OF BASE STATION, AND SERVER FOR MULTI-CELL COOPERATION USING UPLINK SIGNAL CHANNEL - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for resource allocation in a base station and a server for multi-cell coordination using an uplink signal channel. The resource allocation method for a base station (eNB) may include: receiving resource allocation information containing information on resources allocated to the eNB; receiving, when there is a need to change the allocated resources, changed resource allocation information containing information on changed resources; and distributing the changed resources to user equipments. The resource allocation method for a server may include: allocating resources to an eNB; sending resource allocation information containing information on the allocated resources; and sending, when there is a need to change the allocated resources, changed resource allocation information containing information on changed resources. | 12-04-2014 |
20140357288 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR COORDINATION BETWEEN PLURALITY OF CO-LOCATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODULES VIA ONE WIRE - A wireless communication device has a first wireless communication module coupled to a second wireless communication module via only one wire. The first wireless communication module is configured to performing a first wireless transceiving and to send a first request to the second wireless communication module indicating a remaining period of time to perform a second wireless transceiving, during which the first wireless communication module is not required to perform wireless transceiving. The second wireless communication module is configured to perform a second wireless transceiving, the second wireless communication module further configured to send a first response to the first request by indicating acceptance of the request if a status of the second wireless communication module is in an active mode, else by indicating that the first request is not accepted if the status of the second wireless communication module is in a sleep mode. | 12-04-2014 |
20140364132 | REDUCING TRANSMISSION SIGNAL ARTIFACT SPACING - A method of generating a transmission signal may include mixing a baseband signal assigned for transmission within a narrow frequency range (“assigned narrow frequency range”) included in a wireless communication channel to produce a shifted signal. The shifted signal may have a shifted frequency that is based on a shift from the assigned narrow frequency range toward a center frequency of the wireless communication channel by a frequency offset. The method may further include shifting a modulation frequency of a modulating signal toward the assigned narrow frequency range frequency range and away from the center frequency by the frequency offset. Additionally, the method may include mixing the shifted signal with the modulating signal to produce a transmission signal having a transmission frequency within the assigned narrow frequency range. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364133 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RESOURCE STREAM ALIGNMENT TO BE ABLE COMMUNICATION THROUGH TWO DATA STREAMS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a method for performing resource stream alignment (RSA) to be able communication through two data streams in a wireless communication system supporting multi cell, the method comprising: measuring wireless channel state between the first base station and the second base station receiving, by each base station, a channel status information related to a link of each mobile station from each mobile station, respectively; receiving, by the second base station, a channel status information related to a device-to-device (D2D) link from the second mobile station; exchanging channel status informationsreceived at each base station between the first base station and the second base station; and determining data stream directions of the first base station and the second base station based on the exchanged channel status informations. | 12-11-2014 |
20140364134 | RADIO RESOURCE MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES IN DIRECTIONAL WIRELESS NETWORKS - Techniques for radio resource measurement (RRM) that support directionality, as well as scheduled media access techniques are described. For instance, a measurement request may be transmitted from a first device to a second device. This measurement request directs the second device to take one or more measurements of a wireless channel. Various characteristics for the one or more measurements may be included in the measurement request. For example, the measurement request may indicate at least one directional parameter and at least one timing parameter for the one or more measurements. In response to the request, the first device receives a measure report that includes measured values for each of the one or more measurements. | 12-11-2014 |
20140370904 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY - A wireless access network node assigns different base sequences to respective user equipments (UEs) to use for discovery beacon signals for device-to-device (D2D) discovery. | 12-18-2014 |
20140370905 | UE CAPABILITY REPORT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for reporting a capability of a User Equipment (UE) supporting advanced functions such as Carrier Aggregation (CA) are provided. The method includes checking, when a control message requesting a capability report is received, a Radio Access Technology (RAT) type and transmitting, when the RAT type is set to Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (EUTRA), at least one band combination information on at least one band combination supported by the terminal. The UE capability report method is capable of reporting the UE capability related to advanced functions, such as CA and Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO), to a network efficiently with the least amount of information, thereby resulting in an improvement of radio resource efficiency. | 12-18-2014 |
20140378149 | MAINTAINING CONNECTIVITY DURING CALL-SETUP - A server device may receive a call setup request from a first user device; provide the call setup request towards a second user device; receive a provisional response message based on providing the call setup request; and provide the provisional response message towards the first user device. The first or second user device may be connected to a network device to provide or receive the call setup request, the provisional, a response to the call setup request, or an acknowledgement. The server device may provide, based on receiving the call setup request or the provisional response, one or more messages towards the first user device or towards the second user device to prevent the first or second user device from disconnecting from the network device, to reduce a delay in receiving by the first user device, the provisional response and the response to the call setup request. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378150 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING D2D COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the disclosure provide methods and apparatuses for performing D2D communication in a communication system. The communication system at least comprises a BS and a UE in cellular communication with the BS, and wherein the D2D communication is performed between a D2D transmitter and a D2D receiver and interferes with the cellular communication. A method according to the disclosure may comprise steps of: obtaining MCS information on the cellular communication between the BS and the UE; and determining a transmitting power for the D2D communication based on the MCS information, so as to reduce the interference from the D2D communication to the cellular communication. | 12-25-2014 |
20140378151 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ONE CELL TO COVER MULTIPLE AREAS - A system, method and network device for covering a plurality of areas by one cell are disclosed. The system includes: a plurality of radio frequency groups and at least one base band unit. One radio frequency group corresponds to one area of the cell, one radio frequency group corresponds to one date channel, and one base band unit is connected to a plurality of radio frequency groups through a plurality of date channels The embodiment of the invention reduces the signal interference among each area of the same cell, increases the system capacity, and benefits cell splitting, i.e., benefits increasing the capacity and upgrading during network enhancement. | 12-25-2014 |
20150011230 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BASED ON COORDINATOR IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Disclosed are a coordinator based device-to-device communication method and an apparatus for the same. The communication method may comprise transmitting a synchronization signal and system information to a plurality of terminals; configuring wireless links with the plurality of terminals based on a random access procedure; receiving a scheduling message for a D2D communication from a first terminal among the plurality of terminals; allocating, to the first terminal, a transmission resource to be used for the first terminal to transmit data based on the scheduling request message; and allocating, to a second terminal performing the D2D communication with the first terminal among the plurality of terminals, a reception resource to be used for the second terminal to receive the data transmitted from the first terminal. | 01-08-2015 |
20150017997 | OPPORTUNISTIC DATA CONNECTIVITY - A method of controlling a vehicle telematics unit includes placing the vehicle telematics unit in a data mode while camped on a base station that does not use a simultaneous voice and data (SVD) cellular standard; sensing an amount of time that has passed since the vehicle telematics unit last received a request for data while in the data mode; comparing the sensed amount of time with a predetermined threshold using the vehicle telematics unit; and commanding the vehicle telematics unit to maintain the data mode and also to enter a voice mode when the sensed amount of time exceeds the predetermined threshold. | 01-15-2015 |
20150017998 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING CONDITION UNDER WHICH NETWORK ASSISTANCE INFORMATION IS PROVIDED - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprising at least one processor and at least one memory storing computer program code with the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus at least to: determine whether criteria that defines at least one condition under which assistance information is to be provided to a network has been satisfied; and cause the assistance information to be provided to the network in an instance in which the criteria has been satisfied. | 01-15-2015 |
20150024762 | BASE STATION CONTROL DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BASE STATIONS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A BS control device and method of controlling BSs by a BS control device are provided. The BS control device includes a wireless communication processor configured to receive, from a BS, identification information indicating a neighboring BS of the BS that satisfies a condition, and a controller configured to allocate arbitrary values to a plurality of BSs controlled by the BS control device, to determine whether to activate a service of the BS by comparing the arbitrary values allocated to each of the plurality of BSs with an arbitrary value allocated to the neighboring BS of the BS, and to control the service of the BS according to a result of determinating whether to activate the service. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024763 | METHODS OF RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Disclosed is a resource management method for communications between moving objects. A method of resource management, performed in a terminal, comprises determining resource state of each subband included in resources allocated for device-to-device (D2D) communications, wherein the resources are divided into a plurality of subbands; configuring resource state information indicating resource state of each subband of the plurality of subbands; and transmitting the resource state information to a base station. Thus, a system capacity can be increased in a mobile communication environment where communications between terminals and a base station and D2D communications between terminals coexist. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024764 | Method For Mobile Radio Communication and Communication Device - A method for mobile radio communication between a communication partner device and a mobile communication device includes conducting a communication, at least temporarily, via at least two different mobile radio connections in two different mobile radio networks; evaluating the reception quality of receive signals of each mobile radio connection in the mobile communication device; selecting the mobile radio connection with the best reception quality for the mobile radio communication, at least in a receiving direction; deriving different audio signals from the receive signals of the different mobile radio connections; and feeding the derived different audio signals to a delay circuit, which aligns transit time differences and/or the amplitude differences of the derived different audio signals with respect to one another. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024765 | Method for Processing Message Between Micro Cell and Macro Cell, Base Station Gateway, and System - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and system for processing a message between a micro cell and a macro cell though a base station gateway. Embodiments solve the problems that a service message cannot be correctly processed due to a repeatedly used ID and a service process is disorderly implemented. In one embodiment the method of the present invention includes allocating a dedicated transmission channel to a micro cell base station by a base station gateway, wherein the allocation is managed by the base station gateway, and where the transmission channel performs a message transfer between the micro cell base station and a corresponding macro cell node. The method further includes transferring a message of the micro cell base station through the transmission channel. | 01-22-2015 |
20150024766 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR GSM SPECTRUM REFARMING FOR LTE SMALL CELLS - One embodiment of the method includes allocating, using a network management entity, at least one of a plurality of physical resource blocks (PRBs) of a first wireless access technology for utilization by a second wireless access technology. A spectrum of the first wireless access technology is embedded within a spectrum of the second wireless access technology. The method further includes communicating, using the network management entity, a message to a controller of the first wireless access technology identifying the PRBs not allocated for utilization by the second wireless access technology. | 01-22-2015 |
20150031375 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE HF BAND LINK ESTABLISHMENT USING A BROADBAND CAPABILITY - A method for improving the HF band link establishment in a communication system including one or more transmit terminals and one or more receive terminals, at least one of the terminals having a broadband capability, comprises the following steps: creating call bands and listening bands according to the broadband transmit and/or receive capabilities, the minimum number of bands being suitable for covering the entire frequency plan; minimising the number of bands and then maximising the number of frequencies in each of these bands of size B; distributing the bands B | 01-29-2015 |
20150031376 | Radio system and spectrum resource reconfiguration method thereof - Disclose is a radio system and a spectrum resource reconfiguration method thereof. The method comprises: a Reconfigurable Base Station (RBS) divides subordinate nodes into groups according to attributes of the subordinate nodes, and sends a reconfiguration command to a subordinate node in a designated group, and the RBS and the subordinate node execute reconfiguration of spectrum resources according to the reconfiguration command; or, the RBS executes reconfiguration of spectrum resources according to the reconfiguration command; and a subordinate User Equipment (UE) accessing to a reconfigured RBS after interruption. By means of the present disclosure, the reconfiguration of spectrum resources of a cognitive radio system can be realized. | 01-29-2015 |
20150031377 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Embodiments of the invention provide methods, devices and computer programs arranged to control access to a Secondary Cell Carrier (SCC) by a user terminal. The user terminal having a first functional state in which the user terminal is arranged to monitor for a broadcast channel associated with the SCC, and a second functional state, different to said first functional state. One embodiment comprises an apparatus comprising a processing system arranged to cause the apparatus to: receive data indicative of a plurality of operational modes assigned to the SCC; and transmit a signalling message comprising data indicative of said plurality of operational modes for receipt by the user terminal, whereby to configure the user terminal into the first functional state, wherein the user terminal is arranged to selectively request access to resources of the SCC on the basis of a comparison between data contained in said signalling message and data contained in a transmission received on the broadcast channel. | 01-29-2015 |
20150031378 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CONNECTION MANAGEMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK, USER TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - A method for performing connection management in a mobile communication network, wherein the network comprises one or more base stations and at least one user terminal being connected to any of said one or more base stations is characterized in that the user terminal provides information which informs the base station the user terminal is connected to that no data transmission from the user terminal to said base station is expected within a certain time interval T | 01-29-2015 |
20150031379 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING REPORT MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING MEASUREMENT RESULT - According to the embodiments of the present invention, a report measurement can be implemented between a radio network controller and a user equipment in a CELL_FACH state by using a current MC message and a current MR message; and in a process of implementing the report measurement, coordination between the report measurement and a cell reselection measurement executed by the user equipment can be implemented to minimize an impact of the report measurement on the cell reselection measurement. | 01-29-2015 |
20150031380 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, SYSTEM AND USER TERMINAL - A communications system comprising one or more transponders and a user terminal including a processing unit, a reader unit for communicating with the transponders and a communications unit. The one or more transponders are configured to store connection specific information on the terminal device, and the reader unit of the user terminal is configured to receive the connection specific information on the terminal device stored in a transponder in response to the reader unit of the user terminal being positioned at least in proximity to the transponder, and the processing unit is configured to utilize the received connection specific information when a communications connection between the user terminal and the terminal device is established. | 01-29-2015 |
20150038152 | MESSAGE TRANSMITTING METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and provide a message transmitting method and device. The method includes: transmitting, by a user equipment UE, a radio resource control request to a base station, where the UE is in an enhanced uplink cell forward access channel CELL_FACH state and a system information block SIB5 includes an uplink interference value; when no radio resource control response message is received from the base station within a preset time and it is determined that the current number of times the radio resource control request is transmitted is smaller than a preset maximum number of transmissions, read an SIB7 periodically and obtain the uplink interference value; when determining, according to the uplink interference value, to transmit the radio resource control request message to the base station, transmit the radio resource control request message to the base station again. | 02-05-2015 |
20150038153 | Method and Arrangements For MTC Communication - A server for controlling user MTC devices. The server ascertains if a user MTC device has an IP connection to a cellular access network, and if so, sends a message to trigger the user MTC device to initiate an application defined in the message. If a user MTC device does not have an IP connection, the server ascertains if the user MTC device is a mobile or a stationary user MTC device, and for a stationary user MTC device, the server sends a message to the cellular access network to trigger the user MTC device to initiate an IP connection, and for a mobile user MTC device, waits until the user MTC device has an IP connection, and for both kinds of user MTC devices, when the user MTC device has an IP connection, transmits a message to the user MTC device to initiate an application defined in the message. | 02-05-2015 |
20150045044 | USER EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION SELECTION METHOD THEREOF - A user equipment and a device-to-device communication selection method thereof are provided. The user equipment is configured to receive device-to-device communication information and discover device-to-device communication nodes. The user equipment is further configured to determine at least one selection procedure from a plurality of selection procedures according to the device-to-device communication information and select at least one first device-to-device communication target from the discovered device-to-device communication node(s) according to the determined selection procedure(s). The device-to-device communication selection method is for use in the user equipment to execute the aforesaid operations. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045045 | METHOD FOR ASSOCIATING A PREMIER FEMTOCELL WITH USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for implementation in user equipment that is configured to communicate with a wireless communication system that includes at least one macro-cell and a plurality of femtocells. The method includes providing a call connection request from the user equipment to one of the plurality of femtocells and receiving information indicating a location of the femtocell and information indicating the femto cell is a premier femtocell associated with the user equipment. The call connection request is received at the user equipment from the premier femtocell in response to providing the call connection request. The method further includes storing the information indicating the location of the premier femtocell in the user equipment. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045046 | Radio Resource Allocation for Cellular Wireless Networks - Various embodiments relate to cellular wireless networks, including networks made up of different types of base stations. Femtocell base stations typically operate at low transmit power and provide a limited area of wireless coverage. At times, femtocells are deployed within a coverage area of a macrocell and occupy some of the same frequency spectrum and timeslots as the macrocell. At times, transmissions from the femtocell may appear as interference to a user equipment terminal, further preventing it from accessing the macrocell. In some embodiments, a cellular wireless network allocates radio resource(s) to femtocells so that the transmissions from femtocells do not occupy the same radio resource blocks as those used by the macrocell for signalling; thereby preventing interference associated with signalling to cause a connection to be lost, or prevent a connection being set up. | 02-12-2015 |
20150045047 | ARCHITECTURE, DEVICES AND METHODS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - Devices, systems, and methods are presented for a wireless base station to assign dynamically a plurality of radio transceiver chains among a varying number of wireless channels. In this manner, the communication system including the wireless base station may transition between a range extension mode and an enhanced capacity mode. In the range extension mode, a system is configured for maximum communication range with Subscriber Stations that are relatively distant from the radio transceiver chains, although communication is still possible with nearby Subscriber Stations. In the enhanced capacity mode, the system is configured for maximum communication throughput with Subscriber Stations that are relatively near to the radio transceiver chains, whereas communication with relatively distant Subscriber Stations will be either terminated or at least non-optimized. | 02-12-2015 |
20150057006 | Method and Apparatus for D2D Transmission - There is provided a method comprising: determining, at a first user terminal capable of performing a direct device-to-device, D2D, communication with a second terminal, whether to advance transmission in the D2D communication or not; obtaining information indicating whether the second user terminal is advancing its transmission in the D2D communication or not; and determining a structure for at least one communication interval in a D2D communication pattern at least partly based on the application of transmission timing advances at the first and second user terminals, wherein the D2D communication pattern comprises communication intervals allocated for communication for the first user terminal with respect to the second user terminal. | 02-26-2015 |
20150065152 | OPPORTUNISTIC CARRIER AGGREGATION FRAMEWORK FOR EFFICIENT LTE OPERATION IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Described herein are techniques for reducing efficient LTE operation in the unlicensed band. For example, the technique may involve establishing a connection with a primary component carrier on the licensed communication band or the unlicensed communication band. The technique may also involve determining at least one metric associated with a constraint on a transmissions channel of the unlicensed communication band. The technique may also involve sending the at least one metric to the primary component carrier. The technique may also involve receiving a message for one of switching on or switching off a secondary component carrier (SCC) for transmissions on the unlicensed communication band in response to sending the at least one metric. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065153 | Arrangement for Enhanced Multi-Transmit Antenna Sounding - One embodiment is directed to a method for enhanced multiple transmit antenna sounding. The method includes constructing, for example by a UE, an extended precoding matrix with mutually orthogonal column vectors, generating a reference signal (e.g., DMRS or SRS) sequence, precoding the reference signal sequence with each column vector of the extended precoding matrix to form a set of precoded sequences, mapping the set of precoded sequences to mutually orthogonal code, frequency, and/or time resources reserved for reference signals of the UE, and transmitting the references signals to, for example, an eNodeB. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065154 | DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - In a network controlled device to device service a reference radio bearer that would provide an adequate service in a cellular access mode is determined. Information of semi-static resource allocation is then determined for the reference radio bearer and signalled to at least one device for use in configuring the at least one device for device to device communications. The at least one device can use the information as guidance when configuring for device to device communications. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065155 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication are described herein. In some aspects, a method of wireless communication includes transmitting a first message for reserving a communication medium utilizing a first transmission characteristic such that the first message is decodable by at least a first subset of a plurality of wireless devices. The method may further include subsequently transmitting a second message for clearing a reservation of the communication medium utilizing a second transmission characteristic such that the second message is decodable by at least a second subset of the plurality of wireless devices and not the first subset of the plurality of wireless devices, thereby clearing access to at least one communication channel for the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices. | 03-05-2015 |
20150065156 | Communication Link Termination Indication Signal Method and Apparatus - Upon detecting at a two-way communication device that a communication link has been terminated, the two-way communication device can provide a unique corresponding signal (such as a unique audible signal) to indicate such termination. Pursuant to one approach, a plurality of such unique signals are available and a specific one of the available signals is selected for use in a given circumstance using a selection criteria of choice. | 03-05-2015 |
20150072696 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, MAP GENERATING APPARATUS, RESOURCE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND WIRELESS STATION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, FOR USE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, a mobile communication apparatus judges the reception quality available at its current position for direct reception of information transmitted from a fixed wireless station, with the judgement based upon the current position and upon a reception quality map expressing a relationship between reception positions and corresponding reception quality values. If the reception quality at the current position is judged to be sufficient, direct reception is executed, while otherwise, a limitation is placed upon such direct reception, for example by postponing the direct reception until reaching a position at which the reception quality will be sufficient. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072697 | SELECTING A COMMUNICATION CHANNEL BASED ON A NEIGHBORING CELL CONSTRAINT - Provided are methods and apparatus for selecting a channel to use for communicating. The methods and apparatus select a channel having the least interference and minimize a number of different channels in use. For example, a provided method includes calculating a utility value for each channel in a plurality of channels by weighting, based on a number of the neighborhood small cells (NSC) using each channel in the plurality of channels, both a respective modified non-NSC received signal strength indication (RSSI) and a respective modified reference signal received power (RSRP). The non-NSC RSSI is calculated by subtracting a respective RSRP from a total RSSI. The respective modified RSRP for each channel in the plurality of channels is calculated by applying the respective RSRP to a cumulative distribution function. The channel having the highest or the lowest utility value is chosen as the channel to use for the communicating. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072698 | Method, Device, and System for Sending and Receiving Message for Proximity Service - A method, a device, and a system for sending and receiving a message for a ProSe. The method includes determining, by a base station, a device identifier list of a ProSe user equipment and a resource parameter that is used by the ProSe user equipment to send a discovery signal; and broadcasting, by the base station, a first indication message, where the first indication message indicates the device identifier list and the resource parameter, so that a first ProSe user equipment performs a ProSe with a second ProSe user equipment. According to the method and the device for sending and receiving a message for a ProSe that are provided by the embodiments, a rate that a ProSe user equipment is sensed can be improved. | 03-12-2015 |
20150072699 | Cell Configuration for Self-Organized Networks with Flexible Spectrum Usage - The present invention relates to methods and apparatuses for controlling cell configuration in a cellular network, wherein a cell identity and a local cell spectrum resource entity or profile are assigned to an access device in response to a result of sensing a local radio environment at said access device to detect possible neighbor cells. The assigned local cell spectrum resource entity or profile is used to allocate cell spectrum resource from a shared multi-operator spectrum to said access device. | 03-12-2015 |
20150080000 | INTER-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN A MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication system comprising a base station and two or more terminals configured for communicating with the base station by means of a communications protocol, wherein: the communications protocol operates in a frequency band to which unlicensed access is permitted; and the terminals are configured for unattended operation with the base station. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080001 | Cellular Network Communication Between Assets and a Central Server - In a method of communicating between a central server and a plurality of assets over a cellular network in communication with the central server, each asset has a transceiver arranged to communicate with the cellular network which includes an integrated circuit card identifier (ICCID) and an international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI). The ICCID of each transceiver is unique, but the IMSI of multiple transceivers are identical to one another. Communication between the assets and the central server is initiated by the asset transceivers and is rescheduled automatically in the event that another transceiver with the same IMSI is already communicating with the central server. Communication from the server to the asset transceivers involves queuing data until the transceiver of the intended recipient transceiver contacts the central server. | 03-19-2015 |
20150080002 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE CONNECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for establishing, by a first device, a device-to-device (D2D) connection with a second device in a wireless communication system is provided. When the D2D connection is initiated by a network, the first device receives a D2D broadcast configuration message including information on the second device, from the network, and determines whether to establish the D2D connection with the second device or not. Or, when the D2D connection is initiated by the first device, the first device determines whether to establish the D2D connection with the second device or not, based on at least one of a proximity between the first device and the second device based on a profile of the second device obtained through a neighbor discovery procedure. | 03-19-2015 |
20150087322 | CONNECTION PROCEDURE FOR CELLULAR MOBILE NETWORKS - A cellular mobile network allows a user equipment to connect to the network, the user equipment having a subscription for using the network to send data intermittently and to disconnect temporarily from the network automatically between its data transmissions. Parameters relating to the automated temporary disconnections are communicated, and data is sent from the user equipment while the user equipment is connected. The automated temporary disconnections and reconnections are detected by the network. By allowing user equipments which automatically disconnect temporarily between their data transmissions, the network need no longer provision for all such user equipments to be connected to the network simultaneously. Thus more such user equipments can be accepted as subscribers. By communicating with the user equipment about the temporary automated disconnections from the network, the network can have some control of, or at least be made aware of, the temporary automated disconnections. | 03-26-2015 |
20150094071 | Simultaneous Voice and Data for Dual-SIM-Dual-Standby (DSDS) Wireless Device - Methods, systems and devices are provided for controlling a communication device. Embodiments include receiving, through the transceiver, a voice call from a first network subscription associated with a first SIM of the communication device. The voice call may interrupt an active data services session through the transceiver with a second network subscription associated with a second SIM of the communication device. Also, embodiments include establishing an active voice communication connection for the voice call on the transceiver with the first network subscription. Additionally, reestablishing the active data services session through the transceiver with the first network subscription while maintaining the active voice communication connection for the voice call with the first network subscription. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094072 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - To readily use an application desired by a user. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094073 | BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - Embodiments of the present invention provide a base station, a user equipment, and a communications method. The base station includes: a correspondence maintaining module, configured to maintain a correspondence between a service bearer of a UE accessing the base station and a first target data base station; and a service bearer processing module, configured to control the first target data base station and the UE to complete processing of a service bearer procedure of the UE, where the first target data base station is a base station that exchanges user plane data with the UE after completing the processing of the service bearer procedure of the UE. The technical solutions of the present invention implement separation of an air interface signaling plane and a user plane and solve an access problem of the UE. | 04-02-2015 |
20150094074 | HANDLING IDENTIFIERS FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNELS IN CELL FORWARD ACCESS CHANNEL STATES - A device receives information regarding allocation of an enhanced dedicated channel radio network temporary identifier (E-RNTI) to user equipment in a cell forward access channel (Cell_FACH) state, and receives information regarding a state change associated with the user equipment. The device determines that the E-RNTI can be released based on the state change, and provides, to another device, a request to release the E-RNTI in response to the state change and so that the E-RNTI can be used by other user equipment. | 04-02-2015 |
20150099525 | LTE-U CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT OPERATIONS - The subject technology provides for performing clear channel assessment (CCA) in LTE-U. Transmissions may be monitored in a resource reserved for CCA. An energy of the transmissions is detected over a shorter duration than an assigned slot in the resource reserved for CCA. A beacon may be transmitted in a slot assigned to a wireless entity for CCA in response to detecting a clear channel based on the monitoring. In another aspect, a beacon transmission for CCA and a timing for the monitoring are adapted in response to detecting the transmissions for a consecutive number of CCA periods. Further, the subject technology provides for adjusting to a maximum power for transmission of a beacon in a slot assigned to a mobile station for CCA in response to detecting a clear channel based on the monitoring. | 04-09-2015 |
20150099526 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FACILITATING PREEMPTIVE BASED RADIO CHANNEL ACCESS CONTROL - Preemptive based radio access control is facilitated. Queue data is received, wherein the queue data corresponds to a set of requests for highly prioritized communications included on a prioritized queue. The queue data is used to determine whether a set of conditions for involuntarily terminating a radio communication session has been met. Session data corresponding to characteristics for each of a plurality of radio communication sessions are also received and utilized to determine which of the plurality of radio communication sessions to terminate if the set of conditions for involuntarily terminating a radio communication session have been met. | 04-09-2015 |
20150105088 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a radio communication terminal capable of causing a communication application to speedily find out whether D2D communication is possible by using a radio access network such as LTE. A terminal | 04-16-2015 |
20150105089 | Downlink Data Transmission Method, Base Station, and Serving Gateway on LTE Network - The present invention provides a downlink data transmission method, base station, and serving gateway on an LTE network. The method includes: learning, by an eNB, that a UE needs to be paged, when an S1 bearer is retained and a radio bearer is released; paging, by the eNB, the UE and re-establishing a radio bearer between the eNB and the UE; and sending, by the eNB, downlink data, which is received from an S-GW, to the UE through the re-established radio bearer. Embodiments of the present invention can ensure correct transmission of downlink data, and avoid data loss. | 04-16-2015 |
20150111586 | METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR PROVIDING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure relates to methods and to a wireless device, | 04-23-2015 |
20150111587 | MANAGEMENT OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION RESOURCES USING MACROCELL COMMUNICATION RESOURCES - Macrocell communication resources | 04-23-2015 |
20150111588 | RECEIVING CELL BROADCAST (CB) MESSAGES - A method for receiving cell broadcast messages is described. The method includes communicating with a first cell. The method also includes switching to communicating with a second cell. A cell broadcast channel is read after switching cells. The method further includes switching from a dedicated mode to a packet idle mode. The cell broadcast channel is reread once after switching from a dedicated mode to a packet idle mode. Other aspects, embodiments and features are also claimed and described. | 04-23-2015 |
20150119051 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a radio communication system, a base station, a mobile station, and a radio communication method, by which it is possible to shorten a control time until the transmission of uplink data is possible, and to improve a perceived speed of a user when uplink data is small. A base station | 04-30-2015 |
20150119052 | ANTENNA STRUCTURES AND METHODS THEREOF THAT HAVE DISPARATE OPERATING FREQUENCY RANGES - A system that incorporates the subject disclosure may include, for example, a circuit for receiving a request to initiate a first multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) communication session and a second MIMO communication session, and configuring a first antenna configuration and a second antenna configuration to enable the first MIMO communication session and the second MIMO communication session. The first MIMO communication session shares spectrum from the first antenna configuration and the second antenna configuration, and the second MIMO communication session utilizes spectrum from the second antenna configuration that differs from the shared spectrum. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119053 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION - A high-power radio base station includes a resource setter configured to determine a ratio of the number of second resources at which the radio communicator should stop radio transmission to the sum of the number of the second resources and the number of first resources at which the radio communicator should execute radio transmission. The resource setter determines the ratio on the basis of a first number and a second number, the first number being the number of mobile terminals that are assumed to be connected with the radio base station, rather than the low-power radio base station, when cell range expansion (CRE) is not applied, but are connected with the low-power radio base station by virtue of application of cell range expansion, the second number being the number of mobile terminals connected with the radio base station when cell range expansion is applied. The resource setter determines the ratio in such a manner that the greater the proportion of the second number to the first number, the smaller the ratio. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119054 | RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station provides user equipments with system information regarding a radio base station that does not broadcast the system information. The radio base station wirelessly communicating with user equipments does not have a function to broadcast system information including information necessary for user equipments to connect with the radio base station to user equipments. The radio base station transmits the system information to a neighboring radio base station in order to assist the user equipments to connect with the radio base station. The neighboring radio base station transmits the system information to the user equipments having connected with the neighboring radio base station. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119055 | D2D (DEVICE-TO-DEVICE) DISCOVERY METHOD AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A D2D (Device-to-Device) discovery method is provided which enables a first terminal within a first cell to discover a second terminal within a second cell without relay of a base station. The first terminal receives, from a first base station of the first cell, information about a first resource for D2D discovery through a SIB (System Information Block) or RRC (Radio Resource Control) message. The first terminal transmits a D2D discovery signal using the first resource. | 04-30-2015 |
20150119056 | METHOD OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A first terminal within a first cell of a first base station receives a synchronization signal and a synchronization channel that are broadcasted through a downlink by the first base station. The first terminal acquires synchronization for D2D communication using the synchronization signal and the synchronization channel. When the first terminal is connected to the first base station, in order to request allocation of a first resource for D2D communication, the first terminal transmits first information for D2D communication to the first base station through a first data channel for cellular communication. The first terminal receives D2D control information including information about the first resource that is allocated to the first terminal from the first base station. The first terminal broadcasts a second data channel for D2D communication using the D2D control information. | 04-30-2015 |
20150126205 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MEASUREMENT INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving measurement information in a mobile communication system. A terminal transmits a connection request message to a network and reports to the network, connection failure-related measurement information when a registered public land mobile network (RPLMN) included in a connection setup message received from the network corresponds to a pre-stored and selected public land mobile network (PLMN) and the connection failure-related measurement information stored with the selected PLMN is available. | 05-07-2015 |
20150133130 | MULTI-SIM SMALL CELL FINGERPRINTING - Aspects of multi-subscriber identification module (SIM) small cell fingerprinting are described. In one embodiment, a first communication link is established with a first macro cell for a first communications service, and a second communication link is established with a second macro cell for a second communications service. Further, access neighborhoods of the first and second communications services are measured. Using the access neighborhood measurements, a fingerprint for a small cell may be generated. In this manner, fingerprints for various small cells may be generated, where each fingerprint includes measurement and/or positional data from two or more access networks of different communications services. Proximity to a small cell may be detected more reliably when using such fingerprints, because the fingerprints include measurement and/or positional data from two or more access networks. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133131 | Accessing Mobile Communication Resources - Methods and apparatuses for providing access to communication resources in the area of a first access system are disclosed. In a method information is received from at least one device in the area of the first access system, where after it is determined, based on the information, whether at least one mobile device in the area is capable of providing access to communication resources via a second access system. Upon selection of at least one mobile device information is sent to the at least one mobile device for configuration thereof as an access point to communication resources via the second access system. The information is received at the mobile device where after it is configured accordingly for use by other devices for accessing communication resources via the second access system. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133132 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING D2D COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the disclosure provide methods and apparatuses for performing D2D communication in a communication system. The communication system may at least comprise a base station (BS), a D2D transmitter and a D2D receiver. The D2D transmitter transmits D2D data to the D2D receiver in a D2D communication. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133133 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a radio communication system, a communication control apparatus, and a communication control method allowing radio communication terminals to call each other in a case where device-to-device direct communication (D2D communication) is provided using a radio access network such as LTE. A terminal | 05-14-2015 |
20150133134 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless terminal including: a receiver configured to receive information for identifying at least one first cell in a wireless communication system including the at least one first cell and at least one second cell, each of the at least one first cell having a uplink carrier and a downlink carrier, each of the at least one second cell having no uplink carrier and a downlink carrier, and a processor configured to couple to one of the at least one first cell that is selected in accordance with the received information. | 05-14-2015 |
20150133135 | COUNTER CHECK AND RECONFIGURATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a counter check and reconfiguration method, apparatus, and system. The method includes: sending a second identity information and a second count information to a terminal, so that the terminal compares, according to the second identity information, the second count information with third count information maintained by the terminal itself to obtain first comparison result information or second comparison result information; receiving the first comparison result information sent by the terminal, or the second identity information and second comparison result information sent by the terminal; and determining counter check result information according to the received first comparison result information, or the received second identity information and second comparison result information. Thereby, the present invention implements a counter check process and a reconfiguration process in a network architecture in which a primary base station is separated from a secondary base station. | 05-14-2015 |
20150148049 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method on a network entity of a wireless network is described. The network entity communicates with a first user equipment (UE). The network entity allocates radio resources for use by the first UE. The network entity receives, from a monitor UE, information regarding usage of radio resources by a second UE that is engaged in device to device communication. The network entity is not in a communication from the second UE. Based on the received information, the network entity determines whether the radio resources allocated for use by the first UE should be changed. Based on the determining step, the network entity changes the radio resources allocated for use by the first UE from a first set of radio resources to a second set of radio resources, the second set being different from the first set by at least one member. | 05-28-2015 |
20150296390 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION IN LTE NETWORKS - The method, comprising at least one user terminal (UE) communicating through a wireless connection to a macro cellular base station, abbreviated as eNB, and to a at least one femto cellular base station, abbreviated as HeNB, over a cellular system, wherein said method comprises providing a wireless X2 interface between said eNB and HeNB stations in said LTE network to provide communication services to said at least one user terminal. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296529 | DATA SHARING SYSTEM - A request possibility determination unit | 10-15-2015 |
20150305048 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In order to configure a communication device connected to a wireless network including N communication channels, the communication device being adapted for communicating via one communication channel at a time, means of selection of a channel from amongst the N communication channels enables: selecting a communication channel with an unknown disturbance level, when the disturbance level of at least one communication channel is unknown; and otherwise selecting the least disturbed communication channel. Dynamic configuration means include means for reactivating the selection means in case of disturbances representing unsatisfactory transmission conditions on the selected communication channel according to a predetermined criterion. The dynamic configuration means are deactivated when the selection means have been reactivated N times. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305056 | Deterministic RRC Connections - This disclosure relates to techniques for scheduling radio resource control connections between a wireless device and a network element of a network in advance. According to some embodiments, a wireless device may provide an indication of one or more types of upcoming data traffic to the network element. The network element may schedule one or more radio resource control connections for the wireless device based at least in part on the indication of one or more types of upcoming data traffic. The network element may provide an indication of the scheduled radio resource control connection(s) to the wireless device. The wireless device and the network may establish the scheduled radio resource control connection at the scheduled time. | 10-22-2015 |
20150311947 | Method and Device for Searching Cell - Provided are a method and device for searching a cell, and the method comprises: timeslot synchronization is performed; a primary scrambling code group is identified and a frame synchronization is performed according to hashed values of code numbers of secondary synchronization codes (SSCs) in any several consecutive timeslots; and a primary scrambling code is obtained in the primary scrambling code group according to the primary scrambling code group, so as to complete cell searching. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312016 | Methods, Systems, And Computer Program Products For Determining A Radio Network Temporary Identifier And Coding Rate For An Intercell Signal In a Long Term Evolution Communications Network - Methods and systems are described for determining a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) and coding rate for an intercell signal in an LTE network. In one aspect, a plurality of potential RNTIs (that is a subset of all available RNTIs) associated with a received intercell signal is determined. A first signal based on a first potential combination of a one of the plurality of RNTIs and a coding rate is processed by a first decoder. Whether the first potential combination includes a correct RNTI and coding rate combination for the received intercell signal is determined based on at least one metric for the processed first signal. A second signal based on a second potential combination of a one of the plurality of RNTIs and a coding rate is processed by a second decoder if the first potential combination does not include the correct RNTI and coding rate combination. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312946 | MATCHING METHOD AND MATCHING SYSTEM BETWEEN WEARABLE SMART DEVICE AND TERMINAL - A matching method between a wearable smart device and a terminal is disclosed, in which the wearable smart device is disposed with a plurality of LEDs. The matching method includes: the terminal triggering the designated wearable smart device to generate an emitting status for each of the LEDs; and the terminal displaying an interactive interface for a user to input the emitting status of each of the LEDs, in which when the emitting status of each of the LEDs inputted by the user is the same as the emitting status of each of the LEDs triggered by the terminal, a communication connection is established between the terminal and the designated wearable smart device. A matching system is disclosed herein as well. | 10-29-2015 |
20150319790 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PROVIDING CONNECTION SOURCE RECOMMENDATIONS USING A DATABASE OF HISTORIC DATA ON CONNECTIVITY - A method of providing connection source recommendations using a database of historic data on connectivity starts with a processor receiving location and connection information from each mobile device. Location information may identify a location of each mobile device, respectively. Connection information may identify one of the connection sources as a preferred connection source used to identify the location of each mobile device, respectively. The connection source may be Global Position Satellite (GPS), cell tower, or WiFi access point. Processor may then store, in database, location and connection information. Database may include a plurality of location information and a history of connection information for each location information. Other embodiments are described. | 11-05-2015 |
20150326371 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of receiving system information of an SeNB, including configuring connection to an MeNB and receiving a RRC Connection Reconfiguration message including the system information of a cell included in a SCG controlled by the SeNB, and a method of sharing frame offset between a MCG controlled by an MeNB and an SCG controlled by an SeNB connected to the MeNB through non-ideal backhaul, including measuring system frame number (SFN) and subframe number (SN) of a cell included in the SCG and sharing the frame offset, which is determined based on the SFN and the SN, with the MeNB or the SeNB are provided. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327104 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR CONFIGURING MEASUREMENT GAPS FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Systems and methods for configuring measurement gaps for dual connectivity are disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) may be configured to communicatively couple to a plurality of Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) Node Bs (eNBs). For example, the UE may include a plurality of transceivers, and each transceiver may be coupled to a different cell group. A measurement gap may need to be configured for each transceiver. However, the transceivers may interfere with each other's measurement gaps. In an embodiment, a duration of a measurement gap may be increased over a default value to reduce the number of interruptions per measurement gap. Alternatively, or in addition, measurement gaps may begin and/or end at the same. The measurement gaps may have a same repetition period and be aligned each period. Or, the measurement gaps may have different repetition periods and may or may not align periodically. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327222 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING SOUNDING SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The teachings presented herein propose a separation between the configuration of a sounding signal, and the initialization of the sounding signal. In other words, in at least one example embodiment proposed herein, abase station or other controlling entity separates the selection of sounding signal parameters (sounding signal configuration) and the signaling of that configuration information to a mobile terminal from the Ordering” or other initiation of sounding signal transmission. Thus, a mobile station may be sent sounding signal configuration information and subsequently be commanded (implicitly or explicitly) to begin sounding signal transmissions according to the previously provided configuration information. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327282 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL SELECTION IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - In an aspect, methods and apparatus of communication include detecting a channel reselection condition for triggering reselection from a current channel to a first potential channel. The methods and apparatus further include determining that a first timer value meets or exceeds a first timer threshold value based at least in part on detecting the channel reselection condition. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include selecting the first potential channel from a channel list when the first timer value meets or exceeds the first timer threshold value. In another aspect, methods and apparatus include detecting an initial channel selection condition for triggering selection of a first initial channel. The methods and apparatus further include forming a channel list including one or more channels based on one or more channel selection parameters. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include selecting the first initial channel from the channel list. | 11-12-2015 |
20150334697 | Method for Implementing Radio Resource Control Protocol Function, Macro Base Station, and Micro Cell Node - In a method for implementing a Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol function a macro base station configures control information required by a user equipment for accessing a micro cell node. The control information is sent to the micro cell node for combining the control information and control information that is preset by the micro cell node and forwarding the combined control information to a user equipment, or directly forwarding the control information to a user equipment, so as to implement all RRC protocol functions of the micro cell node | 11-19-2015 |
20150341798 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAPPING RADIO SPECTRUM INTERESTS - Map-based systems and methods may be used to identify favorable opportunities for transferring apportioned spectrum use rights. Holders of spectrum use rights may generate and disseminate maps illustrating portions of available and non-available spectrum use rights. In addition, spectrum users may generate and disseminate maps illustrating desired spectrum. By comparing graphical representations of spectrum availability to desired spectrum, available spectrum use rights of holders may be matched to the desired spectrum of users. Use rights in matched spectrum may then be offered by holders and/or requested or bid upon by users. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341806 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system includes a base station and a mobile station communicating with the base station. The base station includes a selection unit and a first transmitting unit. The selection unit selects an item of identification information for identifying a data series from a plurality of data series corresponding to resources used to transmit a signal that the mobile station uses to measure reception quality. The first transmitting unit transmits the item of identification information. The mobile station includes a receiving unit, a measurement unit, and a second transmitting unit. The receiving unit receives the item of identification information that the first transmitting unit has transmitted. The measurement unit measures the reception quality using a signal of the data series identified by the item of identification information. The second transmitting unit transmits information indicating the reception quality that the measurement unit has measured to the base station. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341825 | MODEM ASSISTED CONTENTION HANDLING OF MULTIPLE ACTIVE CONNECTIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide wireless communication devices and methods configured to operate with multiple active connections. A user equipment establishes a first active connection associated with a first subscription. The user equipment also establishes a second active connection, simultaneous to the first active connection, associated with a second subscription. The user equipment provides modem information corresponding to connection qualities of the first active connection and second active connection, to an operating system of the user equipment. Furthermore, the user equipment mitigates contention between the first active connection and second active connection by degrading at least one of the first active connection or second active connection in accordance with a decision given by the operating system based on the modem information. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341854 | Cell Selection in Dynamic Spectrum Arbitrage System - A dynamic spectrum arbitrage (DSA) system may include a dynamic spectrum policy controller (DPC) and a dynamic spectrum controller (DSC) that together dynamically manage the allocation and use of resources (e.g., spectrum resources) across different networks. A wireless device may be configured to intelligently select and use these allocated resources. For example, the wireless device may be configured to traverse an ordered list of preferred of networks to identify and select a first cell site in a first telecommunication network, establish a first communication link between the wireless device and the selected first cell site, receive network information identifying a geographic region in which the wireless device is allowed to use resources of a second telecommunication network, determine whether the wireless device is in the geographical region, and establish a second communication link to a second cell in the second telecommunication network based on the received network information. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341925 | CHANNEL SELECTION FOR UPLINK ACCESS - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to transmit uplink information. The WTRU may have information such as data or control information to transmit to a network. The (WTRU) may request a common enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource from the network. The WTRU may receive an indication from the network to fallback using a random access channel, e.g. a Release 99 Random Access Channel (R99 RACH), a Release 99 Physical Random Access Channel (R99 PRACH), etc. The indication may be received via an acquisition indicator (E-AI). The indication may be a value of the E-AI. The WTRU may determine whether a condition is met. The WTRU may transmit the uplink information over the R99 PRACH if the condition is met. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341946 | SELECTING BASE STATION AT A MUTLI-SIM COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Methods and devices to wirelessly connect to at least one base station at a multi-SIM device. The multi-SIM device comprises a plurality of SIM card interfaces and a plurality of RF units. The multi-SIM device first scans for base stations using as first RF unit, then observes the received signal quality using the first RF unit. The multi-SIM device may then transmit the data packets based in part on the received signal quality through at least one of the plurality of RF units. | 11-26-2015 |
20150349939 | Interference Coordination Method and Base Station - An interference coordination method includes: receiving, by a base station, an interference indicator that is in at least one subframe and sent by a user equipment, where the interference indicator includes RSSIs that are received by the user equipment in the at least one subframe and of all blocks PRBs, or sorted index values of the RSSIs of all the PRBs; determining, by the base station, a first list of candidate user equipment identities with a highest priority according to the interference indicator and uplink resource allocation information in the at least one subframe of a serving cell; and determining, by the base station, that a communication link of a macro cell corresponding to an identity, in the first list of candidate user equipment identities, of a user equipment with smallest interference is a reusable resource for D2D communication. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351115 | DEVICES AND METHOD FOR RETRIEVING AND UTILIZING NEIGHBORING WLAN INFORMATION FOR LTE LAA OPERATION - A License Assisted Access (LAA) enhanced NodeB (eNB), user equipment (UE) and communication methods therebetween operating in a Long Term Evolution unlicensed band (LTE-U) are generally described. The eNB may transmit a request to the UE for information regarding a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) over which the UE may be able to communicate. The WLAN information may include an LTE-U channel and time window for reporting. The UE may obtain the WLAN information through communication with an access point (AP). Measurement information of the LTE-U channel may also be obtained by or on behalf of the UE. The UE may transmit the WLAN information to the eNB. The eNB may use the WLAN information or submit the WLAN information to a network entity to perform channel selection, UE grouping or localization, appointing delegate UEs to perform channel sensing or scheduling UEs in a same group or proximity. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351135 | Techniques for Exchanging Beamforming Information for a Dual Connection to User Equipment - Examples are disclosed for exchanging beamforming information for a first wireless link utilized as a first connection of a dual connection for user equipment (UE) to access a network. The beamforming information exchanged between the UE and a small cell base station (BS) to configure the first wireless link as a beam-formed wireless link. Other examples are described and claimed. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358957 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING SYSTEM FRAME NUMBER BY TERMINAL, TERMINAL, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A System Frame Number (SFN) acquisition method is provided. The System Frame Number (SFN) acquisition method of a terminal according to the present invention includes receiving a first message for adding a secondary cell of a secondary base station from a primary cell of a primary base station, receiving a Master Information Block (MIB) broadcast in the secondary cell, and acquiring a SFN information for the secondary cell from the MIB, and applying the SFN information to at least one cell of the secondary base station. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358960 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - By using a method for coordination between base stations, one base station allocates a resource to user equipment in a better manner with reference to resource configuration information saved in the base station and resource configuration information of another base station. The method provided in the embodiments of the present invention includes: acquiring, by a first base station, resource configuration information of a first cell, where the first cell is a cell served by the first base station; receiving resource configuration information of a second cell sent by a second base station, where the second cell is a cell served by the second base station; and allocating a resource to user equipment according to the resource configuration information of the first cell and the resource configuration information of the second cell, so that the user equipment communicates with the first cell and the second cell. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365929 | Mobile Network-Based Tenant Network Service Implementation Method, System, and Network Element - A mobile network-based tenant network service implementation method and system and network elements are disclosed. The method includes: an MME of a mobile network performing identity authentication of a tenant network to which UE belongs on the UE; after the UE passes the identity authentication of tenant network, the MME selecting a local exchange node for the UE; the MME transmitting a creation/update message of a local exchange forwarding table to the local exchange node; the local exchange node creating or updating the local exchange forwarding table and generating a forwarding table entry of UE, wherein the forwarding table entry comprises identification information of UE; after UE bearers establishment are completed, the local exchange node writing UE bearer information into the forwarding table entry of UE; and the local exchange node implementing message forwarding of the tenant network according to the local forwarding table, thereby implementing a tenant network service. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365954 | System and Method for Managing Frequency Layer Priority Assignments Within Mobile Wireless Network Radio Interfaces - A method and system are described for managing radio frequency layer priority settings for radio access network nodes in a mobile wireless network. A programmed server is configured with an initial configuration of the trigger definitions and corresponding radio frequency layer priority settings. Thereafter, the programmed server applies current conditions bearing upon a conditional area to a conditional area trigger definition. The programmed server then issues, based upon the application of the current conditions to the conditional area trigger definition, a message to re-designate radio frequency layer priority settings for a cell. The programmed server thereafter receives network characteristics feedback. | 12-17-2015 |
20150373554 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SPECTRUM COORDINATION - Methods and apparatus for spectrum coordination are described. A method of spectrum coordination includes a spectrum coordinator receiving a request for shared spectrum from a CRS that the spectrum coordinator supports. The request includes at least one minimum protection requirement. The spectrum coordinator determines protection criteria for the CRS based on the at least one minimum protection requirement received from the CRS. The spectrum coordinator sends the protection criteria for the CRS to a geo-location database for use in assigning shared spectrum to other CRSs that the spectrum coordinator does not support. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373671 | TUNE AWAY IN MULTI-SIM/MULTI-STANDBY DEVICE - A user equipment (UE) including a single receiver tunes away from a first communication entity to perform a communication activity for a second communication entity during a network configured measurement gap associated with a first communication entity. In one instance, the user equipment performs the communication activity for the second SIM when the user equipment determines that a page of the second SIM occurs during the network configured measurement gap. The UE also performs inter radio access technology (IRAT) measurement during the network configured measurement gap. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373726 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD - The present disclosure provides a radio resource management system and method. The radio resource management system includes a control device for determining, based on geographical location information of at least one secondary system and at least one primary system managed by the radio resource management system, a radio resource available to the at least one secondary system among licensed radio resources of the at least one primary system when the primary system is not interfered with, the control device including a selection unit for selecting at least one object liable to be interfered with by the secondary system managed by another radio resource management system from the at least one primary system, from the at least one secondary system, or from the at least one primary system and the at least one secondary system based on the geographical location information; and a communication device for transmitting the geographical location information of the at least one object selected by the selection unit to the another radio resource management system. The present disclosure can reduce an information interaction between radio resource management systems. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373730 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND D2D TERMINAL - A mobile communication system supports cellular communication in which a data path passes through a core network and D2D communication that is direct device-to-device communication in which the data path does not pass through the core network. The system comprises a communication apparatus that assigns a radio resource to a D2D terminal that performs the D2D communication, wherein the communication apparatus performs assignment determination as to whether a dedicated radio resource not shared with the cellular communication is assigned to the D2D terminal or a shared radio resource shared with the cellular communication is assigned to the D2D terminal. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373776 | SIMULTANEOUS SECONDARY-CELL RELEASE FOR LICENSED SHARED ACCESS - A 3GPP LTE protocol enhancement realizes the full benefit of dynamic frequency sharing systems by enhancing current Secondary-Cell (SCell) release mechanisms to support Licensed Shared Access (LSA) when LSA frequency bands are reclaimed. An enhanced signaling mechanism to reduces over-the-air signaling overhead in Carrier Aggregated enabled Evolved Node Bs by using broadcast messages rather than generating individual message exchanges with each User Equipment (UE) for release of SCells. A UE comprises a processor and transceiver configured to receive, on a Licensed Shared Access (LSA) frequency band, a broadcast paging message indicating transmission of a System Information Block 2 carrying Radio Resource Control (RRC) information in a next modification period, receive the SIB2 on the LSA frequency band, wherein the radio resource control information comprises a list of excluded SCells, read the list of excluded SCells, and reconfigure RRC connection information to release SCells identified in the list of excluded SCells. | 12-24-2015 |
20150382370 | PARTITION SCHEDULING BASED ON BEAMTRACKING - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus determines a first set of channels for communicating with another apparatus. Each channel in the first set is determined by performing beam training with the other apparatus. The apparatus further determines a second set of channels from the first set, wherein the channels of the second set have a channel condition greater than a threshold. The apparatus communicates data via the second set, wherein a channel of the second set on which the data is communicated is based on the channel condition of at least one channel of the second set. | 12-31-2015 |
20160007388 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR SMALL DATA TRANSMISSION - The invention provides for a wireless communications terminal ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007394 | Tethering Parameters for a Tethering Connection - Techniques for tethering parameters for a tethering connection are described. Implementations, for example, enable a tethered connection between a tethered device and a host device to be provisioned in various ways. | 01-07-2016 |
20160014830 | PEER-TO-PEER SHARING OF NETWORK RESOURCES | 01-14-2016 |
20160014832 | PEER-TO-PEER SHARING OF NETWORK RESOURCES | 01-14-2016 |
20160021672 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A communications system is described in which a test device monitors operation of a communication device. The test device identifies each communication bearer associated with the communication device; determines a subset comprising at least one communication bearer to be used when performing the test and not comprising at least one other communication bearer; and initiates the test in which each communication bearer in the subset is used and each communication bearer not in said subset is not used. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021696 | METHOD OF REPORTING LINK FAILURE - If a new link is established between a user equipment and a serving base station after a previous link failure, the user equipment is configured to report information associated with the previous link failure, including UE mobility information during the previous link, information related to transmitting/receiving the RRC connection reconfiguration, or information related to radio link failure. The serving base station is configured to perform mobility optimization in the minimization of drive test accordingly for improving handover success rate and overall network efficiency. | 01-21-2016 |
20160029321 | INTERFERENCE-REMOVED RECEPTION METHOD AND TERMINAL - One embodiment of the present specification provides an interference-removed reception method. The interference-removed reception method may comprise the steps of: receiving, from a serving cell, interference removal support information comprising transmission power information on the any channel of a neighboring cell; estimating the channel of the serving cell; receiving data by decoding the channel of the serving cell; and removing interference by the any channel of the neighboring cell, which is comprised in the received data, by using the transmission power in the received interference removal support information. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029348 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR NOTIFYING MOBILE STATIONS PARTICIPATING IN A NON-LLE CALL OF NEW LLE CALL - A method of interoperating link layer encrypted (LLE) and non-LLE communications in a radio network include receiving, at a radio controller (RC), a new call request for an LLE call, determining that there are one or more currently active non-LLE calls, and causing a message to be transmitted on each channel carrying one of the one or more currently active non-LLE calls informing mobile stations (MSs) participating in the non-LLE calls that a new LLE call has been or is-to-be granted. MSs participating in one of the non-LLE calls and receiving the message determine from the message or via a call grant obtained via a control channel, whether the new LLE call is of interest, and if so, switching to a channel assigned to the new LLE call and participating in the new LLE call. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029353 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA CHANNEL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION INFORMATION IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT SCHEME - An apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving downlink data channel signal transmission information in a cellular radio communication system using a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) scheme are provided. In the downlink data channel signal transmission information transmission method, a Base Station (BS) transmits downlink data channel signal transmission information including information related to Resource Elements (REs) scheduled for a downlink data channel signal transmission to a User Equipment (UE), and transmits downlink data channel signal non-transmission information including information related to REs through which a downlink data channel signal is not transmitted among the REs scheduled for the downlink data channel signal transmission to the UE. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029410 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TIME-CONTROLLED SERVICE IN MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for operating a Mobile Station (MS). A service flow is established with a Base Station (BS). Data is transmitted through the service flow to the BS at an access admission time. A first group control signal indicating a data communication interruption for the service flow is received from the BS at an access restriction time. Transmission of the data to the BS is ceased together with the ceasing of a data transmission from another MS of a group according to the first group control signal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160037550 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - An example communication system in a cellular network comprises: a processing system comprising a controller and remote units, with the remote units being configured to communicate with the controller and to communicate with mobile devices within a communication cell of the cellular network. At least part of the processing system is configured to perform operations comprising: estimating signal strength experienced by all or some of the mobile devices; identifying, based at least on the signal strength, one or more of the mobile devices that can be scheduled for communication with one or more of the remote units in the communication cell on a same airlink resource; and scheduling the communication. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037569 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING PROXIMITY-BASED SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention provides a method and device for performing a device-to-device (D2D) service in a wireless communication system and, more particularly, provides a method performed by a group leader device supporting the D2D service in a wireless communication system comprising a seller device and a customer device which support the D2D service. The group leader device forms a D2D terminal group including a plurality of customer devices. Information on the D2D terminal group is provided to the seller device so as to enable a reasonable transaction between the seller and a customer to be carried out. | 02-04-2016 |
20160044606 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DUAL-CONNECTIVITY OPERATION - A user equipment (UE) is described. The UE determines that dual-connectivity is configured with more than one cell group. The UE also determines if guaranteed power is configured for one or more cell groups. The UE further determines if a total scheduled transmission power of the cell groups exceeds a maximum allowed transmission power of the UE. The UE additionally determines a priority of uplink control information (UCI) types and channel types among the one or more cell groups. The UE also determines if at least one of channel conversion and partial UCI dropping can be applied on one or more cell groups. The UE additionally determines a power allocation of the uplink channel to be transmitted. The UE transmits UCI and channels on the cell groups. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044677 | FRONT END ARCHITECTURE FOR INTERMITTENT EMISSIONS AND/OR COEXISTENCE SPECIFICATIONS - In an embodiment, an apparatus includes a first transmit path, a second transmit path, and a switch element. The first transmit path can provide a first radio frequency (RF) signal in accordance with a nominal specification. The second transmit path can provide a second RF signal in accordance with an intermittent specification, in which the first and second RF signals are within the same transmit band. The switch element can provide the first RF signal as a transmit mode output in a first state and provide the second RF signal as the transmit mode output in a second state. | 02-11-2016 |
20160050054 | RADIO BASE STATIONS AND WIRELESS TERMINAL FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY, METHODS THEREIN AND A SYSTEM - Embodiments herein relate to a system for enabling communication in the radio communications network ( | 02-18-2016 |
20160050643 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF PAGING IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - A paging procedure of a mobile telecommunications system is modified to page a terminal using all the transceiver node cells in the coverage area allocated to the terminal that operate in the frequency bands indicated by frequency band capability data for the terminal, but not using the transceiver node cells in the coverage area allocated to the terminal that operate only in other ones of the frequency bands. In one embodiment a control entity is operable to initiate an initial paging procedure by paging based on the characteristic of the terminal obtained by the control entity, and to initiate a subsequent paging procedure if no paging response is received from the terminal. In another embodiment, coverage area allocation means allocates each of the transceiver node cells to one or more of the coverage areas in dependence upon on which of the frequency bands the cell is capable of communicating. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050646 | Radio Resource Management Method, Macro Base Station, And Low-Power Node - Disclosed are a method for radio resource management, a macro eNB and a low power node. The method is applied to a long term evolution (LTE) system introduced with a low power node, including: a macro eNB selecting a low power node for an accessed user equipment to provide a joint transmission service; the low power node and the macro eNB jointly providing a radio resource management service for the user equipment. The macro eNB includes a selection unit and a first resource management unit. The low power node includes a second resource management unit and a data transmission unit. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050651 | Method for Selecting Consecutive Resource Blocks and Associated Base Station - The present disclosure discloses a method for selecting consecutive resource blocks (RBs) on an available frequency band and an associated base station (BS). The method comprises the step of determining a minimum possible window size and a maximum possible window size for each of selected fragments of the frequency band (S | 02-18-2016 |
20160050671 | CENTRAL CONTROLLER AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD THEREOF FOR USE IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - A central controller and a resource allocation method thereof for use in a cellular network are provided. The cellular network includes a user equipment and the central controller. The central controller includes a transceiver and a processor. The transceiver receives a service request signal from the user equipment. The processor is electrically connected to the transceiver and is used to determine a requested service classification of the user equipment according to the service request signal, select a selected resource allocation strategy from a resource allocation strategy set according to the requested service classification, and allocate resources to the user equipment according to the selected resource allocation strategy. The central controller and the user equipment transmit data by the resource. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050675 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND CONTROL METHOD - A base station includes: a receiving unit that receives, from a terminal capable of direct terminal-to-terminal communication, a report on a measurement signal from another terminal detected by the terminal at a time other than a transmission time of the terminal; and a controlling unit that transmits, to the terminal, first allocation information on a transmission time for the terminal to transmit a measurement signal, forms second allocation information, using the report on a measurement signal detected by the terminal at a time other than the transmission time indicated by the first allocation information, and transmits the formed second allocation information to the terminal. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050697 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF IDENTITY MANAGEMENT IN A MULTI-NETWORK SYSTEM - Apparatus and methods of communication include receiving, at a device, a device-specific identifier and a credential associated with an issuing identity provider, wherein an identity of the device is capable of authentication by the identity provider based on the device-specific identifier and the credential. Further, the aspects include storing the device-specific identifier and the credential in a secure environment on the device. Additionally, the device-specific identifier is capable of being associated with different subscriber service accounts each with a different one of a plurality of service providers. The described aspects also include apparatus and methods of an identity provider and a provisioning provider for managing identities in a multiple network environment, and apparatus and methods of a service provider for providing the device with access to a service. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050708 | Overloaded Communication Session - A method of providing information responsive to a request from a wireless communication device involves receiving an information request from a mobile device and generating responsive information for the information request, transmitting a first portion of the responsive information to the mobile device in a first communication session, and transmitting a second portion of the responsive information to the mobile device in a second, overloaded communication session. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050709 | Network Control of Terminals with Respect to Multiple Radio Access Networks - There is provided a method, in a terminal, for handling connections to two radio access networks, the method comprising receiving ( | 02-18-2016 |
20160066194 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING CHANNEL AVAILABILITY QUERY AND RESPONSE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transceiving channel availability query and response in a wireless communication system. According to the present invention, a scheme is provided to enable devices which operate in TVWS to request/response information on an available channel in a plurality of geographical locations in a more accurate and efficient manner. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066360 | API FOR WEB ACCESS DIRECTLY OR THROUGH INTERMEDIARY - Application processes executing on a mobile device can interact with interfaces (e.g., routines of an application programming interface) exposed on that mobile device in order to establish a wireless connection either directly to a network (e.g., the Internet) or directly to an intermediary device through which the application processes can then communicate with the network indirectly. The intermediary device can communicate with the network on behalf of the mobile device. The application processes can remain unaware, in either case, of whether the interfaces are communicating with the network through the intermediary device or not. The interfaces can insulate the application processes from that fact. The use of the intermediary device can be transparent to the application processes, such that the manner in which the application processes transmit and receive data using the interfaces remains constant regardless of whether the intermediary device is involved. | 03-03-2016 |
20160080543 | TELEMATIC SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE NETWORK ACCESS DEVICES IN A MULTI-NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - The present disclosure relates to controlling a terminal system. An example computer-implemented method for controlling a terminal system, which is connectable to multiple provider networks and comprises multiple network access devices (NADs) and a computer system, includes reading information on the physical and/or logical location of the terminal system, reading user configurations and provider service layer agreements, and, based on the read information, user configurations, and provider service layer agreements, creating associations between applications to be run on the NADs or the terminal system, the NADs, and the multiple provider networks. The example method further includes, based on the created associations and the information on the physical and/or logical location of the terminal system, selecting one of the NADs and one of the provider networks for running one of the applications on the selected NAD and connecting the selected NAD with the selected provider network. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081039 | Handling of Simultaneous Network Communication Transmission and D2D Communication Transmission - A radio frequency communication device ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160088465 | PORTABLE MOBILE SUBSCRIPTION - A network services provider grants a subscription to a user for use of mobile network services to communicate voice, data, and text information with a specific mobile device. Mobile devices store one or more subscriptions, each of which may be activated. An activated subscription stored in the mobile device is now made portable. The user wants to pass the portable subscription from a first mobile device to a second mobile device. The user forms a first communicative relationship between the first mobile device and a second mobile device and receives from the second mobile device identification information associated with the second mobile device. The first mobile device passes the identification information to the network services provider and receives a confirmation. The user forms a second communicative relationship between the first mobile device and the second mobile device, and the second mobile device confirms activation of the portable subscription. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088488 | METHOD OF OPERATING ENTITIES IN COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - Disclosed is an operating method of each entity in a coexistence management system that manages a plurality of frequency sharing devices. To perform operations of respective entities (a coexistence enabler (CE), a coexistence manager (CM), and a coexistence discovery and information server (CDIS)), a state machine of the entities is defined as inactive, active, waiting engagement, engaged, request-sent, and request-received states. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088496 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A communication control device including: an acquisition unit configured to acquire band use information indicating which cell of a macro cell and a small cell partially or entirely overlapping with the macro cell uses each of a plurality of frequency bands used by one of the macro cell and the small cell; and a communication control unit configured to notify a terminal device of the band use information. The communication control device improves radio communication of a terminal device when a small cell is disposed. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088568 | ENODEB RESTRICTED BANWIDTH AND POWER BOOST OPERATION TO SUPPORT MTC DEVICES - A wireless telecommunication system includes base stations for communicating with terminal devices. One or more base stations support a power boost operating mode in which a base station's available transmission power is concentrated in a subset of its available transmission resources to provide enhanced transmission powers as compared to transmission powers on these transmission resources when the base station is not operating in the power boost mode. A base station establishes an extent to which one or more base stations in the wireless telecommunications system supporting the power boost operating mode conveys an indication of this to a terminal device. The terminal device receives the indication and uses the corresponding information to control its acquisition of a base station of the wireless telecommunication system, for example by taking account of which base stations support power boosting and/or when power boosting is supported during a cell attach procedure. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088590 | Inter-Operator Radio Resource Sharing in Dense Deployments of Small Cell Networks - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided resource sharing. In some example embodiments, there may be provided a method, which may include receiving information including location information for at least one cell of a primary resource group, and further including a primary resource being used by the at least one cell; and determining at least one secondary resource group based on the received information. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 03-24-2016 |
20160100383 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR LINK ADAPTATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method in network node for selecting a downlink modulation and coding scheme is provided. The network node obtains information comprising a first uplink signal strength of a transmission from the terminal in the first cell. The network node further obtains information comprising a second uplink signal strength of a transmission from the terminal in the second cell. The network node also obtains scheduled downlink transmission information for the respective first cell and second cell. The network node then selects a downlink modulation and coding scheme for transmission from one or more of the access point serving the first cell and the access point serving the second cell to the terminal. The selection is based on the obtained information comprising the first uplink signal strength, the obtained information comprising the second uplink signal strength, and the obtained scheduled downlink transmission information for the respective first cell and second cell. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100401 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY HOPPING - Embodiments of a user equipment (UE) and method for resource allocation and device-to-device (D2D) discovery hopping are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the UE may receive signaling from an enhanced node B (eNB) indicating discovery resources to transmit discovery signals on within an LTE operation zone. The discovery resources may include a discovery zone which may comprise a plurality of physical resource blocks (PRBs) and a plurality of subframes. The UE may transmit a discovery signal for receipt by one or more other UEs for D2D discovery within some of the PRBs of the discovery zone. The PRBs for the transmission of the discovery signal may be determined in accordance with a hopping mode to provide increased frequency diversity within a bandwidth of the discovery zone. The hopping mode may comprise intra-sub frame hopping, inter-subframe hopping or joint intra/inter-subframe hopping. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105819 | DATA COLLECTION IN NETWORK MANAGEMENT LAYER COVERAGE AND CAPACITY OPTIMIZATION - Various communication systems may benefit from methods, apparatuses, and systems for data collection. For example, wireless communication systems of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) may benefit from data collection in network management layer coverage and capacity optimization. For example, a method may include sending performance measurement job activation indicating that minimization of drive test data is to be collected (in an alternative, the job can be configured to indicate that non-MDT data is to be collected). The method may also include receiving performance measurements in response to the job activation. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105881 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for signal transmission and reception between a user equipment, a base station, and a server in a mobile communication system. The user equipment obtains control information related to traffic associated with the user equipment. The user equipment transmits a user plane message created based on the control information, to the server, via the base station. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105903 | COOPERATING CLUSTERS IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - There are provided mechanisms for establishing a cooperating cluster ( | 04-14-2016 |
20160112958 | TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A method of transmit power control in a mobile telecommunications device is provided. One of a plurality of signal paths providing different output power and different gains is assigned in a first gain adjustment and a first power measurement in a current time slot. The same one of the signal paths is assigned in at least a second gain adjustment and a second power measurement in the same current time slot. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113025 | MACHINE TO MACHINE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A method and system for managing M2M traffic in a network is provided. The M2M device sends a message that includes a machine identity for the M2M device. A query is submitted to a database that correlates the machine identity with a QoS parameter or a priority. The message is assigned to one of a plurality of input queues based on the assigned QoS parameter or priority. Each input queue is associated with a delay period so that the message is held in the queue for a period less than the delay period. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113052 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS METHOD, TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, PRIMARY NODE, SECONDARY NODE AND USER EQUIPMENT - A telecommunications method for a telecommunications system comprising a user equipment ( | 04-21-2016 |
20160119945 | Buffer Status Reporting in Small Cell Networks - The invention provides for association of data streams (and/or logical channels) with individual carriers (cells), and independent buffer status reporting per carrier for terminals with more than one uplink carrier configured. In a “Small Cell” scenario for 3GPP LTE, a terminal may be simultaneously served by a macro cell and one or more small cells. These may operate at different frequencies, have different traffic loading and support different QoS (Quality of Service). The invention allows independent control of traffic on the uplinks to the macro cell and the small cells, which can be used to optimize the user experience in relation to the available resources at any given time/location, and allows particular data to be routed via particular cells. | 04-28-2016 |
20160128038 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is presented in which a base station is provided for communicating with a plurality of mobile communication devices in a cellular communication system. The base station operates one of more communication cells and communicates subframes, with each of the plurality of communication devices within the cell(s), each comprising the communication resources of a control region for communicating a control channel and the communication resources of a data region for communicating a respective data channel. The base station communicates a control channel having a first DMRS sequence in a control region of some subframes and a control channel having a second DMRS sequence in a control region of other subframes. The second control channel may be transmitted in a radio beam focussed spatially in a direction of a communication device. The first control channel may be transmitted omnidirectionally throughout the cell(s). | 05-05-2016 |
20160128053 | USER EQUIPMENT, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A USER EQUIPMENT - A user equipment ( | 05-05-2016 |
20160128081 | Method and Network Node for Assisting Handling of Interference at a Receiver Device - It is presented a method for assisting handling of interference at a receiver device. The method is performed in a network node and comprises the steps of: determining a parameter indicating a maximum number of interfering streams for which interference suppression is likely to be successful at the receiver device; determining that a number of potentially interfering streams at the receiver device exceeds the maximum number of interfering streams indicated by the parameter; and scheduling transmissions to avoid that the number of concurrent interfering streams at the receiver device exceeds the maximum number of interfering streams indicated by the parameter. A corresponding network node is also presented. | 05-05-2016 |
20160135116 | NETWORK ARCHITECTURE ENABLING A MOBILE TERMINAL TO ROAM INTO A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method is provided for granting access, for user equipment registered in a home mobile network to a wireless local area network. In this method, a probe request is received by an access network server located in the wireless local area network, wherein this probe request includes first information allowing to identify the home mobile network of the user equipment. The access network server determines then at least one access point of the wireless local area network to which the user equipment is allowed to connect, based on the identification of the home mobile network from the first information and sends a response message including at least one access identifier identifying the at least one access point of the wireless local area network. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135178 | TERMINAL AND DISTANCE ESTIMATION METHOD THEREOF - A terminal and a distance estimation method thereof for use in a wireless communication system supporting device-to-device (D2D) communication are provided. The terminal includes a transceiver configured to communicate with other terminals and at least one processor configured to control the transceiver to transmit a discovery message including time information to the other terminals and receive distance information calculated by the other terminals, the distance information being calculated based on the time information. The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates Beyond 4th-Generation (4G) communication system, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). | 05-12-2016 |
20160135199 | WIFI CHANNEL SELECTION AND SUBCHANNEL SELECTIVE TRANSMISSIONS - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are provided to implement data transmission, comprising: receiving a first signal from an access point (AP) indicating that a primary channel is associated with a first frequency band associated with a first period of time; determining by an IEEE 802.11 station (STA) that a channel condition associated with a secondary channel is better than a channel condition associated with the primary channel; reserving the primary channel associated with the first frequency, wherein the reserving of the primary channel comprises occupying or reserving the primary channel during the first period of time; and sending data over the secondary channel while the primary channel is occupied or reserved. | 05-12-2016 |
20160143002 | RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - There is provided mechanisms for resource configuration in a wireless device-to-device (D2D) based communications network. A method performed by a first wireless device comprises transmitting discovery information for D2D communication on a first set of communications resources, wherein the first set of communications resources is a subset of communications resources available for the first wireless device. The method comprises receiving capability information for D2D communication from a second wireless device on the first set of communications resources. The method comprises allocating a second set of communications resources for D2D communication between the first wireless device and the second wireless device based on the available communications resources and the received capability information. The method comprises transmitting information identifying the second set of communications resources to the second wireless device using the first set of communications resources. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143045 | METHOD, NETWORK NODE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETERMINING A DROPPED CONNECTION - A method is performed in a network node of a mobile communication network, for determining a dropped connection to a mobile terminal. The method comprises detecting a release of a radio bearer associated with the mobile terminal; determining whether the radio bearer is a real-time type radio bearer; when the radio bearer is a real-time type radio bearer, determining the released radio bearer to be a dropped connection when the release is classified as an involuntary release; and when the radio bearer differs from a real-time type radio bearer, determining the released radio bearer to be a dropped connection when there is remaining user data in a buffer for transfer in either direction over the released radio bearer. A corresponding network node, computer program and computer program product are also presented. | 05-19-2016 |
20160150392 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN PROXIMITY NETWORK AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for efficiently providing a proximity network service and a post operation in an electronic device. An operation method of an electronic device includes configuring a cluster with another electronic device, transmitting information for a post operation within a synchronized communication duration of the cluster, receiving a response signal of the information for the post operation, and communicating with at least one other electronic device for the post operation during a post operation duration based on the response information. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150448 | SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING DISTRIBUTED AND DYNAMIC MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus are described for supporting advanced distributed and dynamic mobility management (DMM) features with multiple flows anchored at different gateways. A software defined networking (SDN) controller may support the attachment of a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to a network. The SDN controller may receive initial attachment signaling from a point of attachment (PoA) indicating that the WTRU initially attached to the network. The anchor node may be a distributed gateway (D-GW). The SDN controller may select an anchor node to serve the WTRU Internet protocol (IP) flow traffic. Initial attachment signaling, intra-anchor node handover, inter-anchor node handover, new anchor node allocation and inter-domain mobility across virtualized operators are also described. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150502 | Control of Resources - A method including receiving information at an apparatus; and using said information for configuration of a radio resource control connection of said apparatus with a first node controlling a first cell and a second node controlling a second cell; and wherein said configuration of a radio resource control connection is made in dependence on a capability of said apparatus. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150507 | METHOD FOR DIRECT DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION OF TERMINAL IN IDLE MODE USING SIMILAR RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present document discloses a method for transmitting/receiving signals using direct device-to-device (D2D) communication by using similar random access procedures in a wireless communication system, and a device therefor. To this end, one aspect of the present invention provides a method whereby a base station supports the device-to-device (D2D) communication of a terminal in idle mode in a wireless communication system, the base station according to the method: receiving a first message, which corresponds to one among a predetermined number of signatures for D2D communication, from a D2D transmission terminal; and transmitting a second message, which comprises control information for D2D signal reception, to one or more D2D reception terminals including a terminal in idle mode, wherein the second message allows the terminal in idle mode to receive a third message comprising a D2D broadcast or groupcast signal transmitted by the D2D transmission terminal. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150517 | MANAGING TASK IN MOBILE DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for managing task in mobile device. The method includes estimating a first amount of resources that will be consumed by the mobile device in executing the task; determining network configuration that is allocable to the mobile device; estimating a second amount of resources that will be consumed by the mobile device when a computing node in a mobile computing environment executes the task under the network configuration; and determining that the task is to be executed by the mobile computing environment in response to the second amount being less than the first amount by a predefined threshold. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150577 | LTE BASED WIRELESS BACKHAUL CONNECTION TO CELLULAR NETWORK BASE STATION - A network node controls a first base station of the cellular network to establish a wireless backhaul connection to a further network node. The wireless backhaul connection is implemented by an LTE radio access technology. Further, the network node routes backhaul data between the wireless backhaul connection and at least one core network of the cellular network. The further network node routes the backhaul data between the wireless backhaul connection and at least one second base station which serves a cell of the cellular network. | 05-26-2016 |
20160157211 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 06-02-2016 |
20160157221 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EXECUTING TASK OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE | 06-02-2016 |
20160157262 | LONG TERM EVOLUTION BASE STATION AND WIRELESS RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160157263 | LONG TERM EVOLUTION BASE STATION AND WIRELESS RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160157276 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CANCELLING DEVICE TRIGGER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160165518 | ACCESS INFORMATION HANDLING IN A MOBILE NETWORK WITH CELLULAR NETWORK ACCESSES AND WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK ACCESSES - A first network node controls WLAN accesses and a second network node controls cellular network accesses. The first network node (NN) records a time of a last radio contact event of a user equipment (UE) with respect to a WLAN access controlled by the first NN. In response to a request from a third NN, the first NN indicates the recorded time of the last radio contact event to the third NN. The second NN records a time of a last radio contact event of the UE with respect to a cellular network access controlled by the second NN. In response to a request from the third NN, the second NN indicates the recorded time of the last radio contact event to the third NN. The third NN can use the indicated times to determine whether the UE is attached to a WLAN access or to a cellular network access. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165596 | LTE OPERATION IN SMALL CELLS USING DYNAMIC SHARED SPECTRUM - Systems, methods, and apparatus may be used to provide assistance for connection procedures in a hierarchical network where macro cells may be operating in licensed spectrum while small cells may be operating in dynamic and shared spectrums, such as TVWS. This may be done, for example, to allow an LTE system performing carrier aggregation (CA) to reconfigure itself to change from a supplementary cell (SuppCell) in one dynamic and shared spectrum channel to a SuppCell in another dynamic and shared spectrum channel. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165642 | Latency Reduction for User Equipment with Bursty Interactive Traffic - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments there is at least a method and apparatus configured to establish, by a user equipment, a radio resource control connected state of a communication link; receive an indication instructing the user equipment to maintain at least one element of the radio resource control connected state of the communication link; and maintaining indefinitely the at least one element of the radio resource control connected state, wherein the at least one element is to be maintained after a data transfer using the radio resource control connected state of the communication link. Further there is establishing a radio resource control connected state of a communication link with a user equipment; receiving data on the communication link from the user equipment; and sending a message instructing the user equipment to maintain indefinitely at least one element of the radio resource control connected state of the communication link. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165648 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL APPARATUS - A mobile communication system including: a base station apparatus; and a first and second terminal apparatuses configured to perform radio communication with the base station apparatus, wherein the first terminal apparatus includes: a first inter-terminal communication control unit configured to transmit and receive a data to and from the second terminal apparatus, and the second terminal apparatus includes: a memory; a second inter-terminal communication control unit configured to receive the data transmitted from the first terminal apparatus and store the data in the memory, and transmit a data transmitted from the base station apparatus to the first terminal apparatus; and a control unit configured to transmit to the base station apparatus the data transmitted from the first terminal apparatus and a data generated by the second terminal apparatus, and to receive the data transmitted from the base station apparatus and store in the memory. | 06-09-2016 |
20160174207 | METHODS, NETWORK NODE, WIRELESS DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR USE WITH DISCONTINOUS RECEPTION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174257 | USER DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING DATA AND METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160183250 | Method for transmitting system information, system and device | 06-23-2016 |
20160183275 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD | 06-23-2016 |
20160183314 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 06-23-2016 |
20160192177 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOCAL CSG AND CONTROLLING ACCESS IN SERVER IN CHARGE OF CONTROL PLANE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of controlling an access, which is controlled by a Mobility Management Entity (MME) of a control plane in a visited network; and the MME therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving an access request message or an update request message requested by a roaming user equipment (UE) from a Home (e)Node B; and determining Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) information among first CSG information and second CSG information based on predefined priority information when the first CSG information conflicts with the second CSG information. The predefined priority information indicates that the first CSG information takes precedence over the second CSG information. The method further includes transmitting an accept message based on the determined CSG information via the Home (e)Node B. The first CSG information is CSG-related information defined in a home network and the second CSG information is CSG-related information in the visited network. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192289 | SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING INTELLIGENT NETWORK ACCESS SELECTION FOR A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - Systems and methods enable alternative network access implemented by a mobile wireless communication device. The method includes receiving information associated with a mobile device, the information comprises location information associated with the mobile device. Based on the information associated with the mobile device, identifying an access point available for providing connectivity services to the mobile device, the access point is not the computing device. Information is provided to the mobile device which is associated with the access point. The information can comprise at least one of usage terms, usage conditions, usage costs, access point characteristics, connection characteristics, access point capacity, and access point security access information | 06-30-2016 |
20160192344 | TECHNIQUES FOR PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK SHARING - Techniques for peer-to-peer network sharing are described. In one embodiment, an apparatus may comprise a sharing control component and a local proxy component. The sharing control component may be operative to transmit an offer from the first mobile device to a second mobile device for the second mobile device to act as a proxy for the first mobile device for the performance of network services in return for a transfer of sharing credit from a first account to a second account with a sharing authority, the first account associated with the first mobile device, the second account associated with the second mobile device, and receive an offer acceptance from the second mobile device. The local proxy component may be operative to receive configuration information and configure the first mobile device to use the second mobile device as a network proxy using the configuration information. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192367 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SEARCHING NETWORK IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION SLAVE MODE - Method and system for searching network in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) slave mode are provided. The method includes: determining whether the number of frequency points to be measured is greater than N, wherein N is a positive integer; if the number is greater than N, ordering the frequency points to be measured according to their signal strength; selecting, from the ordered frequency points to be measured, N frequency points whose signal strength is greater than other ordered frequency points as optimally selected frequency points; and performing cell search based on the optimally selected frequency points. Based on the above method, the cell search is performed by measuring the N optimally selected frequency points. In this way, the number of measured frequency points is reduced, and a time period for measuring each optimally selected frequency point is prolonged. Therefore, the possibility of finding a cell may be increased. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING SIGNALING OVERHEAD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed for reducing signaling overhead in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, the method is implemented in a UE. The method includes receiving a first indication from a network node to tell the UE to remember, after the UE enters RRC_IDLE, a first configuration which is currently used while the UE is in RRC_CONNECTED. The method also includes keeping the first configuration upon leaving RRC_CONNECTED. The method further includes releasing the first configuration when the UE connects to a RAT different from where the first indication was received. | 06-30-2016 |
20160198465 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING A CELL CARRIER TO CONNECT AN IOT HUB | 07-07-2016 |
20160198486 | OPTIMIZED CELLULAR TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING BASED ON KNOWLEDGE OF INTERFERENCE-MITIGATION CAPABILITIES IN NEIGHBOR CELL | 07-07-2016 |
20160198491 | FORWARDING A BUFFER STATUS REPORT FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY | 07-07-2016 |
20160198499 | METHOD OF WIRELESSLY CONNECTING DEVICES, AND DEVICE THEREOF | 07-07-2016 |
20160198510 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) ASSISTANCE TO CELLULAR NETWORK COMMUNICATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160205561 | ANONYMIZATION OF ASA/LSA REPOSITORY DATA | 07-14-2016 |
20160205675 | Resource Allocation Method, Apparatus and System | 07-14-2016 |
20160205691 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205714 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER TERMINAL | 07-14-2016 |
20160205716 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR CELLULAR NETWORK-ASSISTED LOW COST OPPORTUNISTIC SOCIAL NETWORKING | 07-14-2016 |
20160255479 | Methods and Apparatus for Providing Selective Access to Wireless Network Resources Using Detailed Information | 09-01-2016 |
20180027424 | METHODS OF ADAPTING RECEIVER CONFIGURATION FOR CONTROL CHANNEL RECEPTION BASED ON DRX STATUS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027557 | Broadcast Channel Reception in Multi-subscription Multi-standby Communication Devices | 01-25-2018 |
20180027562 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION USING A PLURALITY OF CELLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027607 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING THE TRANSITION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE (WCD) FROM A CELL_FACH STATE TO A CELL_DCH STATE | 01-25-2018 |
20190150185 | TECHNIQUES FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION MANAGEMENT | 05-16-2019 |
20220139237 | CONTROL DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND CONTROL METHOD - Setting unit performs the setting of each of the operating modes of a plurality of aerial vehicles on the basis of communication quality information of the planned route of the plurality of aerial vehicles that fly in a group. Specifically, setting unit firstly specifies the planned positions and periods in which each aerial vehicle is to fly from the flight plan information of the plurality of aerial vehicles that fly in a group. Next, setting unit specifies a communication quality of first wireless communication unit of each aerial vehicle in each position and each period from the communication quality information that represents the communication quality in the specified positions and periods. Then, setting unit specifies an operating mode setting schedule of main unit mode and auxiliary unit mode, which sets an aerial vehicle having a specified communication quality, and sets the remaining aerial vehicles as auxiliary units. | 05-05-2022 |